FreshConnect

Carbon Impact Visualizer

The Carbon Impact Visualizer offers an interactive, graphical representation of the carbon emissions associated with each distribution case. Users can easily compare emissions across different supply chains, helping them identify areas for improvement and promote eco-friendly practices. This feature enhances user engagement with data by turning complex statistics into understandable visuals that drive actionable insights.

Requirements

Interactive Carbon Emission Graphs

"As a distributor, I want to see interactive graphs of my carbon emissions so that I can identify the highest impact areas in my supply chain and make informed decisions to reduce my carbon footprint."

Description

The Interactive Carbon Emission Graphs requirement involves developing a feature that dynamically generates graphical representations of carbon emissions for each distribution case. This will allow users to visualize emission data in various formats such as bar charts, line graphs, and pie charts for comparative analysis across different supply chains. The graphs should be interactive, enabling users to hover over data points for detailed information and to filter data based on specific criteria such as time periods or supplier types. This feature is crucial for helping users understand their carbon footprint clearly and identify actionable areas for reduction, aligning with sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

Interactive Visualization of Carbon Emissions by Supply Chain

Given a user is on the Carbon Impact Visualizer page, when they select a supply chain from the dropdown menu, then the graphical representation of carbon emissions for that supply chain should be displayed, allowing for comparison with other supply chains.

Data Point Interaction Within Graphs

Given a user is viewing a graphical representation of carbon emissions, when they hover over any data point in the graph, then a tooltip should appear displaying detailed information about the specific emission data for that case.

Filtering Emission Data by Time Period

Given a user is on the Carbon Impact Visualizer page, when they select a specific time period from the filters, then the displayed graphical representation should update to show carbon emissions data only for that selected time frame.

Changing Graph Format Selection

Given a user is on the Carbon Impact Visualizer page, when they toggle between different graph formats (bar chart, line graph, pie chart) using the format selector, then the visualization should dynamically update to reflect the selected format without page reload.

Comparative Analysis Feature for Different Suppliers

Given a user is on the Carbon Impact Visualizer page, when they select multiple suppliers to compare, then the system should generate a combined graph displaying the carbon emissions for those selected suppliers side by side for comparative analysis.

Exporting Graphs as Image Files

Given a user is viewing a graph on the Carbon Impact Visualizer, when they click the export button, then the system should allow them to download the current graph in a standard image format (e.g., PNG, JPEG).

User-Friendly Data Legends and Labels

Given a user is viewing a graph, when they review the legend and axis labels, then the terminology used should be intuitive and descriptive enough to clearly convey what each color and data point represents, without ambiguity.

Comparative Supply Chain Analysis

"As a procurement manager, I want to compare carbon emissions of different suppliers so that I can choose the most eco-friendly options for my distribution network."

Description

The Comparative Supply Chain Analysis requirement centers on the capability to allow users to compare the carbon emissions of different suppliers or supply chain setups side by side. This feature will utilize algorithms to measure and provide insights based on historical data, enabling users to choose suppliers with lower carbon footprints. It aims to enhance decision-making processes by presenting a clear comparison. By integrating this analysis into the platform, FreshConnect supports eco-conscious decisions, fostering a more sustainable operational model.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user of FreshConnect, I want to analyze the carbon emissions of two different suppliers for a specific product to make an eco-friendly purchasing decision based on accurate data comparisons.

Given that I have access to the Comparative Supply Chain Analysis feature, When I select two suppliers and a product, Then I should see a side-by-side comparison of their carbon emissions displayed graphically with clear metrics, including total emissions and emission per unit.

As a sales manager, I need to summarize the carbon impact of our top five suppliers in terms of emissions so that I can report to management on eco-friendly practices within our supply chain.

Given that I have successfully accessed the carbon impact visualizer, When I generate a report comparing the top five suppliers by their historical emissions, Then a downloadable PDF report summarizing the data with graphical representations should be available, including key insights and recommendations.

As a sustainability officer, I would like to identify areas for improvement by finding suppliers with the lowest carbon footprints in specific categories of products, allowing our company to make more sustainable procurement choices.

Given that I am viewing the comparative supply chain analysis interface, When I filter suppliers by product category, Then the system should highlight the suppliers with the lowest carbon scores and provide a comprehensive list with their respective emission profiles.

As a distributor, I want to compare the carbon emissions of my current suppliers with alternative options, to assess whether switching suppliers could reduce our overall carbon footprint.

Given that I have selected my current suppliers and potential alternatives in the analysis tool, When I initiate the comparison, Then I should be presented with a detailed breakdown of emissions that calculates potential CO2 savings from switching suppliers, along with actionable insights.

As a user, I want to ensure that the data presented in the carbon emissions comparisons is based on reliable historical data to trust the insights generated from the analysis.

Given that I am using the Comparative Supply Chain Analysis feature, When I view any supplier's emissions data, Then the source of historical data should be clearly indicated, and it must be from verified datasets, ensuring compliance with sustainability reporting standards.

As a user, I want to understand how the carbon emissions of individual suppliers change over time, so that I can track progress towards sustainability goals.

Given that I have accessed historical data for a specific supplier, When I select the time frame for analysis, Then I should see a time-series graph displaying the supplier's emissions trends, allowing me to assess improvements or regressions over time.

Customizable Reporting Tools

"As a sustainability officer, I want to create custom reports on carbon emissions so that I can track our progress and present findings to our stakeholders clearly."

Description

The Customizable Reporting Tools requirement will enable users to generate customized reports on carbon emissions based on specific parameters, including time frames, supplier categories, and geographic locations. Users can select which data points to include in their reports and how they want the data to be visualized. The capability to create tailored reports is essential for businesses aiming to present carbon impact data to stakeholders or for internal assessments. This feature will make it easier for users to track improvements, ensuring they can document efforts towards sustainability effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to generate a report on carbon emissions over the last quarter to present to stakeholders during a meeting.

Given the user has selected 'Last Quarter' as the time frame, when they click 'Generate Report', then the system produces a report displaying carbon emissions data for that period with visualizations.

A user needs to create a report comparing carbon emissions between two different supplier categories to assess their ecological impact.

Given the user selects two supplier categories from the dropdown menu, when they click 'Compare', then the system displays a comparative report with graphical visualizations of emissions for each category.

The user wishes to filter carbon emission data for a specific geographic location to comply with local regulations.

Given the user has selected a geographic location in the report parameters, when they generate the report, then the output should include only carbon emissions data for that selected area.

A user intends to select specific data points to include in their report to focus on certain aspects of carbon emissions.

Given the user checks or unchecks data points in the report configuration settings, when they generate the report, then the output reflects only the selected data points.

A user wants to visualize the carbon emissions data in a specific format (e.g., pie chart, bar graph) for better presentation to their team.

Given the user has selected a desired visualization format in the report settings, when they generate the report, then the data is displayed in the chosen format without errors.

Users need to save a customized report for future reference or distribution to stakeholders.

Given the user has generated a report, when they click 'Save', then the report is stored in the user's account and can be accessed later for download or sharing.

The user wants to ensure that the reporting tool complies with data privacy regulations while handling their carbon emissions data.

Given the customizable reporting settings, when the user specifies data usage guidelines, then the system implements those guidelines in the report generation process to maintain compliance.

Real-Time Emission Tracking

"As a logistics coordinator, I want to monitor real-time carbon emissions during transportation so that I can respond quickly to any spikes in our carbon footprint and actively manage our sustainability efforts."

Description

The Real-Time Emission Tracking requirement provides users with the ability to view live updates of carbon emissions as orders are processed and products are transported. This feature leverages IoT and GPS technologies to gather data from logistics in real time, enhancing the accuracy of emissions reporting. It will help users react promptly to inefficiencies and adjust their operations to minimize emissions. This capability is important for businesses that are committed to transparency and continuous improvement in their sustainability practices, allowing for immediate insights into their carbon impact.

Acceptance Criteria

User views real-time carbon emissions data while an order is being processed and delivered to a retailer.

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect platform, When an order is confirmed for processing, Then the user should be able to view live updates of carbon emissions generated in real-time on the Carbon Impact Visualizer.

User receives notifications for significant changes in real-time emissions during transportation.

Given the user has selected to receive notifications, When there is a change in carbon emissions that exceeds a predefined threshold during transportation, Then the user should receive an immediate alert via the platform and email.

A user compares the carbon emissions across multiple orders at different stages of the distribution process.

Given the user has multiple orders processed, When the user accesses the comparison feature on the Carbon Impact Visualizer, Then the user should be able to view and analyze emissions data side by side in a graphical format for each order and stage.

User accesses historical emission data to track improvements in sustainability practices over time.

Given the user selects a date range for analysis, When the user requests historical emissions data, Then the system should provide a downloadable report presenting emissions trends and comparisons for the specified period.

User encounters an error in emissions reporting and submits feedback through the platform.

Given an error occurs during real-time emissions data reporting, When the user submits feedback via the feedback form, Then the system should acknowledge the submission and log the issue for review by the support team.

User analyzes the efficiency of each distribution route based on real-time carbon emissions data.

Given the user selects a specific distribution route, When the user views its emissions data on the platform, Then the user should see a detailed breakdown of carbon emissions per mile, along with inefficiencies noted based on the data.

Team members collaborate on emissions data to strategize improvements.

Given the user is part of a team working on emissions reduction, When the user shares the emissions data from the Carbon Impact Visualizer with team members, Then all members should receive a notification of the shared data and be able to view and comment on it.

User-Friendly Dashboard

"As a user, I want a customizable dashboard that shows my key carbon metrics so that I can easily track my sustainability KPIs at a glance."

Description

The User-Friendly Dashboard requirement focuses on creating an intuitive and visually appealing interface that displays key metrics and insights related to carbon emissions. This dashboard should summarize vital data points, enabling users to quickly assess their carbon impact and track their performance over time. Features should include customizable widgets, drag-and-drop capabilities, and the ability to set alerts for when emissions exceed predefined thresholds. A well-designed dashboard is essential for enhancing user engagement and facilitating quick decision-making, ultimately leading to improved operational efficiency and sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

Carbon Impact Metrics Display

Given a user has logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they access the dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation of carbon emissions for each distribution case, with the ability to select different timeframes for comparison.

Customizable Widget Functionality

Given a user is on the User-Friendly Dashboard, when they choose to customize their view, then they should be able to add, remove, and rearrange widgets to display preferred carbon impact metrics.

Threshold Alert System

Given that an admin has set predefined carbon emission thresholds, when emissions exceed the set limits, then the system should send an alert notification to the relevant users via email and on-platform messaging.

Performance Tracking Over Time

Given that a user is viewing the dashboard, when they select the performance tracking feature, then they should be able to view historical data analytics and trends regarding carbon emissions over the past 30, 60, and 90 days.

User Engagement Analytics

Given that a user interacts with the User-Friendly Dashboard, when they complete various actions (like customizing widgets or setting alerts), then the system should log these interactions and provide analytics on user engagement for improvement tracking.

Data Export Functionality

Given that a user is on the User-Friendly Dashboard, when they select the option to export data, then they should be able to download the carbon emissions metrics in CSV format for external analysis.

Accessibility Compliance

Given that the User-Friendly Dashboard is intended for diverse users, when the dashboard is developed, then it must comply with WCAG 2.1 Level AA accessibility standards to ensure it is usable by individuals with disabilities.

Educational Resources Integration

"As a user, I want access to educational resources on carbon emissions and sustainability best practices so that I can improve my knowledge and implement effective strategies in my operations."

Description

The Educational Resources Integration requirement involves curating and incorporating educational content related to carbon emissions, sustainability, and best practices directly within the FreshConnect platform. This feature will provide users with access to articles, webinars, and guidelines that enhance their understanding of sustainability and carbon impact mitigation. By integrating these resources, FreshConnect aims to empower users with knowledge, thus enabling them to make more informed choices and implement effective strategies in their operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Educational Resources section from the FreshConnect dashboard to explore articles and webinars on carbon emissions and sustainability best practices.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the Educational Resources section from the dashboard, then they should see a list of at least 10 relevant articles and 5 upcoming webinars on sustainability.

User clicks on a specific webinar to get more details about its content and schedule.

Given the user is on the Educational Resources page and selects a webinar, when the webinar is clicked, then a popup should display detailed information including the title, date, time, duration, and a brief description of the content.

User wishes to bookmark an article for later reading.

Given the user is viewing an article in the Educational Resources section, when they click on the 'Bookmark' button, then the article should be saved to their 'Saved Articles' list accessible from their profile.

User wants to access educational resources offline to read at their convenience.

Given the user is in the Educational Resources section, when they click the 'Download' button on an article, then the article should be saved as a PDF file on their device.

User participates in a webinar and seeks to provide feedback after the session.

Given the user has attended a webinar, when they receive an email with a feedback form, then they should be able to submit their feedback successfully through the provided link within 48 hours of the webinar.

Administrator reviews user engagement metrics for the Educational Resources section.

Given the administrator is logged into the FreshConnect admin panel, when they access user engagement metrics, then they should see data reflecting the number of views, bookmarks, and downloads for each resource over the last month.

User encounters a broken link for an educational resource.

Given the user is browsing the Educational Resources section, when they click on a link that returns a 404 error, then the user should see a friendly error message suggesting they return to the main page or report the issue.

Emission Reduction Goals

Emission Reduction Goals allows users to set, track, and manage specific carbon reduction targets over time. By providing a clear framework for sustainability initiatives, this feature empowers stakeholders to monitor their progress towards these goals with real-time analytics, fostering accountability and encouraging a commitment to continuous improvement in environmental impact.

Requirements

Set Emission Targets

"As a sustainability manager, I want to set specific emission reduction targets so that I can track our progress towards achieving them and ensure our operations are environmentally responsible."

Description

This requirement enables users to define specific, measurable carbon reduction targets within the FreshConnect platform. Users will be able to input their desired emission goals for various timeframes, such as weekly, monthly, or annually. Once set, these targets will be integrated with the platform's analytics to allow for real-time tracking and adjustments based on ongoing emissions data. This functionality is crucial for stakeholders to visualize their sustainability aspirations and create actionable plans to meet these objectives, ultimately fostering accountability and commitment to environmental sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User defines a carbon reduction target for the upcoming quarter within the FreshConnect platform.

Given that the user has access to the 'Set Emission Targets' feature, when the user inputs a specific carbon reduction target with a defined timeframe, then the target should be saved in the system, and an acknowledgment notification should be displayed to the user.

User accesses the analytics dashboard to view progress towards their carbon reduction targets over the past month.

Given that the user has previously set a monthly emission target, when the user navigates to the analytics dashboard, then the dashboard should display current emissions versus the target with visual indicators for progress (e.g., in percentage).

User updates their carbon reduction target due to a change in operational capacity.

Given that the user has a pre-set carbon reduction target, when the user modifies the target value and timeframe, then the system should validate the new target, update the settings, and provide confirmation of the revised target along with a summary of changes made.

User generates a report on carbon reduction performance for stakeholders.

Given that the user wants to report on emission performance, when the user selects the report generation option, then the system should compile and present a downloadable report that includes historical targets, actual emissions, and progress metrics for the selected period.

User sets a carbon reduction target for the next year after reviewing historical emissions data.

Given that the user has accessed historical emissions data, when the user specifies a new annual emission target based on this data, then the system should verify the logic behind the target and allow the user to save it if it meets predefined guidelines.

User receives automated notifications about approaching target deadlines.

Given that the user has set specific emission targets, when the deadline for a target approaches (e.g., within one month), then the system should automatically send an email and/or in-app notification to remind the user of the impending deadline and any action needed to meet the goal.

User assesses the overall carbon reduction impact of their current target settings.

Given that the user wishes to evaluate the effects of their emission targets, when the user accesses the analysis tool, then the tool should provide an overview of potential environmental impact, including estimated CO2 reductions based on set targets.

Track Emission Progress

"As a sustainability manager, I want to track our carbon emissions in relation to our targets so that I can make informed decisions on how to reduce our impact effectively."

Description

This requirement focuses on providing users with a dashboard that visualizes their progress towards the established emission reduction goals. Users will have access to real-time analytics that show current emissions and how they compare against the defined targets. This feature will incorporate visual aids such as graphs and charts to represent data trends over time. The capability to track progress is essential for users to adjust their practices as necessary and to maintain motivation towards achieving set goals, improving transparency and facilitating informed decision-making regarding sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the emission tracking dashboard to assess progress towards their carbon reduction targets on a weekly basis.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect and has set emission reduction goals, when they navigate to the tracking dashboard, then the dashboard should display the current emissions data and a clear comparison against the targets using visual aids such as charts and graphs.

User modifies their emission reduction targets on the dashboard after reviewing their current progress.

Given the user is on the emission tracking dashboard, when they update their reduction target value and save the changes, then the dashboard should reflect the new target immediately and provide an updated comparison of current emissions to the new target.

User wants to generate a report of their emission tracking progress for monthly review with stakeholders.

Given the user is on the emission tracking dashboard, when they select the option to generate a report, then the system should create and download a report that includes current emissions, target emissions, progress made, and visual representations of data trends over the specified timeframe.

User checks the dashboard after implementing new sustainability practices to see if there is a measurable reduction in emissions.

Given the user has implemented new practices aimed at reducing emissions, when they view the dashboard, then the recent emissions data should show a downward trend compared to the previous month's data, confirming the effectiveness of the new practices.

User accesses the dashboard via mobile device to track emissions on-the-go.

Given the user is using a mobile device and is logged into FreshConnect, when they access the emission tracking dashboard, then the dashboard should display a mobile-optimized version that includes all relevant emission tracking information and visualizations without loss of data integrity.

User seeks to understand the impact of specific changes on their emissions over time through the dashboard.

Given the user navigates to the tracking dashboard, when they hover over data points on the visual aids, then they should see tooltips that explain the specific emissions data for corresponding dates, including changes made during that period.

User needs to quickly view their progress percentage towards their emission reduction goals.

Given the user is on the emission tracking dashboard, when they look for an overview, then the dashboard should prominently display a percentage of completion towards their emission reduction goals along with a visual progress bar.

Generate Emission Reports

"As a sustainability manager, I want to generate detailed reports on our emissions so that I can present our progress and strategies clearly to stakeholders and regulatory bodies."

Description

This requirement allows users to generate custom reports that summarize their emissions data over specified periods. Users will be able to select parameters such as date ranges and types of emissions data they wish to analyze. The generated reports will support stakeholders in understanding trends, identifying areas for improvement, and communicating progress toward emission reduction goals to internal and external audiences. This feature is vital for organizations looking to benchmark their sustainability performance and share accomplishments with stakeholders, enhancing overall accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a date range and type of emissions data for their report.

Given a user is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they navigate to the 'Generate Emission Reports' section, and select a valid date range and type of emissions data, then a report should be generated accurately reflecting the selected parameters.

User generates a report for a specific month and reviews the emissions summary.

Given a user specifies the date range for the month of January and selects 'Carbon Dioxide' as the emissions type, when the user clicks 'Generate Report', then the system should produce a report displaying the total emissions for 'Carbon Dioxide' for that specified month.

User views a report with trends over multiple months.

Given a user selects a date range spanning three months and selects 'All Emissions Types', when they click 'Generate Report', then the report should include a summarized view of emissions trends for each month within that range along with graphical representation.

User shares the generated report with stakeholders via email.

Given a user has generated an emission report, when they click the 'Share' button and enter valid email addresses, then the selected report should be sent as a PDF attachment to the specified email addresses successfully.

User accesses saved reports to review historical data.

Given a user has previously generated and saved emission reports, when they navigate to the 'Saved Reports' section, then they should see a list of their saved reports with options to view, edit, or delete each report.

User receives notifications for emissions report generation failures.

Given a user attempts to generate a report with invalid date parameters, when the error occurs, then the system should provide a clear notification indicating the type of error and suggested actions for correction.

Create Actionable Insights

"As a sustainability manager, I want to receive actionable insights based on our emissions data so that I can implement effective strategies to reduce our carbon footprint."

Description

This requirement provides users with actionable recommendations based on their emissions tracking data. The system will analyze emissions trends and suggest specific actions that can be taken to reduce carbon footprints, such as optimizing logistics or adjusting purchasing strategies. By translating data into practical steps, this feature empowers users to proactively address their sustainability challenges, fostering a culture of continuous improvement in their operations and aligning with broader environmental goals.

Acceptance Criteria

Actionable Insights for Emission Reduction Implementation

Given the user has accessed the Emission Reduction Goals feature, when they view their emissions tracking data, then the system should display actionable recommendations based on their historical emissions trends.

User Customization of Actionable Insights

Given the user has access to customize their action items, when the user sets their specific carbon reduction targets, then the system should provide tailored recommendations that align with these targets.

Real-Time Tracking of Emission Reductions

Given the user has been actively measuring their emissions, when they check their progress towards the set reduction goals, then the system must show real-time analytics reflecting their current status compared to the targets.

Integration of External Data Sources for Broader Insights

Given the user has linked external data sources for their emissions tracking, when they analyze their emissions, then the system should incorporate data from these sources to provide more comprehensive actionable insights.

Notifications for Recommended Actions

Given the user has set their carbon reduction goals, when new actionable insights are generated, then the system should notify the user through a dashboard alert or email with specific recommended actions.

Feedback Mechanism for Action Taken on Recommendations

Given the user has implemented an actionable insight recommendation, when they submit feedback on the effectiveness of the action taken, then the system should log this feedback and adjust future recommendations accordingly.

Historical Analysis of Recommended Actions and Outcomes

Given the user has utilized the actionable insights feature over time, when they access a report on past recommendations, then the system must provide a summary of actions taken, their outcomes, and improvements in emission reductions.

User Collaboration Tools

"As a sustainability manager, I want to collaborate with my team on emissions goals and progress so that we can work together more effectively towards sustainability objectives."

Description

This requirement introduces collaborative functionality that enables users to share emission goals, progress, and reports with other stakeholders, including team members and partners. Users will have options to comment, review, and discuss strategies within the platform. This feature is important to promote transparency and engagement in sustainability efforts, allowing for a more collective approach to achieving emission reduction goals and encouraging broader organizational involvement in environmental responsibility.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares emission reduction goals with a partner organization to enhance transparency and collaborative effort in sustainability initiatives.

Given a user is on their emission goals dashboard, When they select the 'Share' option and choose a partner organization from the list, Then the selected partner receives a notification with access to view the shared goals and comments.

Users collaborate internally by commenting on emission progress reports shared within their team.

Given a user has shared a progress report with their team, When team members comment on the report, Then the comments are saved and visible to all team members who have access to the report.

Users review and discuss emission reduction strategies within the platform.

Given at least two users are in a discussion thread regarding emission strategies, When they add or reply to comments, Then all participants are notified of new messages in real-time.

Users generate a collaborative report that summarizes shared emission goals and progress.

Given a user has selected multiple collaborators, When they request a report generation, Then a PDF report is created summarizing all shared goals and progress with contributors listed, and it is available for download.

Users receive alerts for updates or changes made to shared emission goals or comments.

Given a user is following shared goals, When any updates or comments are made by collaborators, Then an email alert is sent to the user to notify them of the changes.

Users view a history of changes made to shared emission goals by all collaborators.

Given a user is viewing a shared goal, When they access the 'History' feature, Then a list of all changes, including who made them and when, is displayed clearly.

Users have access to permissions settings for who can view or edit shared emission goals.

Given a user is managing shared goals, When they adjust the permissions, Then only the selected collaborators can view or edit the goals as per the new settings.

Sustainability Benchmarking

Sustainability Benchmarking compares users’ carbon footprints against industry standards and best practices. This feature equips users with insights on how they stack up against peers, enabling identification of gaps and opportunities for further improvements. It encourages a competitive spirit among users to adopt greener practices while providing data-driven guidance to enhance sustainability efforts.

Requirements

Carbon Footprint Calculation

"As a food distributor, I want to see my carbon footprint calculated accurately so that I can understand my environmental impact and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The Carbon Footprint Calculation requirement involves developing a feature that accurately calculates the carbon emissions generated by users' food distribution activities. It should take into account various factors such as transportation modes, distances traveled, types of products distributed, and packaging materials used. This requirement is vital as it allows users to understand their impact on the environment, forming the basis for sustainability benchmarking. The implementation will involve creating algorithms that analyze input data and return precise carbon footprint metrics, which can be easily interpreted and used for comparison against industry standards. Expected outcomes include enhanced awareness and detailed insights about users' sustainability performance, thus enabling better decision-making in reducing carbon ties.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits transportation data for a delivery involving various products and packaging types.

Given the user inputs transportation data including mode, distance, and product details, When the carbon footprint calculation is executed, Then it should return an accurate carbon emission value based on the latest algorithms.

User wants to compare their carbon footprint with industry benchmarks.

Given the user has completed their carbon footprint calculation, When the user accesses the Sustainability Benchmarking feature, Then they should see a comparison report that displays their emissions against industry standards and peers.

User reviews their calculated carbon footprints over multiple distribution activities.

Given the user has multiple delivery entries recorded, When the user checks their carbon emissions history, Then they should be able to view a detailed log of emissions per activity including date, distance, and impact metrics.

Users want to receive alerts for high carbon emissions activities.

Given the user has set thresholds for acceptable carbon emissions, When a delivery record exceeds this threshold, Then the system should send an alert to the user notifying them of the excessive emissions.

User inputs packaging materials used for different products during distribution.

Given the user selects packaging types for each product in the delivery, When the carbon footprint calculation is performed, Then it should factor in the emissions associated with the selected packaging materials into the overall carbon footprint calculation.

User tries to update their transportation modes and distances for accuracy in emissions reporting.

Given the user has previous entries, When they make changes to transportation modes or distances and save the updated information, Then the system should accurately recalculate and reflect the updated carbon emissions for those entries.

User wants to filter and categorize their carbon emission data for better analysis.

Given the user is in the emissions reporting section, When they apply filters based on time periods or product categories, Then the report should refresh to show only the relevant filtered data of carbon emissions.

Industry Standard Comparison

"As a user, I want to compare my carbon footprint against industry standards so that I can see how my practices measure up and identify areas where I need to improve."

Description

The Industry Standard Comparison feature will allow users to benchmark their carbon footprints against established industry standards. This requirement aims to create a comparative analysis tool that provides insights on average emissions within the same market segment, serving as a reference point for users. It will involve collecting data from various sources to compile a comprehensive database of carbon footprints within the industry, allowing users to see how they rank relative to their peers. The implementation process will require integrating external data sources and ensuring that the database remains up to date. This feature is critical for fostering a competitive spirit among users and motivating them to strive for better sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Industry Standard Comparison feature to view their carbon footprint metrics and see how they compare with the industry average during a quarterly sustainability review meeting.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the Sustainability Benchmarking section and select 'Industry Standard Comparison', then they should see a comparison chart displaying their carbon footprint alongside visual benchmarks from industry standards.

A user wants to ensure that their company’s data reflects the latest industry standards for carbon emissions after recent policy changes in renewable energy usage.

Given the user has updated their carbon footprint data, when they refresh the Industry Standard Comparison tool, then the comparison data should reflect any new updates within 24 hours of publication in the external database.

As a user wants to identify gaps in their sustainability practices, they use the Industry Standard Comparison to identify areas of improvement.

Given a user has access to their sustainability report, when they view the Industry Standard Comparison, then they should receive actionable insights highlighting at least three specific areas where their carbon footprint exceeds the industry average.

A user needs to validate their company’s position relative to industry benchmarks as part of a marketing campaign promoting their sustainability efforts.

Given a user accesses the Industry Standard Comparison report, when they download the report, then the generated PDF should include their company's data, industry averages, and a summary of actionable steps to improve their sustainability metrics.

An admin needs to ensure that the dataset for Industry Standard Comparison is accurate and up-to-date to provide valuable insights to users.

Given the system administrator accesses the external data integration settings, when they run a data sync process, then the system should successfully integrate the latest emissions data from at least three verified sources and update the comparison metrics accordingly.

A user evaluates the effectiveness of changes made to their operations after receiving feedback from the Industry Standard Comparison.

Given a user has implemented changes to reduce their carbon emissions, when they re-check their data against the Industry Standard Comparison tool, then they should be able to see a reduction in their comparative carbon footprint metrics published within one week of the changes.

A user shares their Industry Standard Comparison results with stakeholders during a business sustainability workshop.

Given a user presents their carbon footprint metrics, when they access the sharing options from the Industry Standard Comparison interface, then they should be able to export their results in a presentation-ready format (e.g., screenshot, CSV, or PDF) for easy sharing with stakeholders.

Sustainability Reporting Dashboard

"As a distributor, I want a sustainability reporting dashboard so that I can easily visualize my emission trends and track my progress towards becoming more eco-friendly."

Description

The Sustainability Reporting Dashboard requirement encompasses the design and development of an interactive dashboard that visualizes sustainability metrics relevant to carbon footprints. Users should be able to view their historical emissions data, industry comparisons, and progress over time in a user-friendly format. This dashboard will serve as a central hub for users to track their sustainability initiatives and results, enhancing the platform’s user experience. Key components will include graphical data representations, filters for data range and comparisons, and export options for reporting. Successful implementation of this requirement is essential for helping users understand trends in their carbon emissions and measure progress toward their sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their historical emissions data on the Sustainability Reporting Dashboard.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, when they access the Sustainability Reporting Dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation of their historical emissions data over the past year.

User compares their carbon footprint against industry standards using the dashboard’s comparison feature.

Given the user has accessed the Sustainability Reporting Dashboard, when they select the comparison feature, then the dashboard should display their carbon footprint alongside industry averages for the same period.

User applies filters to analyze their sustainability data.

Given the user is on the Sustainability Reporting Dashboard, when they apply filters for date ranges and metrics, then the dashboard should seamlessly update to reflect only the selected data range and metrics.

User exports their sustainability report from the dashboard.

Given the user is viewing the Sustainability Reporting Dashboard, when they click on the export button, then a downloadable report should be generated in CSV format containing all displayed data.

User tracks their progress over time regarding carbon emissions through the dashboard.

Given the user has accessed the Sustainability Reporting Dashboard, when they view the progress section, then the dashboard should show a trend graph illustrating their emissions reduction over the last two years.

User receives insights on sustainability improvements based on dashboard metrics.

Given the user is viewing their dashboard, when they access the insights section, then actionable recommendations for improving sustainability practices should be presented based on their data.

User interacts with graphical representations of their sustainability metrics.

Given the user is on the Sustainability Reporting Dashboard, when they hover over a graphical element representing their carbon footprint, then detailed information should be displayed in a tooltip format.

User Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the sustainability benchmarking feature so that I can contribute to improving the tool and ensure it meets my needs effectively."

Description

The User Feedback Mechanism is designed to gather insights directly from users regarding their experiences and suggestions related to the sustainability benchmarking feature. This requirement entails creating a simple interface within the platform where users can submit feedback on the accuracy of carbon footprint calculations, ease of use of the dashboard, and any additional features they would find beneficial. Collecting and analyzing user feedback will be crucial for ongoing improvements, ensuring that the product remains user-centered and responsive to the needs of its audience. Implementation will involve setting up a feedback loop and integrating this feature with the existing user management system.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on the accuracy of carbon footprint calculations through the feedback interface in the Sustainability Benchmarking feature.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the Sustainability Benchmarking feature and access the feedback interface, then they can submit feedback about the accuracy of carbon footprint calculations which is successfully recorded in the system and a confirmation message is displayed.

User provides general usability feedback regarding the dashboard interface.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, when they visit the dashboard interface for Sustainability Benchmarking and choose to provide usability feedback, then they can enter their comments and suggestions in a designated field that accepts text input and successfully submits this feedback with a success notification shown.

User suggests new features for the Sustainability Benchmarking tool based on their experience.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, when they use the feedback mechanism and select the option to suggest new features, then they can describe their desired features in the provided text area, and this suggestion is stored in the feedback database with an acknowledgement response.

Admin accesses user feedback for the Sustainability Benchmarking feature to identify trends and improvement areas.

Given the admin is logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the feedback management section, then they can view all user feedback related to the Sustainability Benchmarking feature organized by categories, with the ability to filter by date and type of feedback to analyze trends.

User receives a summary of their submitted feedback.

Given the user has submitted feedback on the Sustainability Benchmarking feature, when they return to the feedback interface, then they should see a summary of all their submitted feedback along with status updates indicating if their feedback has been addressed or is under review.

User receives a notification when their feedback leads to implemented changes or updates in the Sustainability Benchmarking feature.

Given the user has submitted feedback that results in changes to the Sustainability Benchmarking tool, when the changes are implemented, then the user receives an email notification detailing the feedback they submitted, the changes made, and the timeframe for implementation.

Feedback loop is integrated with the existing user management system to track user engagement with the feedback mechanism.

Given the user is engaged with the feedback mechanism, when they submit feedback, then their user profile is updated to reflect participation, thereby allowing the system to analyze how feedback contributions correlate with feature usage and satisfaction metrics.

Education and Best Practices Resource Center

"As a user, I want to access a resource center with best practices and educational content so that I can learn how to reduce my carbon footprint effectively."

Description

The Education and Best Practices Resource Center requirement aims to develop a repository of educational content related to carbon emissions reduction and sustainable practices within food distribution. This feature will provide users with access to articles, best practices, case studies, and industry research that can inform their sustainability efforts. The Resource Center will be integrated into the platform and will be searchable and categorized for user convenience. This feature is essential as it supports the overall goal of promoting sustainability among users by providing them with the knowledge and tools to make informed decisions. Implementation will involve content creation, curation, and establishment of a search and categorization system.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Education and Best Practices Resource Center to search for articles on carbon emissions reduction methods.

Given a user accesses the Resource Center, when they enter a search term related to carbon emissions reduction, then they should see a list of relevant articles displayed within 3 seconds.

A user wants to categorize the available articles by different sustainability topics such as waste management and energy efficiency.

Given a user accesses the Resource Center, when they select a category filter for sustainability topics, then the displayed articles should only include those relevant to the selected category.

A new article is added to the Resource Center, and a user searches for it three days after the publication.

Given an article has been published in the Resource Center, when a user searches for that article by title or keyword, then it should appear in the search results within 24 hours of publication.

Users want to assess the effectiveness of the Resource Center in improving their sustainability practices.

Given a user accesses their profile after three months of usage, when they review their sustainability report, then the report should include metrics reflecting the impact of the educational resources utilized such as articles read and practices implemented.

Users need to share specific articles from the Resource Center with team members via email.

Given a user is viewing an article in the Resource Center, when they click the share button, then a modal should open allowing them to enter email addresses and a message, and upon clicking send, the selected recipients should receive the article link within 5 minutes.

Users want to receive notifications about newly added content related to their selected sustainability interests.

Given a user has chosen specific sustainability topics in their profile, when a new article is published in the Resource Center that matches their interests, then they should receive an email notification within 24 hours of the publication.

Users wish to access a historical archive of case studies and articles for reference.

Given a user accesses the Resource Center, when they select the 'Archives' option, then they should be presented with a list of past articles and case studies sorted by publication date and topic area.

Carbon Footprint Alerts

Carbon Footprint Alerts notify users when their distribution processes exceed predefined carbon emission thresholds. This proactive feature helps users stay within their sustainability targets, encouraging timely adjustments to logistics and operational practices to minimize their environmental impact.

Requirements

Threshold Configuration

"As a distributor, I want to configure my own carbon emission thresholds so that I can manage my environmental impact according to my sustainability goals and operational capabilities."

Description

This requirement allows users to set their own carbon emission thresholds based on their specific sustainability goals and operational practices. Users will have the flexibility to define what constitutes the acceptable carbon footprint for their distribution processes, enabling personalized and relevant alerting. The implementation will involve a user-friendly interface where users can easily input and adjust their thresholds. The system will ensure that these custom settings integrate seamlessly into the existing infrastructure, enabling real-time monitoring and alerts based on user-defined metrics. This capability not only empowers users to take charge of their environmental impact but also aligns with FreshConnect's goal of promoting accountable and sustainable food distribution practices.

Acceptance Criteria

As a sustainability manager, I need to configure my carbon emission thresholds within the FreshConnect platform to ensure compliance with our company’s sustainability goals, allowing for tailored alerts when our distribution metrics exceed these limits.

Given I am logged into the FreshConnect platform, when I navigate to the carbon footprint threshold configuration page, then I should be able to set a maximum carbon emission threshold between 0 and 1000 CO2 units and save the settings successfully.

As a logistics coordinator, I want to adjust the carbon emission thresholds to adapt to seasonal fluctuations in distribution, ensuring that I receive alerts that are relevant throughout the year.

Given I have previously set my carbon emissions threshold, when I access the threshold configuration page, then I should be able to edit my current threshold and save the new settings without encountering errors.

As a user, I need immediate feedback after configuring my carbon footprint thresholds so that I can confirm my changes were applied correctly in real-time.

Given I have set my carbon emission threshold, when I click 'Save', then I should receive an on-screen confirmation message indicating that my threshold settings have been successfully updated.

As an operations manager, I want to see a visual representation of my carbon emissions in relation to the predefined thresholds, so I can quickly gauge whether adjustments are needed.

Given I have defined my carbon emission thresholds, when I navigate to the carbon footprint dashboard, then I should see a graphical display of my current emissions compared to the set thresholds, with clear alerts if I exceed the limits.

As a user, I want to ensure that my customized thresholds are integrated into the real-time monitoring system, so I can receive alerts promptly when emissions exceed my set limits.

Given I have configured my carbon emission threshold, when my distribution emissions exceed the specified threshold, then I should receive a notification alert via the FreshConnect platform within five minutes of the threshold being breached.

Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard

"As a distributor, I want to see a real-time dashboard of my carbon emissions so that I can quickly assess my performance against my sustainability targets."

Description

The real-time monitoring dashboard requirement will provide users with an intuitive visual representation of their carbon emissions in relation to the set thresholds. This dashboard will display metrics such as current emissions, historical data trends, and alerts triggered due to threshold violations. Integration into the existing FreshConnect analytics framework will ensure that users receive timely and actionable insights. This dashboard will enhance users' ability to monitor their emissions dynamically, making it easier for them to make informed decisions that align with their sustainability objectives. The comprehensive view will support users in understanding their carbon footprint at a glance and help identify areas for improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the real-time monitoring dashboard to review their current carbon emissions for the past week during a scheduled team meeting.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, when they select the 'Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard', then the dashboard should display the current carbon emissions, historical data for the past week, and any alerts regarding emissions exceeding set thresholds.

A user receives an alert on their dashboard indicating that their carbon emissions have exceeded the predefined threshold for the first time.

Given the user has set their carbon emission thresholds, when emissions exceed the threshold, then an alert should be displayed on the dashboard, indicating the duration of the violation and the amount by which the threshold has been exceeded.

User reviews historical data trends on the real-time monitoring dashboard to identify patterns that lead to carbon emission spikes in their logistics operations.

Given the user is on the 'Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard', when they select the 'Historical Data' feature, then the dashboard should present a graphical representation of emission trends over the past month, highlighting any correlation to specific operations or timeframes.

The admin of a distribution center customizes the carbon threshold levels used in the real-time monitoring dashboard to align with new sustainability goals.

Given the admin has the required permissions, when they navigate to the settings page of the dashboard, then they should be able to successfully modify the current carbon threshold levels, saving new values without errors and reflecting these changes in future alerts.

A regional manager uses the dashboard to compare carbon emissions data across multiple distribution centers to ensure compliance with regional sustainability goals.

Given the regional manager accesses the dashboard, when they select the 'Comparative Analysis' feature, then the dashboard should provide a side-by-side comparison of carbon emissions from different centers, clearly identifying which centers are compliant or exceeding thresholds.

A user accesses the dashboard on a mobile device while out in the field to quickly check their emissions before making delivery adjustments.

Given that the user is using a mobile device, when they open the FreshConnect application, then the real-time monitoring dashboard should be fully functional, displaying the same metrics and alerts as on the desktop version.

After adjusting logistics operations based on insights from the real-time monitoring dashboard, a user checks to see if emissions have improved during the next scheduled review.

Given the user has made changes to their logistics practices based on dashboard feedback, when they revisit the real-time monitoring dashboard after one week, then the dashboard should reflect a decrease in carbon emissions compared to the previous week, supporting the effectiveness of the adjustments made.

Automated Notification System

"As a distributor, I want to receive automated alerts when my carbon emissions exceed my thresholds so that I can make quick adjustments to my logistics and operations."

Description

This requirement outlines the need for an automated notification system that alerts users via multiple channels (e.g., email, SMS, in-app notifications) when their carbon emissions exceed the configured thresholds. The system will ensure that the alerts are timely and actionable, providing users with the necessary information to take immediate corrective actions. The notifications will include details such as current emissions, exceeded thresholds, and suggested actions to mitigate their carbon footprint. This system not only enhances user responsiveness but also fosters a proactive approach to management of sustainability efforts within the FreshConnect platform, ensuring that businesses can swiftly adapt to emissions challenges.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an automated email notification when their carbon emissions exceed the predefined threshold of 100 kg CO2 per week.

Given that a user's weekly carbon emissions exceed 100 kg CO2, when the threshold is crossed, then an email notification with details about current emissions and suggestions for action should be sent to the user's registered email address within 5 minutes.

User receives an SMS alert when their delivery routes contribute to excessive carbon emissions.

Given that a user's delivery route results in carbon emissions over 75 kg CO2 for a single day, when the threshold is exceeded, then an SMS notification containing information about their current emissions and recommended adjustments should be sent within 10 minutes.

User accesses the FreshConnect app and views in-app notifications regarding their carbon emissions status.

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect app and their carbon emissions have exceeded the monthly threshold of 300 kg CO2, when they navigate to the notifications section, then they should see an in-app alert detailing their carbon emissions status and suggested mitigation actions.

User customizes their carbon emission thresholds for receiving notifications within their FreshConnect account settings.

Given that the user is in the account settings menu of FreshConnect, when they adjust their carbon emission threshold to a maximum of 150 kg CO2, then the system should update this new threshold and notify them of successful changes with a confirmation message.

Multiple users in a distributed team receive collective alerts about their carbon footprint exceeding quarterly targets.

Given that all users in a distribution team have emissions that collectively exceed 1200 kg CO2 in a quarter, when this threshold is reached, then all team members should receive a summary alert showing their contributions and recommendations to reduce their carbon footprint within 15 minutes of the threshold crossing.

User triggers an alert to review their carbon footprint whenever operational changes are made to logistics or delivery schedules.

Given that a user modifies their delivery schedule or logistics configurations, when these changes lead to an increase in carbon emissions above the set threshold, then an automated alert should notify the user about the increase and suggest a review of their logistical methods to mitigate emissions.

Reporting Module

"As a distributor, I want to generate reports on my carbon emissions over time so that I can track my progress and identify areas for improvement in my sustainability practices."

Description

The reporting module requirement involves the development of a feature that generates comprehensive reports on carbon emissions over specified periods. Users will be able to select date ranges and view detailed analytics on their performance, including comparisons against their set thresholds. The reports will facilitate data-driven decision-making by highlighting trends and informing users of potential adjustments needed in their logistics operations. Furthermore, this module will enhance accountability and help users demonstrate their commitment to sustainability efforts to stakeholders, fostering trust and transparency in their business practices.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to generate a report on carbon emissions for a selected date range to analyze my distribution performance and compare it with my sustainability targets.

Given the user selects a date range, when the user clicks on the 'Generate Report' button, then a report displaying carbon emissions data within that date range should be created and available for viewing and downloading.

As a user, I want to see visual comparisons of my carbon emissions against my predefined thresholds in the generated report to make informed decisions about my logistics operations.

Given a generated report displays carbon emissions data, when viewing the report, then there should be visual indicators (graphs or color-coded thresholds) clearly showing carbon emissions compared to the user-defined thresholds.

As a user, I want to filter and sort carbon emissions data in the reports for more granular analysis regarding specific products or distribution routes to identify improvement areas.

Given a report is generated, when the user applies filters for specific products or routes, then the report should refresh to display only the relevant emissions data, allowing for sorting by emissions levels or time periods.

As a user, I want the reporting module to provide insights on trends in carbon emissions over time to track my sustainability progress effectively.

Given a report is generated for a specified date range, when the user views the report, then it should include trend analysis graphs showing carbon emissions over the selected period, highlighting any significant changes.

As a user, I want the option to export the generated carbon emissions report in multiple formats (PDF, Excel) for ease of sharing and further analysis with stakeholders.

Given a report is generated, when the user selects the export option, then the report should be available for download in the selected format (PDF or Excel) without data loss or corruption.

As a user, I want the reporting module to track historical performance to identify patterns and inform future supply chain decisions.

Given the reporting module maintains historical data, when a user selects a date range that includes previous periods, then the report should display carbon emissions data for both current and historical periods for comparison.

Integration with Third-Party Sustainability Tools

"As a distributor, I want FreshConnect to integrate with my existing sustainability tools so that I can have a comprehensive view of my environmental impact across all platforms."

Description

This requirement focuses on integrating FreshConnect's Carbon Footprint Alerts feature with third-party sustainability assessment tools and software used by distributors. By allowing information exchange with these external systems, users can enrich their sustainability profiles and enhance their reporting capabilities. This integration will provide a holistic view of their environmental impact across various metrics and improve data accuracy. It is crucial for users who utilize multiple systems in their business process to have seamless access to integrated data that reflects their overall sustainability efforts, thereby maximizing the utility of FreshConnect's features.

Acceptance Criteria

Carbon Footprint Data Integration for Reporting

Given a user has configured their third-party sustainability tool, when they initiate a data sync in FreshConnect, then the carbon footprint data should be successfully imported into FreshConnect and reflected accurately in the reporting dashboard.

Threshold Notification Triggering

Given the carbon emission thresholds are set in the FreshConnect user settings, when the integrated third-party tool reports emissions that exceed these thresholds, then an alert notification should be sent to the user via email and app notifications.

User Access Permissions for Third-Party Tool Integration

Given a user is an administrator in FreshConnect, when they attempt to integrate a third-party sustainability tool, then they must be able to specify user access permissions for viewing and managing the integrated data from that tool.

Data Accuracy Validation Post-Integration

Given that a user has successfully integrated a third-party sustainability tool, when they compare the imported carbon footprint metrics with the original data from the tool, then the metrics should match within a 5% margin of error.

Seamless Integration Process

Given the user has followed the setup instructions for integrating a third-party sustainability tool, when they complete the integration process, then the setup should not exceed 15 minutes and should include no unresolved errors or issues.

User Interface for Integration Management

Given a user is on the FreshConnect dashboard, when they access the integration management section, then they should see a dedicated area displaying all integrated third-party tools, their status, and options for management, including edit and disconnect.

Integration Documentation Availability

Given a user is preparing to integrate a third-party sustainability tool, when they access the help section of FreshConnect, then they should find clear and comprehensive documentation including step-by-step instructions and troubleshooting tips for the integration process.

User Training and Support

"As a new user, I want comprehensive training and support on the Carbon Footprint Alerts feature so that I can effectively manage my carbon emissions through FreshConnect."

Description

This requirement emphasizes the need for user training and comprehensive support for the Carbon Footprint Alerts feature. In order to maximize effectiveness and adoption, users must be trained on how to utilize the configuration, monitoring, and reporting functionalities. The implementation will not only include detailed user guides and tutorials but also periodic training sessions and accessible support channels. This initiative will empower users with the knowledge needed to manage their carbon emissions actively and effectively within FreshConnect, ensuring that they can leverage the system fully to meet their sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User Training Session Effectiveness Assessment

Given that a training session on the Carbon Footprint Alerts feature has been conducted, when users complete a feedback survey, then at least 80% of participants should rate the training as satisfactory or better.

Access to Support Resources

Given that a user is looking for support on the Carbon Footprint Alerts feature, when they access the designated support channel, then they should find user guides and tutorials available within 2 clicks.

User Proficiency in Feature Usage

Given that a user has completed the training for the Carbon Footprint Alerts feature, when they are asked to configure and monitor alerts, then they should be able to successfully complete these tasks without additional assistance 90% of the time within a simulated environment.

Monthly Usage Tracking by Users

Given that the Carbon Footprint Alerts feature is live, when usage data is analyzed, then at least 75% of trained users should be actively using the feature by the end of the first three months post-training.

Helpdesk Query Resolution Time

Given that a user submits a query regarding the Carbon Footprint Alerts feature to the support channel, when the query is received, then at least 90% of queries should be resolved within 24 hours.

User Improvement in Sustainability Metrics

Given that a user has utilized the Carbon Footprint Alerts for a defined period, when sustainability metrics are analyzed, then the user should demonstrate a reduction in their carbon emissions by at least 10% compared to their baseline metrics before using the feature.

EcoInsights Reporting

EcoInsights Reporting generates comprehensive, customizable reports detailing carbon emissions and sustainability metrics over various time frames. This feature helps users understand trends, assess the effectiveness of their sustainability initiatives, and communicate their eco-friendly efforts to stakeholders and customers effectively.

Requirements

Custom Report Generation

"As a sustainability manager, I want to generate customizable reports on carbon emissions so that I can present specific data trends to stakeholders and refine our sustainability initiatives accordingly."

Description

The EcoInsights Reporting feature must allow users to create customizable reports regarding carbon emissions and sustainability metrics. This functionality should enable users to select time frames, types of data, and visualization options. Custom reports enhance user engagement by empowering clients to focus on specific metrics that are relevant to their sustainability efforts. It will also allow for easier communication and advocacy of their eco-friendly practices to stakeholders, thereby enhancing their brand's commitment to sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a time frame of one month to generate a custom report focusing on carbon emissions from transportation logistics within the EcoInsights Reporting feature.

Given a user is on the EcoInsights Reporting page, when they select a one-month time frame and choose 'Transportation Logistics' as the data type, then a custom report should be generated showing detailed carbon emissions metrics for that category and time frame.

A user wishes to visualize carbon emissions data in graphical formats such as bar charts and line graphs for a six-month period.

Given a user is on the EcoInsights Reporting interface, when they select a six-month time frame and choose 'Visualize Data' options, then they should be able to generate graphs, including bar charts and line graphs, illustrating the carbon emissions trends over the selected period.

The user aims to generate a comprehensive report that combines multiple sustainability metrics over the past year to showcase their sustainability efforts for stakeholders.

Given a user is in the EcoInsights Reporting section, when they select 'Last Year' as the time frame and check multiple metrics (such as carbon emissions, waste reduction, and energy usage), then a custom report must be produced that consolidates all selected metrics into a single, concise document.

A user wants to download their custom report in a PDF format for offline sharing with stakeholders.

Given a custom report has been generated, when the user clicks the 'Download as PDF' button, then the report should be successfully downloaded in PDF format without losing any data or visualizations.

The user needs to filter the report for specific categories within sustainability metrics, such as waste reduction strategies.

Given a user is creating a custom report, when they apply filters to include only 'Waste Reduction Strategies', then the report generated must exclusively reflect data related to that category, ensuring accuracy in the information provided.

A user wants to compare sustainability metrics month-over-month to evaluate the impact of their initiatives.

Given a user selects two specific months in the custom report feature, when they generate the report, then the output should clearly display a comparative analysis of key metrics between the selected months, highlighting improvements or declines.

Real-Time Data Integration

"As an operations manager, I want real-time data integration for EcoInsights Reporting so that I can ensure my reports reflect the most accurate current measures of our sustainability efforts, enabling timely decision-making."

Description

EcoInsights Reporting should integrate with existing inventory and operational systems to pull real-time data related to carbon emissions and sustainability metrics. This ensures that the reports reflect the most current data, providing users with accurate insights into their sustainability performance. Real-time updates will enable dynamic reporting and allow for immediate adjustments to sustainability strategies as necessary.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of real-time data source from inventory management systems into EcoInsights Reporting enables users to generate immediate sustainability reports based on updated carbon emissions metrics.

Given that the inventory management system has been updated with new data, when the user requests an EcoInsights report, then the report should reflect the most current carbon emissions metrics without a delay of more than 5 minutes.

Users should be able to customize the EcoInsights report parameters to focus on specific products or time frames, pulling real-time data seamlessly from operational systems.

Given the user is setting up a customizable EcoInsights report, when they select specific products and time frames, then the generated report should accurately summarize carbon emissions data for those parameters and update in real-time.

The EcoInsights Reporting feature needs to support automated notifications to users regarding significant changes in carbon emissions data when it is integrated with real-time data sources.

Given that the real-time data integration is operational, when there is a significant increase or decrease (defined as >10% change) in carbon emissions data, then the user should receive a notification within 1 hour.

Users access the EcoInsights dashboard and expect the data shown to be current and accurate, reflecting their latest operational changes and sustainability metrics.

Given that the EcoInsights dashboard is accessed, when the user views carbon emissions metrics, then the metrics displayed must match the real-time data pulled from the integrated systems without discrepancies.

The EcoInsights Reporting should allow users to download reports in multiple formats after integrating real-time data to ensure user accessibility and shareability.

Given that the user generates an EcoInsights report, when they choose to download the report, then the system should provide options to download in PDF, Excel, and CSV formats successfully.

Trend Analysis Tools

"As a data analyst, I want to analyze trends in our carbon emissions over time so that I can identify which initiatives are working and where improvements are needed."

Description

The EcoInsights Reporting feature must include analytical tools to help users identify trends in sustainability metrics over various periods. Users should be able to visualize shifts in emissions and other related data over time, facilitating better decision-making and strategic planning. This will be crucial for assessing the effectiveness of sustainability initiatives and ensuring continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing EcoInsights Reporting to Analyze Sustainability Trends

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they navigate to the EcoInsights Reporting section and select Trend Analysis Tools, then they should see a dashboard displaying selectable time frames for analysis (weekly, monthly, quarterly).

Generating Custom Reports for Sustainability Metrics

Given the user is on the Trend Analysis Tools dashboard, when they customize and generate a report for a selected period, then the report should accurately reflect carbon emission data and sustainability metrics specific to that time frame, with options for visualizations included.

Visualizing Trends in Emissions Over Time

Given the user has generated a report for a specified period, when they view the report, then they should be able to see clear visual representations (graphs/charts) of the trends in carbon emissions and sustainability metrics over that time frame.

Comparing Sustainability Metrics Across Different Time Periods

Given the user has access to multiple reports from different time periods, when they select two reports to compare, then the system should allow side-by-side visualization and analysis of the trends across the chosen metrics.

Exporting Reports for Stakeholder Communication

Given the user has generated a comprehensive report, when they choose the export option, then the report should be downloadable in multiple formats (PDF, Excel) with all visualizations intact for sharing with stakeholders.

Assessing the Effectiveness of Sustainability Initiatives

Given the user has access to historical data and generated reports, when they analyze the data trends, then they should be able to identify the impact of specific sustainability initiatives implemented during the selected periods.

Receiving Alerts for Significant Variances in Metrics

Given the user has set thresholds for sustainability metrics within the Trend Analysis Tools, when there are significant variances outside of the specified thresholds, then the user should receive automated alerts through the platform.

Automated Reporting Schedule

"As a project manager, I want to schedule automated reports on sustainability metrics so that our stakeholders can receive regular updates without requiring manual generation of reports."

Description

The EcoInsights Reporting feature should allow users to set up automated reporting schedules. Users will be able to define the frequency and format of reports generated, which can be automatically distributed to stakeholders. This functionality will save time and ensure that stakeholders receive timely updates, reinforcing the organization’s commitment to transparency in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User Configures Automated Reporting Schedule for Monthly Carbon Emission Reports

Given the user has access to the EcoInsights Reporting dashboard, When the user selects the option to set an automated reporting schedule and specifies 'monthly' as the frequency, Then the system generates and saves the reporting schedule successfully and confirms the setup with a notification.

User Receives an Automated Monthly Carbon Emission Report

Given the automated reporting schedule is set for monthly carbon emissions, When the scheduled time arrives, Then the user receives an email with the correctly formatted report attached, detailing carbon emissions for the last month.

User Modifies an Existing Reporting Schedule

Given the user has an existing automated reporting schedule, When the user selects the schedule to modify and changes the frequency to 'quarterly', Then the system updates the reporting schedule and confirms the change without errors.

User Chooses Multiple Stakeholders for Report Distribution

Given the user is setting up an automated reporting schedule, When the user specifies multiple email addresses for report distribution, Then each stakeholder receives the automated report on the scheduled date and time correctly.

User Validates Historical Reporting Data

Given the user has set up multiple automated reporting schedules over different time frames, When the user navigates to the reporting dashboard, Then the system displays a history of generated reports accurately reflecting the scheduled frequencies and formats.

User Receives Error Notification for Invalid Email Input during Setup

Given the user is setting up an automated reporting schedule, When they input an invalid email address for report distribution, Then the system prevents saving the schedule and displays a clear error message indicating the issue with the email format.

User Creates a Custom Template for Automated Reports

Given the user has access to the report customization options, When the user creates and saves a custom template for automated reports, Then the system applies the new template in the next scheduled report generation as per the user's settings.

User Role Management

"As an admin, I want to manage user roles in EcoInsights Reporting so that employees can access only the data and reports pertinent to their responsibilities, thus maintaining data security."

Description

The report generation must include user role management to control what data and reports different users can access based on their role in the organization. This feature will ensure data privacy and security while streamlining access to relevant information for the users based on their needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Access Validation for EcoInsights Reports

Given a user with the role of 'Viewer', when they attempt to access the EcoInsights Reporting section, then they should only see reports that are approved for their role, with no access to administrative or sensitive data.

Admin Role Privilege Verification

Given a user with the role of 'Admin', when they generate EcoInsights Reports, then they should have access to all data, including detailed carbon emissions metrics and user activity logs.

Custom Report Generation based on Roles

Given a user with the role of 'Manager', when they request a customized EcoInsights report, then the system should generate a report that includes data relevant to their department while filtering out unrelated information from other departments.

Audit Trail for User Access

Given that a user accesses an EcoInsights Report, then the system should log the user's role, the specific report accessed, and the date and time of access for auditing purposes.

Data Restriction for Unauthorized Roles

Given a user with the role of 'Basic', when they try to access a report that is restricted to higher roles, then the system should display a message denying access and explaining the restrictions based on their role.

Role Change Impact on Report Access

Given a user who was recently transitioned from 'Viewer' to 'Manager', when they access EcoInsights Reports, then they shall immediately see the updated access rights aligning with their new role.

User Notification for Role Changes

Given a user whose role has changed, when the change is made, then the user should receive a notification via email indicating the new role and the relevant changes in report access.

Visual Data Representation

"As a communications officer, I want to visualize our sustainability metrics in reports so that I can effectively communicate our progress and initiatives to non-technical stakeholders."

Description

The EcoInsights Reporting feature should include various visual representation options for the data, such as charts, graphs, and dashboards. This will aid in better understanding and communication of metrics related to sustainability efforts. Providing users with visual tools will enhance engagement and ensure more efficient interpretation of data.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to visualize monthly carbon emissions data through visual representation tools within EcoInsights Reporting.

Given the user has accessed the EcoInsights Reporting feature, when they select the 'Monthly Carbon Emissions' report, then they should be able to view the data displayed as a bar chart, line graph, and pie chart, allowing for comparison and analysis.

A user needs to customize the visual representation of the sustainability metrics to focus on specific parameters, such as energy consumption or waste reduction, over a selected time frame.

Given the user has selected a sustainability metric, when they apply custom filters including date range and specific parameters, then the visual representations should update accordingly to reflect those custom criteria.

A stakeholder requests a visual report containing the company's sustainability efforts over the year to present at an upcoming meeting.

Given the stakeholder requests a report, when the user accesses the EcoInsights Reporting and selects a yearly overview, then they should be able to generate a comprehensive report that includes visual representations of key metrics such as carbon footprint, waste reduction, and resource usage trends.

Users want to compare two different time frames to assess improvements in sustainability efforts visually.

Given the user is in the EcoInsights Reporting feature, when they select two different time frames for comparison, then the system should display a dual-panel graph that clearly differentiates the sustainability metrics for each selected time frame.

A user wishes to print or export the visual report to share with external stakeholders.

Given the user has generated a visual report in EcoInsights Reporting, when they select the export option, then the report should be downloadable in PDF and Excel formats, maintaining the accuracy and layout of visual representations.

An analyst wants to ensure that the trends in the visual data representations are easy to interpret and understand for non-technical stakeholders.

Given the analyst views the visual representations, when they hover over any element within the charts or graphs, then tooltips should provide simple explanations and definitions of the data points displayed.

Real-Time Emission Tracking

Real-Time Emission Tracking provides instant updates on the carbon impact of ongoing operations. Users can monitor emissions associated with live orders, enabling them to make immediate adjustments to logistics and supply chain decisions, thus minimizing their carbon footprint actively.

Requirements

Live Emission Dashboard

"As a logistics manager, I want to access a live emission dashboard so that I can see the carbon impact of my ongoing orders in real-time and make adjustments to reduce our emissions immediately."

Description

The Live Emission Dashboard provides a centralized interface where users can view real-time data on carbon emissions associated with their ongoing operations. This feature allows users to quickly interpret complex data through visual representations, such as graphs and charts, facilitating better decision-making. By integrating this dashboard with real-time order processing and logistics management tools, users can immediately understand the carbon impact of orders, leading to more informed and sustainable choices. This functionality not only helps reduce the carbon footprint of their operations but also enhances compliance with environmental regulations and corporate sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Live Emission Dashboard to view real-time carbon emissions data for ongoing orders during peak operational hours.

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect application, when they navigate to the Live Emission Dashboard, then they should see real-time carbon emissions displayed for all active orders, with updates occurring every minute.

The user filters the data on the Live Emission Dashboard to view emissions based on specific criteria, such as delivery routes or product categories.

Given the user is on the Live Emission Dashboard, when they apply a filter for delivery routes or product categories, then the dashboard should update to display only the emissions data relevant to the selected filters in less than 5 seconds.

The user receives an alert when carbon emissions from a specific order exceed a predefined threshold while using the Live Emission Dashboard.

Given the user has defined a threshold for acceptable carbon emissions, when the emissions for an ongoing order exceed this threshold, then an alert should be triggered on the dashboard, notifying the user within 10 seconds.

The user views historical emission data on the Live Emission Dashboard to track trends over time.

Given the user selects the historical data option, when they choose a specific time frame, then the dashboard should display emissions data in a clear graphical format, allowing for easy trend analysis.

The user integrates the Live Emission Dashboard with their existing logistics management tools to enhance carbon tracking capabilities.

Given the user has existing logistics tools connected to FreshConnect, when they access the Live Emission Dashboard, then the dashboard should reflect emissions data that corresponds with the logistics information in real-time, ensuring consistency across platforms.

The user exports the emissions data from the Live Emission Dashboard for compliance reporting and analysis.

Given the user is on the Live Emission Dashboard, when they select the export option, then the emissions data should be downloadable in a compatible format (e.g., CSV, PDF) within 2 minutes for use in reports.

Emission Reduction Alerts

"As a supply chain coordinator, I want to receive alerts when emissions exceed specified limits so that I can take immediate action to reduce our carbon footprint during operations."

Description

The Emission Reduction Alerts feature is designed to notify users when their operations reach predefined emission thresholds. By utilizing real-time data and predictive analytics, this feature helps users avoid exceeding environmental limits by sending instant alerts via email or in-app notifications. This proactive approach encourages users to modify logistics and supply chain decisions on the fly, thereby helping to minimize their carbon footprint. The alerts can also provide actionable insights, suggesting alternative routes or methods to optimize delivery processes and lower emissions without compromising efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert when carbon emissions from ongoing orders exceed the defined threshold at any point during the delivery process.

Given a user with configured emission thresholds, When the emissions from ongoing orders surpass these thresholds, Then the user should receive an instant notification via email and in-app alert.

User can modify logistics based on the real-time emission alerts they receive.

Given that a user has received an emission alert, When the user accesses the suggestion provided in the alert, Then the user should be able to implement the suggested route or method changes directly from the notification context.

Users can customize their emission thresholds for alerts based on their operational needs.

Given that a user wants to set their own emission thresholds, When the user navigates to the settings page and adjusts the thresholds, Then the system should save these settings and use them for future emissions calculations and alerts.

Users can view a historical report of emission alerts triggered in a specific timeframe.

Given that a user wants to analyze past emission alerts, When the user selects a date range in the reporting tool, Then the system should display all triggered alerts along with details of the emissions and any actions taken.

User can opt out of receiving email notifications while still receiving in-app alerts.

Given that a user wishes to manage their notification preferences, When the user adjusts their notification settings to disable email alerts, Then the user should continue to receive in-app notifications without email alerts for emission thresholds.

Users verify that alerts provide actionable suggestions to reduce emissions during high-demand periods.

Given that a user receives an alert during peak delivery times, When the alert is triggered, Then the system should provide at least two alternative logistical strategies to manage emissions effectively.

Users can report any issues they encounter with the alert notifications.

Given that a user experiences a problem with the emission alerts, When they submit feedback through the platform's support feature, Then the user should receive a confirmation that their report has been logged and will be addressed.

Historical Emission Analytics

"As an operations analyst, I want to analyze historical emissions data so that I can identify trends and assess the effectiveness of our emission reduction strategies over time."

Description

The Historical Emission Analytics feature allows users to analyze past carbon emissions data associated with their operations over a defined period. By utilizing this tool, users can identify trends, assess the effectiveness of their emission-reduction strategies, and make data-driven decisions for future operations. This feature will integrate seamlessly with existing data storage systems to allow for comprehensive reporting. Users will benefit from customizable reports, enabling them to present findings to stakeholders and improve their sustainability practices based on historical performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User analyzes historical emissions data for the previous year to evaluate trends and identify areas for improvement in sustainability practices.

Given the user accesses the Historical Emission Analytics feature, when they input a date range for the previous year, then the system should display a comprehensive report showing monthly emissions data, including total emissions and breakdown by category.

A user generates a customizable report to present the historical emissions data to stakeholders in a meeting.

Given the user has selected specific metrics for their report, when they request the report generation, then the system should provide a downloadable report in PDF format that reflects the selected metrics and visualizes the data clearly.

A user reviews the historical emissions data to assess the effectiveness of implemented emissions-reduction strategies over the past quarter.

Given the user selects the last quarter as the analysis period, when they view the emissions trend, then the system must highlight any periods of significant reduction and compare them to previous quarters.

Users need to integrate historical emissions data with their existing data storage systems for comprehensive reporting.

Given the user initiates the data integration process, when they connect their existing data storage system, then the system should successfully import past emissions data without discrepancies or data loss.

A user wants to filter historical emissions data by specific supply chain segments to identify areas for potential emission reductions.

Given the user applies filters for specific supply chain segments (like transportation, packaging, etc.), when they view the filtered emissions report, then the system should return accurate emissions data only for the selected segments.

A user seeks to compare emissions data from different years to evaluate progress on emissions reduction strategies.

Given the user selects multiple years for comparison, when the user generates the comparison report, then the system must display a side-by-side comparison of annual emissions data with clear visual indicators of improvements or regressions.

Emission Impact Simulation

"As a fleet manager, I want to simulate the emission impact of different logistics scenarios so that I can select the most eco-friendly delivery options before finalizing the plans."

Description

The Emission Impact Simulation feature enables users to simulate the potential carbon emissions of various logistics scenarios before executing them. This tool will allow users to input different variables, such as delivery routes, load sizes, and modes of transportation, to see projected emissions outcomes. By facilitating better planning and scenario analysis, this feature empowers users to choose the most eco-friendly option, thereby reducing their operational carbon footprint proactively. It also supports sustainability reporting efforts by providing users with data and scenarios to back up their decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

Simulation of Emission Impact on Different Delivery Routes

Given that a user selects a delivery route with specific variables, when they run the emission impact simulation, then the system should provide projected carbon emissions for that route based on input values.

Comparison of Emission Impact Across Different Transport Modes

Given that a user inputs various transport modes (e.g., truck, bicycle, rail) for a delivery scenario, when the user initiates the simulation, then the system should display a comparative analysis of projected emissions for each mode.

Real-Time Adjustments to Emission Simulations

Given that a user modifies the load size or delivery route during an active simulation, when they apply the changes, then the system should instantly recalculate and display updated emissions outcomes without delays.

Historical Data Retrieval for Emission Trends

Given that a user requests historical emission data for previously run simulations, when they access the report feature, then the system should provide a detailed history of emissions along with trends over time.

Scenario Planning for Sustainable Decision-Making

Given that a user simulates multiple logistics scenarios, when they analyze the results, then they should be able to identify the most eco-friendly option based on the lowest projected emissions.

Environmental Impact Reporting Generation

Given that a user completes a simulation, when they choose to generate a report, then the system should create a comprehensive environmental impact report that includes all relevant data and scenarios.

Integration with Carbon Offset Programs

"As a sustainability officer, I want to integrate with carbon offset programs through FreshConnect so that I can easily purchase offsets for our emissions and enhance our sustainability efforts."

Description

The Integration with Carbon Offset Programs requirement allows users to connect with various carbon offset initiatives directly from the FreshConnect platform. This feature simplifies the process of purchasing carbon offsets related to their operational emissions, enhancing the platform's sustainability impact. By providing options to integrate with multiple offset providers, users can easily select programs that align with their values and business goals. This integration can also facilitate reporting on carbon offset purchases, making it easier for companies to demonstrate their commitment to sustainability and track their offsetting efforts over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a carbon offset program directly from the FreshConnect platform while processing a live order.

Given the user is on the order processing page, when they click on the 'Offset Emissions' button, then they should see a list of available carbon offset programs to choose from.

User purchases a carbon offset through the FreshConnect platform after selecting a program.

Given the user has selected a carbon offset program, when they confirm the purchase, then the transaction must be recorded in the system and a confirmation receipt should be generated for the user.

User accesses a report of their carbon offset purchases over time from the FreshConnect platform.

Given the user navigates to the 'Reports' section, when they select the 'Carbon Offsets' report, then they should see a detailed log of all carbon offset purchases made, including date, amount, and program.

User integrates the FreshConnect platform with an external carbon offset provider's API.

Given a valid API connection is established, when the user initiates the integration process, then the platform should successfully pull data related to carbon offsets and display it on the user's dashboard.

User receives notifications regarding the status of carbon offset purchases or integration issues.

Given the user has completed a carbon offset purchase or initiated an integration, when there is a change in the status of these actions, then the user should receive an immediate notification through the FreshConnect platform.

User customizes their preferences for carbon offset selection based on sustainability goals.

Given the user is in the 'Settings' section, when they update their sustainability goals, then the system should present carbon offset options that align with those goals whenever they are purchasing offsets.

User verifies the total emissions offset through the FreshConnect dashboard after making multiple offset purchases.

Given the user has made multiple carbon offset purchases, when they view the emissions dashboard, then the total emissions offset should accurately reflect the sum of all purchased offsets.

Real-Time Emission Report Generation

"As a compliance officer, I want to generate real-time emissions reports for our operations so that I can ensure we are meeting our sustainability targets and compliance requirements."

Description

The Real-Time Emission Report Generation feature allows users to generate comprehensive reports on their emissions impact for specific timeframes or projects at the click of a button. This functionality will include customizable report templates and the ability to include various metrics such as total emissions, breakdown by delivery routes, and comparison against sustainability targets. Automatic generation of routine reports helps streamline compliance reporting and internal assessments, ensuring users remain accountable and transparent in their operations. This feature is pivotal for decision-makers who require timely information to adjust strategies and monitor performance.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user wanting to analyze emissions for a specific delivery period, I will generate an emission report for the past month to review the overall carbon impact and performance against our sustainability goals.

Given that I have selected the report generation feature, when I specify the date range for the past month and click 'Generate Report', then the report should be created including total emissions, breakdown by delivery routes, and a comparison against sustainability targets.

As a compliance officer, I need to generate weekly emissions reports to ensure the company adheres to regulatory standards and to prepare for audits.

Given that I am logged in as a compliance officer, when I select a weekly report template and click 'Generate', then the system should automatically create and download a comprehensive report with emissions data for the past week, formatted according to compliance standards.

As a decision-maker, I want to view and analyze emissions data over different timeframes to understand trends and make informed strategic adjustments.

Given that I have selected the custom report option, when I choose the metrics and timeframes for the emissions report and submit, then the system should generate a visual report showing emissions trends and performance metrics over the selected periods.

As a farm manager, I want to compare my current emissions performance with previous periods to track improvements and identify areas for reduction.

Given that I have accessed the comparison feature, when I select the current period and a reference period for comparison, then the system should present a detailed comparison report highlighting emissions improvements and areas needing attention.

As part of routine compliance reporting, I would like the system to generate an emissions report automatically and send it to my email every month.

Given that I have set up automatic reporting, when the month ends, then the system should generate and email the emissions report to my specified address without manual intervention.

As a sustainability analyst, I need to customize report templates to include specific metrics relevant to our operational goals.

Given that I am on the report template settings page, when I add or remove metrics and save the template, then the system should confirm the changes and allow me to use this customized template for future reports.

As a user concerned with data accuracy, I want to have a confirmation message before finalizing report generation to ensure all selected parameters are correct.

Given that I have filled in all parameters for generating a report, when I click 'Generate', then a confirmation message should appear prompting me to review and confirm my selections before proceeding with report generation.

Scenario Simulation Tool

The Scenario Simulation Tool allows users to model various logistics and distribution scenarios to understand potential carbon impacts before implementing changes. This feature empowers users to experiment with different strategies for reducing their carbon footprint, enhancing decision-making processes before actual execution.

Requirements

Scenario Modeling Interface

"As a logistics manager, I want to create and compare different distribution scenarios so that I can identify strategies to reduce our carbon footprint before implementing changes in real life."

Description

The Scenario Modeling Interface provides users with an intuitive and user-friendly graphical interface to input various logistics parameters such as delivery routes, transportation methods, and packaging types. This interface allows users to easily adjust and create different distribution scenarios to study their carbon impact. The tool combines inputs from real-time data integration, enabling accurate simulations that reflect real-world conditions. This is crucial for users to experiment with various carbon-reducing strategies without real-world consequences, thereby enhancing strategic planning and reducing environmental impact.

Acceptance Criteria

User inputs delivery routes, transportation methods, and packaging types to create a carbon impact simulation for a specific logistics scenario.

Given that the user has entered all required logistics parameters, When the user clicks the 'Run Simulation' button, Then the system displays the carbon impact results within 10 seconds and provides a summary of key metrics.

A user wants to adjust an existing distribution scenario to analyze the impact of changing transportation methods.

Given that the user has selected an existing simulation, When the user changes the transportation method and clicks 'Update Simulation', Then the system recalibrates the scenario and provides updated carbon impact results without errors.

An administrator needs to verify if the Scenario Modeling Interface integrates real-time data correctly for accurate simulations.

Given that the system is connected to real-time data sources, When a user creates a scenario using the latest data, Then the simulation results must reflect the actual data inputs used within a 5% accuracy margin.

A user runs multiple simulations to compare the carbon impacts of different packaging types over a week.

Given that the user has created multiple packaging scenarios, When the user generates a report, Then the report lists all scenarios with their respective carbon impact metrics and allows exporting in PDF format.

A user needs to save their simulation scenarios for future reference.

Given that the user has completed a simulation, When the user clicks 'Save Scenario', Then the system prompts for a scenario name and saves it to the user's profile accurately, allowing retrieval within the 'My Scenarios' section.

A user is attempting to input delivery routes via a visual map interface.

Given that the user accesses the delivery route input feature, When the user draws the delivery route on the map and confirms, Then the system stores the route and confirms successful input with a visual indicator.

A user wants to review past simulations to understand decision impact and effectiveness.

Given that the user navigates to the 'History' section, When the user selects a past simulation, Then the system displays all relevant inputs and carbon impact results clearly, with options to adjust and re-run the simulation.

Carbon Impact Calculator

"As an eco-conscious distributor, I want to evaluate the carbon impact of different logistics scenarios so that I can choose the most sustainable options in our operations."

Description

The Carbon Impact Calculator is a robust analytical tool integrated into the Scenario Simulation Tool, designed to assess the environmental consequences of each logistics scenario created by users. By leveraging advanced algorithms that factor in various elements, including transportation emissions and packaging waste, the calculator provides precise estimations of the potential carbon emissions associated with each decision. This allows users to make informed decisions that align with their sustainability goals, ultimately aiding in reducing overall carbon emissions.

Acceptance Criteria

User inputs a logistics scenario involving multiple transportation methods and packaging types to evaluate its carbon impact.

Given the user selects various transportation methods and packaging types, when the user inputs this data into the Carbon Impact Calculator, then the calculator should return accurate carbon emission estimates within a 5% margin of error.

A user wants to compare the carbon impact of two different logistics scenarios using the Scenario Simulation Tool.

Given the user has created two different logistics scenarios, when the user initiates a comparison, then the tool should display a side-by-side comparison of carbon emissions for each scenario, highlighting the differences clearly.

Users wish to visualize the carbon impact results generated by the Carbon Impact Calculator.

Given the user has generated carbon impact results, when the user requests visualization, then the tool should provide graphical representations (e.g., bar charts, line graphs) of the carbon emissions over different scenarios.

A user needs to save their logistics scenario and its corresponding carbon impact analysis for future reference.

Given a user has completed a logistics scenario with resulting carbon impact data, when the user selects the 'Save' option, then the scenario and data should be successfully stored and retrievable from the user's dashboard later.

The user is interested in understanding the factors contributing to the calculated carbon impact of their logistics scenario.

Given a user views the results of the Carbon Impact Calculator, when the user selects 'View Details', then a breakdown of contributing factors (transportation emissions, packaging waste, etc.) should be displayed with corresponding percentages.

The user wants to modify an existing logistics scenario and recalculate its carbon impact.

Given the user modifies one or more elements of a previously saved logistics scenario, when the user clicks 'Recalculate', then the Carbon Impact Calculator should update the results immediately to reflect the new modifications.

A user seeks guidance on how to effectively reduce carbon emissions based on the results from the Carbon Impact Calculator.

Given that the user has viewed their carbon impact results, when the user clicks on 'Recommendations', then the tool should provide actionable recommendations for reducing emissions linked to the factors identified in their scenario.

Scenario Comparison Dashboard

"As an operations director, I want to visually compare the outcomes of different logistics scenarios so that I can make data-driven decisions that enhance our distribution efficiency."

Description

The Scenario Comparison Dashboard presents users with a summary view of multiple simulation outcomes side by side. This dashboard displays key metrics such as estimated costs, carbon emissions, and operational efficiency for each scenario, allowing for easy analysis and comparisons. The visual representation of data aids users in quickly identifying the best and worst scenarios based on their specific sustainability and operational goals, facilitating effective decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User Analysis of Multiple Scenarios Using the Comparison Dashboard

Given the user has conducted at least three scenarios in the Scenario Simulation Tool, when they access the Scenario Comparison Dashboard, then they should see a summary view displaying key metrics such as estimated costs, carbon emissions, and operational efficiency for each scenario side by side.

Data Accuracy on Scenario Metrics Displayed in the Dashboard

Given the user has completed simulations for different distribution strategies, when the user views the Scenario Comparison Dashboard, then all displayed metrics (costs, emissions, efficiency) must reflect accurate data from the simulations without discrepancies.

User Interaction with Scenario Comparison Dashboard

Given the user is on the Scenario Comparison Dashboard, when the user hovers over any metric, then a tooltip should appear providing detailed explanations or definitions of the metrics displayed to enhance user understanding.

Downloadable Report of Scenarios from the Dashboard

Given the user has analyzed scenarios and made a decision, when the user selects the 'Download Report' option from the Scenario Comparison Dashboard, then a summary report including all metrics and findings should be generated in PDF format.

Visual Representation Clarity on the Comparison Dashboard

Given the user is viewing the Scenario Comparison Dashboard, when they observe the visual representation, then all graphs and charts should be clearly labeled, visually distinct, and easy to interpret for quick decision-making.

User Prompt System

"As a new user, I want to receive helpful prompts and suggestions as I build scenarios so that I can confidently use the tool without previous experience."

Description

The User Prompt System is a contextual help feature within the Scenario Simulation Tool that guides users through the modeling process by providing tips, suggestions, and automated prompts based on user input. This system helps users understand complex modeling features and offers best practices for carbon footprint reduction, thereby enhancing user engagement and effectively reducing barriers to utilizing the simulation tool fully. This is crucial in ensuring that all users, regardless of their technical background, can make the most out of the simulations.

Acceptance Criteria

User initializes the Scenario Simulation Tool and receives contextual prompts as they input data into the system.

Given a user has accessed the Scenario Simulation Tool, when they begin entering data into the model, then the User Prompt System should provide relevant tips and guidance based on the fields being filled out.

A user encounters a complex modeling feature and seeks assistance within the Scenario Simulation Tool.

Given a user is on a complex feature page, when they click on the help icon, then the User Prompt System should display a detailed explanation and examples of best practices related to that feature.

Users run a scenario simulation and receive carbon impact suggestions based on their input parameters.

Given a user has completed a scenario simulation, when the results are generated, then the User Prompt System should provide actionable suggestions for reducing the carbon footprint based on the user's inputs.

New users with limited technical knowledge utilize the Scenario Simulation Tool for the first time.

Given a new user initiates the Scenario Simulation Tool for the first time, when they interact with the tool, then the User Prompt System should provide a step-by-step onboarding guide to assist in their usage.

Users provide feedback on the usability of the User Prompt System after using it in their simulation.

Given users have utilized the User Prompt System, when they complete a feedback survey, then the responses should indicate at least an 80% satisfaction rate regarding the clarity and helpfulness of the prompts received.

The User Prompt System updates its tips and suggestions based on user interactions and inputs.

Given multiple users have interacted with the User Prompt System, when the system compiles aggregated data, then it should refresh its suggestions to reflect trends and common user queries within a 30-day period.

Users can disable or customize the User Prompt System settings to suit their preferences.

Given a user wants to customize the User Prompt System, when they access the settings menu, then they should be able to toggle prompt visibility and select types of prompts they wish to receive.

Data Integration Capabilities

"As a supply chain analyst, I want the simulation tool to integrate with our existing systems so that I can use accurate, real-time data in my scenario modeling."

Description

The Data Integration Capabilities feature allows the Scenario Simulation Tool to seamlessly draw data from existing inventory management and distribution systems. This ensures that the simulations rely on the most current and accurate data regarding inventory levels, delivery schedules, and transportation costs. By integrating with other systems, users can run simulations that reflect real-time conditions, increasing the accuracy of the scenario outcomes and ensuring more relevant insights for decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a simulation using real-time data from integrated inventory management systems.

Given that the user has access to the Scenario Simulation Tool, when they request a simulation, then the tool should pull current inventory levels, delivery schedules, and transportation costs from the connected systems and display them accurately in the simulation parameters.

User evaluates the accuracy of simulation results against actual logistic metrics.

Given that a simulation has been run using integrated data, when the user compares the simulation outcomes with actual logistic metrics from the same time frame, then the discrepancies should be within a 5% margin of error to validate the data accuracy and simulation reliability.

User requests a report summarizing the carbon footprint impact based on the simulation results.

Given that a user has completed a simulation, when they request a carbon footprint report, then the report should generate within 30 seconds and include a breakdown of potential carbon savings alongside an actionable strategy based on the simulation inputs.

A user integrates a new inventory management system with the Scenario Simulation Tool.

Given that the user has provided proper API credentials and configuration settings for a new inventory management system, when they initiate the integration process, then the tool should successfully connect and display a confirmation message along with the first set of data pulled from the new system.

Multiple users collaborate on simulation scenarios in real-time.

Given that multiple users are logged into the Scenario Simulation Tool, when one user adjusts a parameter in a shared simulation, then all other users should receive instant notifications of the updates and see the changes reflected in their view within 5 seconds.

User tests the simulation tool with historical data for trend analysis.

Given that the user has selected historical data for the simulation, when the simulation is executed, then it should accurately utilize the historical data provided to generate insights that align with known outcomes from that time period, with at least an 85% accuracy rate in predicted outcomes.

User accesses the scenario simulation on a mobile device.

Given that the user is logged into FreshConnect on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Scenario Simulation Tool, then the tool should be fully functional and user-friendly, allowing them to run simulations without any performance issues within a mobile-responsive design.

Report Generation Module

"As a sustainability coordinator, I want to generate detailed reports from the simulation results so that I can communicate our carbon reduction strategies effectively to internal and external stakeholders."

Description

The Report Generation Module allows users to create comprehensive reports summarizing the findings from their scenario simulations. These reports can include details on carbon emissions, cost analyses, and operational metrics, enabling users to share quantitative insights with stakeholders and inform future decision-making. The ability to generate visually appealing and digestible reports will help communicate the benefits of different logistics strategies clearly and effectively, thus enhancing stakeholder engagement and promoting accountability in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a report from the Scenario Simulation Tool after evaluating multiple logistics strategies for carbon reduction.

Given the user has completed scenario simulations, when they select the report generation option, then a comprehensive report summarizing carbon emissions, cost analyses, and operational metrics should be successfully generated and downloadable in PDF format.

User views the generated report to ensure it reflects all necessary data accurately and visually.

Given the user has accessed the generated report, when they review the report content, then all data on carbon emissions, costs, and operational metrics should be accurate and clearly presented, with visual graphs included for easy interpretation.

User shares the generated report with stakeholders via email to discuss logistics strategies.

Given the user has generated a report, when they choose the email sharing option, then the report should be sent as an attachment, and stakeholders should receive it without error, with confirmation of successful delivery displayed to the user.

User attempts to generate a report with incomplete scenario simulation data.

Given the user has incomplete simulation data, when they attempt to generate a report, then the system should display an error message indicating that complete data is required before report generation can proceed.

User reviews the time taken to generate a report after simulations are completed.

Given the user has triggered report generation, when the process is complete, then the time taken for report generation should not exceed 10 seconds, ensuring prompt access to information.

User customizes the report layout and content before finalizing the report generation.

Given the user is in the report customization interface, when they make changes to layout options or select specific metrics to include, then those changes should be accurately reflected in the final generated report.

Local Produce Showcase

The Local Produce Showcase feature provides retailers with a dynamic display of available local products, highlighting seasonal offerings and unique produce from nearby farms. This visually engaging feature enhances user experience by allowing retailers to discover and prioritize locally sourced options, ultimately promoting local economies and ensuring freshness in their inventory.

Requirements

Real-Time Inventory Updates

"As a retailer, I want to see the real-time availability of local products in the Local Produce Showcase so that I can make informed purchasing decisions without encountering out-of-stock situations."

Description

The Real-Time Inventory Updates requirement ensures that the Local Produce Showcase feature dynamically reflects the current stock levels of local products available from nearby farms. This functionality will integrate with the existing inventory tracking system to pull live data, allowing retailers to view up-to-date availability. By showcasing only those products that are actually in stock, this requirement minimizes the risk of customer disappointment due to ordering out-of-stock items. Additionally, it enhances the user experience by providing accurate information, fostering trust, and improving inventory management for retailers and distributors alike.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer views the Local Produce Showcase on FreshConnect to check the availability of local farm products for today's orders.

Given the retailer accesses the Local Produce Showcase, when they view the list of available products, then it should reflect real-time stock levels for each item, showing only those that are currently in stock.

A retailer receives a notification about a product that has just gone out of stock after previously being displayed in the Local Produce Showcase.

Given a product goes out of stock, when the inventory tracking system updates, then the product should immediately be removed from the Local Produce Showcase to prevent misrepresentation.

Retailer wants to filter local products based on their availability and seasonal offerings.

Given the retailer applies a filter for 'available' products in the Local Produce Showcase, when they display the results, then only products that are in stock should appear, prioritizing seasonal offerings if selected.

A retailer places an order for a product they saw in the Local Produce Showcase that is currently in stock.

Given the retailer has selected a product from the Local Produce Showcase, when they place an order, then the system should confirm the order and deduct that item from the real-time inventory count.

A farmer updates their inventory levels to reflect the new quantities available after a fresh harvest.

Given the farmer updates their inventory in the FreshConnect system, when the inventory is processed, then the Local Produce Showcase should reflect these updates within 5 minutes.

A customer checks the Local Produce Showcase to see if their favorite seasonal fruit is available for upcoming orders.

Given the customer accesses the Local Produce Showcase, when they search for a specific seasonal fruit, then it should display accurate stock information if available or indicate if it is out of stock.

The system needs to handle simultaneous updates from multiple local farms regarding their inventory levels.

Given multiple local farms submit inventory updates at the same time, when the system processes these updates, then all updates should be accurately reflected in the Local Produce Showcase without error or delay.

Seasonal Highlighting Feature

"As a retailer, I want the Local Produce Showcase to highlight seasonal products so that I can promote the freshest items available and attract customers looking for local produce."

Description

The Seasonal Highlighting Feature will allow the Local Produce Showcase to emphasize products that are in season, enabling retailers to recognize and market seasonal offerings effectively. This requirement involves creating an algorithm that categorizes produce based on seasonality and marks them distinctly in the display. By showcasing seasonal produce, the feature not only enhances customer engagement but also supports local farmers by promoting certain items that may have a high turnover rate during specific times of the year. This integration will create a more appealing and relevant shopping experience for retailers and their end consumers.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailers browse the Local Produce Showcase during the spring season and want to see which local produce items are currently in season to optimize their inventory selection.

Given the retailer is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they navigate to the Local Produce Showcase during the spring season, then the system should display all products that are categorized as in season with a distinct seasonal badge.

After a retailer selects a seasonal product from the Local Produce Showcase, they want to view more details about its source and availability.

Given the retailer selects a product marked as seasonal, when they click on the product, then they should see a detailed product page that includes origin, farm details, and availability status.

A retailer wants to ensure that the seasonal highlighting feature is accurately updated as new products come into season throughout the year.

Given new seasonal products are added to the system, when the system runs its daily update process, then all seasonal products should be accurately reflected in the Local Produce Showcase with the correct seasonal marking based on current date.

Retailers need to engage with their customers through the Local Produce Showcase, highlighting local products to enhance sales during harvest seasons.

Given the retailer is promoting seasonal local produce, when customers access the retailer's showcase on FreshConnect, then they should see the highlighted seasonal products prominently featured at the top of the display.

Farmers want assurance that their seasonal produce will be prominently displayed in the Local Produce Showcase to increase visibility and sales opportunities.

Given the farmer has listed their produce on FreshConnect for the current season, when the seasonal highlight feature is activated, then their products should appear in the Local Produce Showcase with seasonal emphasis and details about peak availability.

A retailer reviews the effectiveness of the Seasonal Highlighting Feature by analyzing sales data of highlighted seasonal products.

Given the retailer has access to sales reports, when they generate a report for highlighted seasonal products post-harvest, then they should see an increase in sales compared to previous periods without seasonal highlighting.

Retailers want to ensure that customers can filter or search specifically for seasonal products using the Local Produce Showcase.

Given the retailer is on the Local Produce Showcase page, when they use a filter option for seasonal products, then only products currently in season should be displayed in the results.

User-Friendly Search Filters

"As a retailer, I want to use search filters in the Local Produce Showcase so that I can quickly find local products that fit my inventory needs without wasting time."

Description

The User-Friendly Search Filters requirement aims to implement a set of intuitive filters within the Local Produce Showcase, allowing retailers to easily search and narrow down the local products displayed based on various criteria such as category, price range, and farm location. This feature will enhance the retail experience by simplifying the search process, enabling retailers to quickly find products that meet their specific needs. By implementing these filters, we alleviate the time spent scrolling through numerous items, thus increasing efficiency and user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer searches for local produce within specific categories and regions using filters in the Local Produce Showcase.

Given I am a retailer on the Local Produce Showcase page, When I apply filters for categories and locations, Then I should see a list of products that match my criteria without any latency in loading.

The retailer wishes to set a price range to find affordable local products.

Given I am on the Local Produce Showcase page, When I set a price range filter and click 'Apply', Then I should see only those products that fall within the specified price range listed accurately.

The retailer wants to reset all applied filters to start a new search.

Given I have applied multiple filters on the Local Produce Showcase page, When I click the 'Reset All Filters' button, Then all filters should be removed, and the full list of products should be displayed immediately.

The retailer needs to specifically locate products from a particular farm.

Given I am searching for products on the Local Produce Showcase page, When I use the farm location filter to select a specific farm, Then I should only see products sourced from that farm being displayed in the results.

The retailer expects the filters to reflect live inventory updates.

Given I have applied filters on the Local Produce Showcase page, When the underlying product inventory changes (either adding or removing items), Then the displayed results should accurately reflect the current available products without outdated items appearing.

The retailer wants to sort the displayed products based on freshness or harvest date.

Given I am a retailer viewing local products, When I select the 'Sort by Freshness' option, Then the products should be organized in descending order of their harvest date with the freshest items appearing first.

The retailer accesses the Local Produce Showcase on a mobile device and uses the search filters.

Given I am using a mobile device to access the Local Produce Showcase, When I apply any of the search filters, Then the layout should remain responsive, and product results should be easily readable and navigable without any display issues.

Feedback and Rating System

"As a retailer, I want to leave feedback and ratings on local products so that I can share my experiences and help other retailers make better purchasing decisions."

Description

The Feedback and Rating System will allow retailers to provide feedback and ratings on the local products featured in the Local Produce Showcase. This requirement will involve developing an interface for retailers to leave reviews and ratings that reflect their experiences with various local products. The integration of this system will encourage accountability among producers and provide valuable feedback that can assist other retailers in making informed decisions about which products to prioritize. Furthermore, this will create a collaborative community feel within the ecosystem, promoting higher engagement levels.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer submits a rating and review for a local product after purchasing it through the Local Produce Showcase.

Given a retailer is logged into their account, when they click on a specific local product, then they can see an option to leave a rating (1 to 5 stars) and a text review, which they can submit to confirm it.

Retailer attempts to submit a rating and review without logging in.

Given a retailer is not logged into their account, when they try to leave a rating and review, then they are prompted to log in or create an account before they can submit their feedback.

A retailer views the feedback and ratings submitted by other retailers on a local product within the Local Produce Showcase.

Given a retailer is viewing a specific local product, when they scroll down, then they can see a list of all feedback and ratings left by other retailers, displayed in descending order of submission date.

The system aggregates and displays an average rating for each local product based on submitted ratings.

Given multiple ratings have been submitted for a local product, when a retailer views the product, then the average rating is calculated and displayed next to the product's name.

Retailer receives a confirmation message after successfully submitting a rating and review for a local product.

Given a retailer has submitted a rating and review, when the submission is complete, then a success message is displayed confirming their review was received.

Retailers can edit their submitted ratings and reviews within a specified time frame.

Given a retailer has submitted a rating and review, when they choose to edit it within 30 days, then they are able to update their rating and review text, which will overwrite their previous submission.

A compliance check ensures that retailers cannot submit multiple ratings and reviews for the same product in a short duration.

Given a retailer has submitted a rating and review for a local product, when they attempt to submit another review within 24 hours, then they are notified that they can only submit one review per day for that product.

Mobile Compatibility Enhancement

"As a retailer, I want the Local Produce Showcase to be mobile-friendly so that I can browse and order local products conveniently from my smartphone or tablet while on the go."

Description

The Mobile Compatibility Enhancement requirement ensures that the Local Produce Showcase is fully responsive and optimized for mobile devices. This will allow retailers to access the feature seamlessly via smartphones and tablets. The implementation of mobile-first design principles will enhance the user experience for retailers who are on-the-go or who prefer mobile browsing. By enabling this functionality, we aim to maximize accessibility and improve usage rates among retailers who utilize mobile devices primarily in their operations.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer accesses the Local Produce Showcase feature using a smartphone during a visit to a local farm to view available products.

Given the retailer has a smartphone, when they navigate to the Local Produce Showcase feature, then the display should adjust correctly without loss of functionality or detail.

A retailer on the go wants to filter local produce by availability and category while using a tablet in their store.

Given the retailer is using a tablet, when they apply filters to the Local Produce Showcase, then the filtered results should load within 3 seconds without errors.

A retailer is browsing the Local Produce Showcase on a mobile device and intends to view detailed information of a specific local product.

Given a retailer selects a product, when they access the product details, then all relevant information, including price, description, and supplier details, should be clearly displayed and readable without horizontal scrolling.

A retailer wants to switch between landscape and portrait mode while viewing the Local Produce Showcase on a mobile device.

Given the retailer views the showcase in portrait mode, when they rotate their device to landscape, then the layout should adapt seamlessly without losing any content or functionality.

A retailer is accessing the Local Produce Showcase feature on a low bandwidth connection.

Given the retailer has a weak internet connection, when they load the Local Produce Showcase, then the loading time should not exceed 5 seconds and should still display the essential information.

A retailer notices discrepancies in product information while viewing the Local Produce Showcase on a mobile device.

Given the retailer reports an issue with product information, when the issue is reported, then the support team should respond within 24 hours to address the concern.

The Local Produce Showcase feature is designed to accommodate accessibility tools for visually impaired retailers.

Given the retailer is using a screen reader, when they navigate to the Local Produce Showcase, then all elements should be accessible and correctly labeled for screen reading software.

Integrated Social Sharing Options

"As a retailer, I want to easily share local products from the Local Produce Showcase on social media so that I can promote my offerings and engage more customers online."

Description

The Integrated Social Sharing Options requirement allows retailers to share local product information directly from the Local Produce Showcase to their social media channels. This feature will encourage retailers to promote locally sourced products more effectively, widening the reach and awareness of these products among their customer base. Including social sharing capabilities can boost engagement, increase sales, and foster a sense of community around local produce. This integration should be intuitive and provide easy access to various social media platforms.

Acceptance Criteria

Social media sharing from the Local Produce Showcase is live and accessible to retailers sharing product information.

Given that a retailer is viewing the Local Produce Showcase, when they select a product and click on the 'Share' button, then they should see options to share the product on Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram.

Retailers can successfully authenticate their social media accounts for sharing.

Given that a retailer selects a social media platform to share a product, when they are prompted to log in, then they should be able to authenticate their account and grant necessary permissions for sharing.

Shared posts from the Local Produce Showcase should reflect accurate product information and images.

Given that a retailer shares a product on their social media, when the post is published, then it should contain the correct product name, description, and an appealing image from the Local Produce Showcase.

Retailers can customize the message before sharing on social media.

Given that a retailer is sharing a product, when they pull up the sharing options, then they should see a default message that they can edit before posting it on social media.

Analytics are tracked for the engagement of shared posts.

Given that a retailer shares a product on social media, when users interact with the post (like, share, comment), then this engagement data should be captured and available in the retailer's dashboard for metrics analysis.

The sharing functionality is mobile-responsive and usable on various devices.

Given that a retailer accesses the Local Produce Showcase from a mobile device, when they attempt to share a product, then the share options should be fully functional and visually optimized for mobile screens.

Retailers receive a confirmation after successfully sharing a product.

Given that a retailer has shared a product on social media, when the action is completed, then they should see a confirmation message indicating successful sharing and links to view the post.

Instant Order Fulfillment

Instant Order Fulfillment streamlines the purchasing process by enabling retailers to place and receive orders in real-time with local producers. This feature reduces lead times and ensures that retailers receive fresher produce quickly, minimizing waste and maximizing customer satisfaction with timely deliveries.

Requirements

Real-time Inventory Synchronization

"As a retailer, I want to see live inventory levels so that I can place orders accurately and reduce the risk of ordering out-of-stock items."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a robust real-time inventory synchronization system that enables both retailers and local producers to view and update inventory levels instantaneously. This functionality ensures that retailers have access to the latest availability of produce, reducing the likelihood of out-of-stock scenarios and allowing for smarter ordering decisions. By integrating this feature, FreshConnect will enhance operational efficiency, as it minimizes lead times associated with order processing and promotes accurate inventory management across the network. This requirement is critical for maintaining optimal stock levels and reducing waste, ultimately leading to improved satisfaction for both producers and retailers.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailers are placing an order for a variety of produce from local producers via the FreshConnect platform. They need to see the real-time availability of items to make informed decisions during the ordering process without delays.

Given a retailer is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they navigate to the inventory section, then they should see real-time updates of stock levels for all listed items, updated within 5 seconds of any change.

Local producers are updating their inventory after receiving a new delivery of produce. They want to ensure that these updates reflect immediately in the FreshConnect system, so retailers see the accurate inventory in real-time.

Given a local producer has updated their inventory through the FreshConnect system, when the update is saved, then the inventory status should be reflected to retailers within 10 seconds without any manual refresh required.

In the case that a retailer attempts to order a product that is out of stock, they should receive a notification or alert before finalizing their order to avoid disappointment and enhance order accuracy.

Given a retailer is attempting to check out with an out-of-stock item, when the order is processed, then the system should prevent finalization of the order and display an alert stating the item is not available.

As a system administrator, I need to monitor the synchronization logs for the real-time inventory updates to ensure that data consistency is maintained across all users and producers.

Given an administrator accesses the inventory synchronization logs, when they view the logs, then they should see a complete record of all synchronization events with timestamps and status (success or failure) for the last 24 hours.

In order to enhance user experience, retailers need to navigate between different inventory categories to find specific items based on current stock status as they prepare to place an order.

Given a retailer is in the inventory section, when they filter items by category or stock status, then the system should display results that reflect the current inventory availability in real time without any noticeable lag.

Producers need assurance that their inventory updates do not overlap or conflict, which could lead to miscommunication and errors in order fulfillment.

Given a producer is managing their inventory through FreshConnect, when they attempt to update stock levels for a specific item, then the system should lock that item for editing while the update is being processed to prevent conflicts.

Retailers often check individual items for detailed inventory information, including stock history and future availability predictions.

Given a retailer selects an item from the inventory list, when they access the detailed view, then they should see historical stock levels, current availability, and predictive analytics about future stock levels, updated in real time.

Automated Order Notifications

"As a producer, I want to receive notifications on order status changes so that I can manage my stock preparation and delivery schedule accordingly."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing an automated notification system that informs both retailers and producers about order status changes in real-time. As soon as an order is placed, updated, or fulfilled, notifications via email or SMS will be triggered to keep all parties informed of the progress. This functionality aims to enhance communication efficiency, allowing retailers to plan their operations better and producers to manage their stock and fulfillment processes more dynamically. By integrating automated notifications, FreshConnect not only improves transparency but also fosters trust and responsiveness within the food distribution ecosystem.

Acceptance Criteria

Order Placement Notification for Retailers

Given a retailer places a new order, when the order is submitted, then an automated email and SMS notification is sent to the retailer confirming the order placement with an estimated delivery time.

Order Update Notification for Producers

Given an order has been updated due to changes in product availability, when the update is made, then an automated email notification is sent to the producer detailing the changes made to the order.

Order Fulfillment Notification for Retailers

Given an order has been fulfilled by the producer, when the fulfillment status is updated, then an automated email and SMS notification is sent to the retailer informing them that their order has been completed and is ready for delivery.

Notification Acknowledgment by Retailers and Producers

Given a retailer or producer receives a notification about the order status, when they open or click the notification, then the system logs this acknowledgment and verifies it to improve accountability and track communication effectiveness.

Bulk Notifications for Order Status Changes

Given multiple orders are updated at the same time, when these updates occur, then an automated bulk notification is sent to all affected retailers and producers within 5 minutes of the changes being made.

Error Handling for Failed Notifications

Given an order status change requires notification, when the system fails to send an email or SMS notification, then the system logs the error and retries sending the notification every 10 minutes until successful or a maximum of 3 attempts is reached, notifying the technical team of the failure.

User Preferences for Notification Types

Given a retailer or producer accesses their account settings, when they choose their preferred notification method (email, SMS, or both), then the system updates their preferences and ensures that future notifications are sent according to their chosen method.

Dynamic Pricing Model

"As a producer, I want to adjust my pricing dynamically based on market demand so that I can optimize my revenue and respond effectively to competition."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a dynamic pricing model that allows producers to set real-time prices based on supply and demand fluctuations. This feature will enable retailers to be more agile in their purchasing and will encourage producers to adjust prices based on market conditions, ultimately leading to a more optimized pricing strategy. Integrating this capability ensures that FreshConnect promotes a fair and competitive marketplace while empowering both sides to maximize their profitability. Also, it addresses potential surplus and shortages, aiding in waste reduction and improving product availability for retailers.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer places an order through the FreshConnect platform to purchase fresh produce from a local producer using the dynamic pricing model during peak demand.

Given the dynamic pricing model is enabled, when a retailer submits an order for produce during peak demand times, then the system should display real-time pricing based on the current supply and demand parameters, ensuring the price reflects the market conditions accurately.

Producers adjust their pricing for various products based on supply levels and market demand through the FreshConnect platform.

Given the producer has access to supply and demand data through the FreshConnect dashboard, when they adjust their prices for specific products, then those adjustments should be reflected in real-time on the retailer’s order interface immediately after submission.

Retailers view the pricing history of specific products to make informed purchasing decisions.

Given the dynamic pricing model is implemented, when a retailer views the pricing history of a product, then the pricing data displayed should include previous prices, time stamps, and corresponding supply levels to allow for informed purchasing decisions.

Producers receive alerts when their product prices are adjusted to ensure they are aware of market fluctuations.

Given a producer is using the FreshConnect platform, when their product prices change due to market conditions, then they should receive a notification alerting them of the new price and the factors that influenced the price adjustment.

Retailers assess the impact of dynamic pricing on their purchase decisions over time through a reporting feature.

Given that the dynamic pricing feature is implemented, when a retailer utilizes the reporting feature, then it should provide analysis and feedback on how dynamic pricing has influenced their purchasing behavior, including suggestions for future purchases based on price trends.

User Role Management

"As an administrator, I want to define user roles and permissions so that I can manage access and security within the platform effectively."

Description

This requirement focuses on the implementation of a comprehensive user role management system that allows for different permission levels among users such as producers, retailers, and administrators. By defining specific roles and access rights, this feature will enhance security and streamline interactions on the FreshConnect platform, ensuring that users have the appropriate access to functionalities relevant to their roles. Implementing this requirement will not only secure sensitive data but also improve user experience, as each user can navigate the platform tailored to their specific needs and responsibilities.

Acceptance Criteria

As an administrator, I want to be able to create new user roles with specific permissions so that different users can access functionalities based on their responsibilities.

Given I am logged in as an administrator, when I create a new user role and assign specific permissions, then the role should be saved in the system and available for user assignment.

As a producer, I need to ensure that my access to the FreshConnect platform is restricted to production-related functionalities and data to protect sensitive business information.

Given I am logged in as a producer, when I access the platform, then I should only see functionalities and data relevant to producers and not have access to retailer or administrative features.

As a retailer, I want to able to modify my profile information so that my contact details and preferences are up to date.

Given I am logged in as a retailer, when I attempt to modify my profile information and save the changes, then my updated information should be correctly reflected in the system.

As an administrator, I want to view an audit log of user activities to ensure compliance and monitor for any unauthorized access or actions.

Given I am logged in as an administrator, when I access the audit log, then I should see a complete and accurate list of actions performed by users, including timestamps and user identifiers.

As a producer, I need the capability to view my assigned permissions to ensure I can access the required features for my role.

Given I am logged in as a producer, when I navigate to the permissions settings, then I should see a clear list of my assigned permissions and functionalities I can access.

As an administrator, I want to delete a user role that is no longer necessary to keep the system organized and prevent confusion.

Given I am logged in as an administrator, when I delete a user role that is not assigned to any user, then the role should be removed from the system without any errors.

Integration with Third-party Logistics

"As a retailer, I want to integrate third-party logistics in my FreshConnect dashboard so that I can manage deliveries and track shipments efficiently."

Description

This requirement encompasses the integration of FreshConnect with third-party logistics services to provide seamless shipping and delivery options for retailers. This functionality aims to simplify the process of coordinating deliveries directly through the FreshConnect platform, allowing retailers to view shipping options, costs, and estimated delivery times in one place. By providing this integration, FreshConnect enhances the overall user experience, streamlining the fulfillment process and enabling retailers to make informed decisions regarding their deliveries, ultimately leading to improved operational efficiency in the food distribution chain.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailers can access and view third-party logistics options directly within the FreshConnect platform during the order fulfillment process.

Given that a retailer is logged into FreshConnect, when they select a product for purchase, then they should see a list of available third-party logistics options with associated costs and estimated delivery times.

Retailers can select a preferred third-party logistics option during the checkout process.

Given that a retailer is viewing their cart, when they choose a third-party logistics option, then the selected option should be saved and reflected in the order summary before finalizing the purchase.

Retailers receive real-time updates on shipment status through the FreshConnect platform.

Given that a retailer has placed an order using a third-party logistics option, when the status of the shipment changes, then the retailer should receive a notification within the FreshConnect platform with the updated delivery information.

The integration provides accurate shipping costs and delivery estimates based on the retailer's location.

Given that a retailer enters their shipping address, when they view third-party logistics options, then the shipping costs and delivery estimates should accurately reflect the selected logistics provider's rates for that specific location.

Users can review and provide feedback on the performance of third-party logistics services within FreshConnect.

Given that retailers have utilized third-party logistics, when they access the feedback section of FreshConnect, then they should be able to submit ratings and comments on their experience with each logistics service used.

Third-party logistics integrations should not disrupt the overall performance of the FreshConnect platform.

Given that third-party logistics integrations are active, when the platform is accessed by multiple users, then there should be no degradation of performance or response times compared to when integrations are not in use.

Recommendation Engine

The Recommendation Engine utilizes machine learning algorithms to analyze retailers’ purchasing patterns and suggests relevant local products based on their preferences and seasonal trends. This feature enhances the user experience by simplifying the selection process, helping retailers discover new produce and encouraging them to support local farms.

Requirements

User Preference Profiling

"As a retailer, I want the system to understand my purchasing preferences so that I can receive relevant product recommendations that match my needs and seasonal demand."

Description

The User Preference Profiling requirement involves developing an advanced machine learning algorithm to analyze individual retailer purchasing histories, preferences, and feedback. This feature is crucial as it provides the foundation for an effective recommendation engine, ensuring personalized suggestions for local products that align with the retailers' specific needs and seasonal trends. By leveraging data analytics, this requirement aims to enhance user engagement, improve product discovery, and increase sales of local produce, ultimately supporting smaller farms and promoting community sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer accesses the FreshConnect platform and views personalized product recommendations based on their purchasing history for the first time.

Given that the retailer has an existing account and has made previous purchases, when they log in, then they should see a list of at least five personalized product recommendations that are relevant to their past purchases and seasonal trends.

A retailer updates their profile preferences to reflect new product interests.

Given that the retailer has updated their product preferences in the settings, when they refresh the recommendations page, then the displayed product recommendations should change to reflect the new preferences within 5 seconds.

The recommendation engine suggests products to a retailer during peak season for specific crops.

Given that it is the peak season for certain crops, when the retailer accesses their recommendations, then they should see at least three products that are currently in season and have a high purchase likelihood based on their past buying patterns.

A retailer gives feedback on a suggested product they received from the recommendation engine.

Given that the retailer submits feedback (positive or negative) on a recommended product, when they check back in a week, then the recommendations should adapt by incorporating the feedback, either increasing the recommendation frequency for liked products or removing disfavored ones.

A new retailer joins FreshConnect and completes their profile setup, including initial purchase history uploading.

Given that a new retailer has successfully signed up and uploaded their initial purchase data, when they first log in, then they should receive at least five product recommendations based on comparative purchasing patterns of similar retailers.

The recommendation engine updates its suggestions based on real-time inventory changes and local product availability.

Given that an inventory update occurs that affects local product availability, when the retailer views their recommendations, then the product suggestions should reflect the changes accurately within 10 minutes of the update.

Retailer reviews historical purchase behavior through the FreshConnect platform's analytics dashboard.

Given the retailer is on the analytics dashboard, when they view their past purchase behavior, then they should see a detailed breakdown of their purchasing trends, including product categories, frequency, and seasonality over the past year.

Seasonal Trend Analysis

"As a retailer, I want to be informed about seasonal product trends so that I can stock items that will be in high demand and optimize my sales."

Description

The Seasonal Trend Analysis requirement focuses on implementing a data-driven approach to monitor and identify seasonal trends in retail purchasing behavior. This feature is essential for providing timely and relevant product recommendations, enabling retailers to capitalize on seasonal demand. By analyzing past purchase data and external factors such as weather patterns and local events, the system can suggest products that are likely to perform well during specific times of the year. This capability will not only enhance user satisfaction but also drive inventory turnover for local farms and distributors.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer accesses the Seasonal Trend Analysis feature during a particular season to receive product recommendations.

Given the retailer uses the Seasonal Trend Analysis feature, when they select a season, then they should receive a list of at least 10 relevant local products that align with seasonal purchasing trends.

A retailer reviews the seasonal recommendations provided by the system based on past purchasing data.

Given the retailer has a history of purchases, when they view season-specific recommendations, then at least 80% of the suggested products should align with their previous purchases and preferences.

The Seasonal Trend Analysis feature processes external data inputs such as weather patterns or local events.

Given the system receives data on weather patterns and local events, when the Seasonal Trend Analysis runs, then it should output at least 5 recommended products that take these factors into consideration.

The system monitors sales data post-implementation of the Seasonal Trend Analysis to evaluate its effectiveness.

Given the Seasonal Trend Analysis feature is in use, when comparing sales data for seasonal products before and after implementation, then there should be at least a 15% increase in sales of recommended seasonal products within the first three months.

Retailers give feedback on the recommendations provided by the Seasonal Trend Analysis feature.

Given that retailers have accessed the recommendations, when they provide feedback, then at least 75% of retailers should report that the recommendations were relevant and helpful to their purchasing decisions.

The system's accuracy is tested for recommending products based on real-time data during peak seasons.

Given the arrival of peak season data, when the Seasonal Trend Analysis updates recommendations in real-time, then at least 90% of the time, the recommendations should reflect the current trends and demand.

The system generates a report on the Seasonal Trend Analysis performance for stakeholders.

Given a request for a performance report, when the Seasonal Trend Analysis is evaluated, then the report should include at least 3 key metrics demonstrating improvement in user engagement or inventory turnover related to seasonal products.

Dynamic Product Suggestions

"As a retailer, I want to see real-time product suggestions while I browse so that I can make informed purchasing decisions quickly and easily."

Description

The Dynamic Product Suggestions requirement involves creating an interactive interface where retailers can receive real-time recommendations based on their immediate shopping patterns. This feature will allow for agile product recommendations that adapt as retailers browse the catalog. By integrating dashboards that highlight suggested products during order entry or browsing sessions, retailers will have a streamlined shopping experience that promotes the purchase of local and seasonal items, thus benefiting local farms while improving the retailer's sales figures.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer receives personalized product recommendations while browsing the catalog.

Given a retailer is logged into their FreshConnect account, When they browse the product catalog, Then they should see dynamic recommendations based on their past purchasing behavior and seasonal product availability.

Retailer can clear and refresh product recommendations.

Given a retailer is viewing product recommendations, When they choose to refresh their recommendations, Then the system should update the suggestions based on their current browsing patterns and any new inventory.

Retailer views product recommendations during order entry.

Given a retailer is entering their order, When they reach the recommendations section, Then the displayed products should be relevant to their selected items and informed by seasonal trends.

Retailer receives notifications for new local products based on their preferences.

Given the retailer's preferences have been established, When a new local product that matches their criteria becomes available, Then the retailer should receive an automatic notification recommending that product.

Retailer can provide feedback on product recommendations.

Given a retailer views their recommendations, When they are presented with the option to provide feedback, Then they should be able to rate the suggestions as helpful or not, with comments that are stored in their user profile.

Sales data reflects increased local product purchases due to recommendations.

Given the recommendation engine has been implemented, When reviewing sales data over time, Then there should be a measurable increase in the purchase rates of local products suggested by the engine.

Feedback Loop for Recommendations

"As a retailer, I want to provide feedback on product recommendations so that the system can improve and better meet my needs in the future."

Description

The Feedback Loop for Recommendations requirement aims to establish a mechanism through which retailers can provide feedback on product recommendations. This crucial feature will collect data on which suggested products were purchased and the overall satisfaction of the retailer with the recommendations given. By utilizing this feedback, the recommendation engine can continuously improve its algorithms, leading to more accurate and relevant product suggestions over time. This adaptive learning process will ensure that retailers feel empowered and satisfied with the personalized experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer Submission of Feedback on Recommendations

Given a retailer receives product recommendations, when they purchase a suggested product, they can submit feedback through a user-friendly interface, then the feedback will be successfully recorded in the system.

Analysis of Feedback for Recommendation Improvement

Given that feedback has been submitted by retailers, when the recommendation engine processes this feedback, then it should generate insights that inform algorithm adjustments and improve future recommendations based on retailer satisfaction and purchase data.

Visibility of Feedback Submission Confirmation

Given a retailer submits feedback on a recommendation, when the feedback is recorded, then they receive a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been successfully submitted and registered in the system.

Reporting on Feedback Effectiveness of Recommendations

Given the system has collected feedback from multiple retailers, when an administrator reviews the feedback reports, then they should identify trends and effectiveness ratings for different product recommendations based on purchase actions.

User Experience of the Feedback Loop Interface

Given retailers access the feedback submission page, when they interact with the page, then the interface should load within 2 seconds and provide all necessary prompts to ensure ease of feedback submission without confusion.

Feedback Loop Integration with Machine Learning Algorithms

Given the feedback data from retailers, when the recommendation engine is updated, then it should seamlessly integrate the insights from the feedback into its machine learning algorithms to enhance future product suggestions.

Accessibility Compliance of Feedback Mechanism

Given the feedback loop interface is accessed by retailers, when they use assistive technologies, then all elements should be compliant with accessibility standards (e.g., WCAG 2.1) to ensure usability for all retailers.

Integration with Local Farm Data

"As a retailer, I want access to real-time information on what local farms have available so that I can make informed purchasing decisions and enhance my product offerings."

Description

The Integration with Local Farm Data requirement focuses on connecting the recommendation engine with real-time data sourced from local farms regarding available products, pricing, and seasonal planting schedules. This integration ensures that recommendations are not only personalized but also reflective of current stock and local agricultural conditions. By having this real-time data available, retailers can make informed selections and support local farms more effectively, while also reducing waste from unsold inventory.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Local Farm Inventory Data into Recommendation Engine

Given the recommendation engine is connected to the local farm data API, when a retailer queries for product recommendations, then the recommendations should include only products that are currently in stock from the local farms within their area, updated in real-time.

Seasonal Product Recommendations Based on Local Farm Data

Given the seasonal planting schedules are integrated into the recommendation engine, when a retailer accesses the recommendations during a specific season, then the engine should suggest products that are in season and relevant to that time period, reflecting local farm availability.

Real-time Pricing Updates for Local Products

Given the recommendation engine is integrated with local farm pricing data, when a retailer adds a product to their cart, then the displayed price must match the current price from the local farm's data, reflecting any changes immediately.

User Notifications for New Local Products

Given the integration with local farm data is active, when new products are added to the inventory by local farms, then retailers should receive notifications about these new products along with personalized recommendations based on their previous purchasing patterns.

Inventory Threshold Alerts for Retailers

Given the recommendation engine utilizes local farm data, when a retailer's selected products reach a predefined low stock threshold, then the system must alert the retailer to replenish their stock with recommendations of local farms that have sufficient inventory.

Feedback Loop for Enhancing Recommendations

Given the recommendation engine is live, when a retailer provides feedback on a recommendation (such as 'not interested' or 'purchase made'), then this feedback should be used to refine future recommendations, improving accuracy and relevance over time.

User Interface for Recommendations

"As a retailer, I want a clear and engaging interface for product recommendations so that I can easily browse and select items that align with my business needs."

Description

The User Interface for Recommendations requirement involves designing a user-friendly interface that displays personalized product recommendations clearly and engagingly. This UI should highlight seasonal products and local offerings, making it easy for retailers to view and act upon recommendations. A well-designed interface increases usability and encourages interaction with the recommendation system, ultimately driving higher conversion rates and boosting sales of local produce. It should also be mobile-optimized for on-the-go access.

Acceptance Criteria

Display of Personalized Product Recommendations on Dashboard

Given a retailer is logged into their FreshConnect account, when they access the dashboard, then the system should display personalized product recommendations based on their purchasing history and seasonal trends within 5 seconds.

Highlight Seasonal and Local Offerings

Given the recommendation engine has processed new data, when a retailer views the recommendation section, then the UI should highlight at least 3 seasonal and local products prominently among the recommendations.

Mobile Optimization and Usability

Given a retailer accesses the FreshConnect platform via a mobile device, when they navigate to the recommendations interface, then the layout should adapt responsively and be fully functional without loss of information or usability on screens smaller than 600 pixels wide.

Engagement Metrics for Recommendations

Given a retailer interacts with the recommended products, when they click on a product for more details, then the system should log this interaction and display engagement metrics indicating user interest and interactions with the recommendations, updating in real-time.

User Feedback Mechanism for Recommendations

Given a retailer views their personalized recommendations, when they opt to provide feedback through a simple rating system, then the interface should allow them to rate their experience and offer comments, storing this feedback for future analysis.

Integration with Order Processing System

Given a retailer selects a recommended product for order, when they confirm the selection, then the system should process the order seamlessly and reflect the updated inventory in real-time, ensuring no discrepancies in product availability.

Integrated Payment Solutions

Integrated Payment Solutions offer easy and secure transactions within the marketplace, allowing retailers to pay producers directly through the platform. This feature boosts user convenience by simplifying the payment process, ensuring faster transactions while enhancing trust and transparency between buyers and sellers.

Requirements

Direct Bank Transfers

"As a retailer, I want to pay producers directly via bank transfer so that I can ensure a secure and immediate payment process without the need for third-party services."

Description

The Direct Bank Transfers requirement facilitates seamless and secure bank transfer payments between retailers and producers through the FreshConnect platform. This feature will ensure that all transactions can be completed directly from users’ bank accounts, which adds a robust layer of security and convenience. This integration will help streamline cash flow for producers and give retailers more flexibility in managing their payments. The functionality should comply with payment regulations and provide features such as transaction history, confirmation receipts, and error handling. Such an implementation is essential to maintain the trust and satisfaction of users, supporting scalable growth for the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer initiates a direct bank transfer to a producer for a recent order.

Given the retailer has selected a recent order, when they choose to make a payment via direct bank transfer, then the transaction is processed securely and the retailer receives a confirmation receipt immediately after completion.

Producer receives a notification of a completed bank transfer from a retailer.

Given a retailer has completed a bank transfer, when the producer checks their notifications, then they should see an alert confirming the successful transaction along with the transaction details.

Retailer views their transaction history for all completed bank transfers.

Given the retailer navigates to the transaction history section, when they look for completed bank transfers, then they should see a complete list of all transactions including dates, amounts, and status.

Error handling occurs during a failed bank transfer.

Given the retailer attempts to make a payment and an error occurs, when the payment fails, then the retailer is presented with an error message explaining the issue and options to retry.

Producers and retailers access compliant transactional features.

Given the marketplace is a regulated environment, when a retailer makes a direct bank transfer, then the transaction process complies with all relevant payment regulations and standards.

Retailer verifies their bank details before initiating a transaction.

Given the retailer wants to make a direct bank transfer, when they enter their bank account information, then they should have the option to review and confirm the accuracy of these details before proceeding with the transaction.

Producers receive funds in their bank account after a retailer makes a payment.

Given a bank transfer has been successfully completed, when the producer checks their bank account, then the funds should reflect the correct amount and be available for use within the standard processing time.

Multi-Currency Support

"As a producer, I want to receive payments in my local currency so that I can avoid losses associated with currency conversion fees when selling to international retailers."

Description

The Multi-Currency Support requirement allows users to conduct transactions in various currencies within the FreshConnect platform. This feature is vital for facilitating cross-border transactions between local farms and international retailers, thus broadening the market reach of producers. It includes automatic currency conversion features based on real-time exchange rates, ensuring accurate pricing and eliminating confusion regarding payment amounts. Additionally, this functionality will streamline the user experience, making FreshConnect accessible to a more extensive range of users. Compliance with local currency regulations and taxation must also be factored into the development.

Acceptance Criteria

Multi-Currency Selection during Checkout

Given a retailer is ready to make a purchase in FreshConnect, when they proceed to checkout, then they should be able to select their preferred currency from a dropdown menu that includes all supported currencies.

Real-Time Currency Conversion Display

Given a retailer has selected a currency, when they view their shopping cart, then the platform should display the total amount in the selected currency along with the equivalent amount in the default currency using real-time exchange rates.

Payment Process with Multi-Currency

Given a retailer selects a non-default currency at checkout, when they confirm the payment, then the transaction should successfully process in the selected currency and generate a corresponding payment confirmation receipt in both currencies.

Compliance with Local Currency Regulations

Given that a transaction is being processed in a foreign currency, when the payment is initiated, then the system must ensure compliance with local currency regulations by calculating applicable taxes and fees before finalizing the transaction.

Automatic Currency Conversion Update

Given changing exchange rates, when a retailer views the product prices, then the platform should update the prices in the selected currency based on the latest exchange rates to ensure accuracy.

User Notification for Currency Conversion Fees

Given that a retailer selects a foreign currency at checkout, when they proceed to payment, then the system should notify them of any applicable currency conversion fees before confirming the transaction.

Payment Reconciliation Reports

"As a retailer, I want to generate payment reconciliation reports so that I can easily track my transactions and ensure my financial records are accurate and up-to-date."

Description

The Payment Reconciliation Reports requirement involves creating automated reporting tools for users to track and reconcile their transactions on the FreshConnect platform. Users will receive detailed reports summarizing their payments, pending payments, and any discrepancies. This feature is critical for maintaining financial clarity and accountability, aiding users in efficient bookkeeping and auditing. It should integrate seamlessly with existing accounting tools and provide options for exporting data in multiple formats (e.g., CSV, PDF) for ease of use. By enhancing users' ability to manage their finances, this feature will strengthen the overall trustworthiness of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User requests to generate a Payment Reconciliation Report for the past month to check their payment history and pending transactions.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect and is on the Payment Reconciliation Reports page, when they select the 'Generate Report' button with the last month as the date range, then a report should be generated and displayed summarizing all payments, pending payments, and any discrepancies for that month.

A user needs to export their Payment Reconciliation Report to CSV format for easier bookkeeping in their accounting system.

Given the user has generated a Payment Reconciliation Report, when they select the 'Export' option and choose CSV format, then the system should provide a downloadable link for the report in CSV format that accurately reflects the displayed report data.

A user wants to view and resolve discrepancies listed in their Payment Reconciliation Report in real-time.

Given the user is viewing the Payment Reconciliation Report, when they click on any discrepancies listed, then the user should be directed to a detailed view of the transactions causing the discrepancy, including options for resolution and support requests.

A user needs to seamlessly integrate their Payment Reconciliation Reports with their external accounting software to maintain financial clarity.

Given the user has a third-party accounting tool connected to FreshConnect, when they generate a Payment Reconciliation Report, then the report should automatically sync with their accounting tool without manual intervention, ensuring accuracy in financial records.

The user is checking their previous transaction reports for any anomalies or issues such as double payments.

Given the user accesses the historical view of Payment Reconciliation Reports, when they filter by transaction type or date, then the system should allow the user to easily identify and flag any anomalies such as duplicate payments for follow-up.

Users require a comprehensive overview of their earnings over a specific period to plan future purchases and investments.

Given the user is on the Payment Reconciliation Reports page, when they specify a custom date range and generate the report, then they should receive a detailed breakdown of their earnings, including total amounts received, total amounts pending, and any applicable fees during that specified time frame.

User Authentication and Security Enhancements

"As a user, I want to have multi-factor authentication on my account so that I can ensure my personal and financial information is protected against unauthorized access."

Description

The User Authentication and Security Enhancements requirement focuses on improving the account security for users on the FreshConnect platform. This includes implementing multi-factor authentication, end-to-end encryption for transactions, and regular security audits. These enhancements are paramount in preventing unauthorized access and ensuring that all financial transactions are secure. With the rise of digital fraud, it’s critical to establish robust security measures that enhance user confidence and compliance with data protection regulations. This feature aims to protect sensitive user information and foster a safe environment for all buyers and sellers.

Acceptance Criteria

Multi-factor Authentication for User Accounts

Given a user attempts to log in with their username and password, when they enter the correct credentials but have not completed multi-factor authentication, then they should receive a prompt to complete multi-factor authentication via their registered mobile device or email.

End-to-End Encryption for Transactions

Given a user initiates a transaction on the FreshConnect platform, when the payment is processed, then all transaction data should be encrypted and not accessible in plain text during any part of the transaction process.

Regular Security Audits for Compliance

Given the implementation of User Authentication and Security Enhancements, when a security audit is performed, then it must confirm that all specified security measures are in place and operating correctly, with no critical vulnerabilities identified.

Access to Security Settings for Users

Given a user is logged into their FreshConnect account, when they navigate to the 'Security Settings' section, then they should be able to enable or disable multi-factor authentication, view their last login details, and manage their connected devices securely.

User Feedback after Security Enhancements

Given the implementation of User Authentication and Security Enhancements, when users log in for the first time post-implementation, then at least 80% of users should report feeling more secure with their account due to the new enhancements.

Notification of Unauthorized Access Attempts

Given a user’s account is accessed from an unrecognized device, when the system detects this access, then the user should receive an immediate email notification alerting them of the access attempt along with instructions to secure their account if they did not authorize it.

Automated Dispute Resolution System

"As a retailer, I want an automated system to resolve payment disputes so that I can quickly address any issues without lengthy back-and-forth communications."

Description

The Automated Dispute Resolution System requirement aims to provide users with a streamlined process to resolve transaction-related disputes within the FreshConnect platform. This includes features for submitting a dispute, tracking its status, and automating communication between the involved parties. By implementing this system, the platform fosters a sense of security and trust among users, since they can confidently transact knowing that there is a reliable mechanism in place for resolving issues. Additionally, ensuring the timely resolution of disputes will enhance user satisfaction and uphold the platform's reputation for integrity.

Acceptance Criteria

Submitting a dispute regarding an incorrect payment amount that was processed through the Integrated Payment Solutions feature.

Given a retailer receives a notification of an incorrect payment, when the retailer submits a dispute through the Automated Dispute Resolution System, then the system confirms receipt of the dispute and stores it in the user’s account for tracking.

Tracking the status of a submitted dispute on the FreshConnect platform.

Given a retailer has submitted a dispute, when the retailer accesses the dispute tracking feature, then they can see the current status of their dispute, including timestamps for submission, updates, and resolution.

Automating communication between the retailer and producer during dispute resolution.

Given a dispute has been submitted, when the dispute status changes, then the system automatically sends notifications to both the retailer and producer with details of the status change and any required actions.

Resolving a dispute through the Automated Dispute Resolution System that involves a product quality issue reported by a retailer.

Given a dispute regarding product quality has been submitted, when both parties provide required evidence, then the system allows a decision to be generated automatically based on the preset criteria and notifies both parties of the outcome.

Providing feedback on the dispute resolution process to enhance user experience.

Given a dispute has been resolved, when the retailer and producer receive the resolution notification, then they are prompted to provide feedback on the dispute resolution process, which is recorded in the system for future improvements.

Supplier Dashboard

The Supplier Dashboard provides local producers with a comprehensive overview of their sales, inventory levels, and trends. This feature empowers farmers to manage their stock efficiently and adjust their offerings based on real-time demand, fostering better relationships with retailers and ultimately enhancing the overall marketplace experience.

Requirements

Real-Time Sales Analytics

"As a local producer, I want to view real-time sales analytics so that I can adjust my inventory and offerings based on what is currently in demand."

Description

The Real-Time Sales Analytics requirement enables suppliers to receive live updates on their sales performance, allowing them to track which products are performing well and which may need attention. This functionality not only enhances their ability to respond quickly to sales trends but also supports inventory management by effectively aligning stock levels with sales data. By integrating this feature into the Supplier Dashboard, users can leverage data-driven insights to make informed business decisions, ultimately increasing their competitiveness in the marketplace.

Acceptance Criteria

Supplier views real-time sales metrics for the previous day, including total units sold across all products and revenue generated.

Given the supplier logs into the Supplier Dashboard, when they navigate to the Real-Time Sales Analytics section, then they should see up-to-date metrics reflecting the previous day's sales performance, including total units sold and total revenue.

Supplier receives notifications for sales spikes in specific products, allowing for immediate inventory adjustments.

Given that a product experiences a sales spike exceeding the average sales rate by 20%, when the sales event occurs, then the supplier should receive a notification alerting them of the spike and recommending inventory adjustments.

Supplier filters sales analytics by product category and date range to make informed decisions

Given the supplier wants to analyze sales performance, when they select a product category and a specific date range, then the dashboard should display a detailed view of sales metrics, including total units sold and revenue for that category within the selected date range.

Supplier integrates sales data with inventory levels for real-time stock management.

Given the supplier views their inventory levels, when they check the Real-Time Sales Analytics, then the system must provide alerts for low stock on products that are experiencing high sales, facilitating timely restocking decisions.

Supplier accesses historical sales data to compare trends over time and make business decisions.

Given the supplier requests historical data, when they select a specific time period from the analytics dashboard, then the system should present graphical representations of sales trends compared to their historical data for that period.

Supplier accesses the dashboard on a mobile device to track sales performance during market visits.

Given that the supplier is at a market and opens the Supplier Dashboard on their mobile device, when they access the Real-Time Sales Analytics section, then the layout should be responsive, displaying clear sales performance metrics optimized for mobile viewing.

Inventory Management Alerts

"As a supplier, I want to receive alerts when my inventory levels are low so that I can replenish stock before running out."

Description

The Inventory Management Alerts requirement focuses on notifying suppliers when their stock levels hit predefined thresholds. This feature is crucial for minimizing stockouts or overstock situations, ensuring that local producers maintain optimal inventory levels. Integration within the Supplier Dashboard will enable proactive inventory management, thus allowing suppliers to react swiftly to changes in inventory status. Benefits include enhanced supply chain efficiency and reduced food waste, as producers can replenish stock in a timely manner based on actual demand.

Acceptance Criteria

Supplier receives an alert when stock levels fall below the predefined minimum threshold for any product.

Given a product's inventory level is below the defined minimum threshold, when the system checks inventory levels, then the supplier receives an immediate alert notification via the Supplier Dashboard.

Supplier receives an alert when stock levels exceed the predefined maximum threshold for any product.

Given a product's inventory level is above the defined maximum threshold, when the system checks inventory levels, then the supplier receives an immediate alert notification via the Supplier Dashboard.

Supplier can customize threshold levels for different products based on their sales patterns and historical data.

Given a supplier accesses the inventory settings, when they adjust the minimum and maximum stock thresholds for specific products, then the system saves the changes and reflects them in the notification system.

Supplier receives daily summary alert of inventory status, including any items that require action.

Given it is the end of the day, when the system generates daily inventory updates, then the supplier receives a summary alert via email and within the Supplier Dashboard highlighting items below minimum and above maximum stock levels.

Supplier can view the history of alerts to assess inventory level trends and adjustment effectiveness.

Given a supplier accesses the alert history section, when they view past inventory alerts, then they can see the details of each alert including timestamps, affected products, and resulting actions taken.

Supplier can enable or disable alert notifications for specific products as per their preference.

Given a supplier navigates to the notification settings, when they select specific products to enable or disable alerts, then the system updates notifications preferences accordingly.

Trend Analysis and Forecasting

"As a supplier, I want to see trend analyses of my products so that I can forecast future demand and adjust my production accordingly."

Description

The Trend Analysis and Forecasting requirement is designed to provide suppliers with analytical tools that showcase historical sales data and predict future trends. This allows farmers to align their production schedules with expected demand and plan their operations more effectively. By incorporating predictive analytics into the Supplier Dashboard, local producers can mitigate risks associated with overproduction or underproduction, thereby enhancing their overall operational efficiency and profitability.

Acceptance Criteria

Supplier accesses the Trend Analysis and Forecasting tool for the first time to analyze current and historical sales data for the past year.

Given a supplier is logged in, when they navigate to the Trend Analysis and Forecasting section, then they should see an overview of sales data segmented by month and product category for the last year.

Supplier utilizes the forecasting feature to predict sales for the upcoming quarter based on historical trends.

Given the supplier selects a specific product, when they request a forecast for the next quarter, then the system should display predicted sales figures along with a confidence interval based on historical data.

Supplier receives alerts from the dashboard based on trends indicating low stock levels for forecasted high-demand items.

Given the supplier has set alert thresholds in the dashboard settings, when inventory levels fall below these thresholds for items predicted to be in high demand, then an alert notification should be sent via email and displayed on the dashboard.

Supplier updates their production schedule based on insights gained from the Trend Analysis and Forecasting tool.

Given the supplier has analyzed the predicted trends, when they adjust their production schedule in the system, then the changes should be reflected in their inventory counts and production timeline instantly.

Supplier compares different products' performance trends to make informed decisions on which items to promote.

Given the supplier accesses the product comparison feature, when they select multiple products to compare, then the system should display a side-by-side graphical representation of sales trends and forecasting data for those products.

Supplier requests a detailed report on past sales trends to present at a meeting with retailers.

Given the supplier selects the report generation option, when they specify the timeframe and products for the report, then the system should generate a PDF report summarizing key trends, sales figures, and forecasts that can be easily downloaded.

Supplier analyzes the impact of seasonal trends on sales and adjusts their offerings accordingly.

Given the supplier views the seasonal sales data, when they analyze the trends over different seasons, then the system should provide insights and suggestions for adjusting product offerings to align with seasonal demand patterns.

Custom Reporting Tools

"As a supplier, I want to create custom reports about my sales and inventory so that I can analyze data that matters most to me."

Description

The Custom Reporting Tools requirement enables suppliers to generate personalized reports based on their unique business needs. This functionality includes functionalities such as sales reports, inventory snapshots, and performance metrics over specified periods. With the Supplier Dashboard featuring a robust reporting tool, local producers can better understand their operations and make strategic decisions based on comprehensive data analyses. This customizable aspect fosters user engagement and enhances the overall user experience by giving producers control over their data insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Sales Report Generation by Suppliers

Given a supplier is logged into their dashboard, when they select the 'Generate Sales Report' option, then a report is created that includes total sales, sales by product, and sales per time period, which can be downloaded as a CSV file.

Inventory Snapshot Availability

Given a supplier is on their dashboard, when they click on 'View Inventory Snapshot', then an up-to-date view of their current inventory levels, including quantities and product details, is displayed clearly without errors.

Custom Performance Metric Selection

Given a supplier wants to analyze their performance over a specific period, when they select custom date ranges and metrics in the reporting tool, then the system generates a report reflecting those specific metrics for the selected date range.

Report Download Functionality

Given a supplier has generated a report, when they click the download button, then the report is successfully downloaded in the selected format (CSV, PDF) without any issues.

User Engagement with Customized Reports

Given that the custom reporting tool is utilized by suppliers, when they create a report and review it, then at least 80% of users rate the tool as either 'satisfactory' or 'very satisfactory' in a feedback survey.

Error Handling in Report Generation

Given a supplier tries to generate a report with invalid criteria, when they submit the request, then the system displays a meaningful error message explaining the issue and suggests corrective actions.

Enhanced Communication Tools

"As a supplier, I want to communicate easily with retailers through the dashboard so that I can resolve issues quickly and keep my operations running smoothly."

Description

The Enhanced Communication Tools requirement aims to facilitate seamless interaction between suppliers and retailers directly through the Supplier Dashboard. This feature may include messaging systems, order feedback options, and status updates related to deliveries and inventory adjustments. The integration of communication tools enhances transparency and fosters stronger relationships between suppliers and retailers, ultimately resulting in more efficient order fulfillment and a better marketplace experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Supplier sends a message to a retailer through the Supplier Dashboard regarding a change in inventory levels.

Given the supplier is logged into the Supplier Dashboard, when they select a retailer and compose a message regarding inventory changes, then the message should be successfully sent and appear in the retailer's communication log.

Retailer provides feedback on an order through the Supplier Dashboard after receiving a delivery.

Given the retailer has received an order, when they access the order details and submit feedback using the feedback option in the Supplier Dashboard, then the supplier should receive a notification of the feedback within the dashboard.

Supplier checks the status of an ongoing order and receives real-time updates.

Given the supplier is viewing an ongoing order in the Supplier Dashboard, when they request a status update, then the system should display the latest status of the order along with any comments from the retailer.

Supplier views historical communication logs with a retailer for a specific time period.

Given the supplier navigates to the communication history section within the Supplier Dashboard, when they select a specific retailer and set a date range, then the system should display all communications exchanged with that retailer during the selected time period.

Supplier aggregates communication metrics to analyze interactions with retailers over a month.

Given the supplier is in the analytics section of the Supplier Dashboard, when they request a report of communication metrics for the past month, then the system should generate a report showing the number of messages sent, feedback received, and response times.

Supplier updates an order status and notifies the retailer through the dashboard.

Given the supplier is managing an order and decides to update its status to 'Shipped', when they make this update in the Supplier Dashboard, then the retailer should receive a notification of the status change immediately thereafter.

Feedback Loop System

The Feedback Loop System allows retailers to leave reviews and ratings for local producers, creating a transparent and accountable environment. This feature encourages quality assurance and fosters trust within the marketplace, while also helping other retailers make informed decisions about their sourcing.

Requirements

Retailer Review Submission

"As a retailer, I want to submit reviews and ratings for local producers so that I can share my experiences with others and help improve the quality of food distribution."

Description

The Retailer Review Submission feature enables retailers to provide detailed feedback and ratings for local producers directly within the FreshConnect platform. This functionality allows retailers to express their experiences with specific producers, including aspects such as product quality, delivery time, and customer service. By systematically collecting this data, FreshConnect can create a repository of reviews that not only assists retailers in making informed sourcing decisions but also encourages producers to maintain high standards. This feature will enhance the transparency of the marketplace, foster trust among users, and facilitate comprehensive feedback mechanisms to improve overall service levels across the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer submits a review for a local producer after receiving an order, highlighting product quality, delivery time, and customer service experienced during the transaction.

Given a retailer has successfully logged into their FreshConnect account, when they navigate to the producer's profile and submit a review containing a rating (1-5 stars) and comments, then the review should be saved and displayed on the producer’s profile immediately after submission.

A retailer tries to submit a review without providing a rating or comments, intending to test the system's validation capabilities.

Given a retailer is on the review submission form, when they attempt to submit the form without entering a rating or comments, then the system should display an error message indicating that both fields are required before submission.

After submitting a review, a retailer wishes to edit their submission due to a change in opinion based on further dealings with the producer.

Given a retailer has submitted a review, when they choose to edit that review from their submitted reviews list, then they should be able to update the rating and comments, and the changes should be reflected on the producer's profile upon saving.

A retailer reviews multiple producers and wants to see a summary of their submitted reviews for easier tracking and management.

Given a retailer has submitted reviews for various producers, when they view their profile page, then they should see a list summarizing all their reviews, including producer names, ratings, and a snippet of their comments.

The system aggregates reviews from multiple retailers to inform producers about their overall performance.

Given multiple retailers have submitted reviews for a specific producer, when the producer's profile is accessed, then the system should calculate and display an average rating and the total number of reviews alongside a summary of positive and negative feedback.

Retailers can filter reviews to find the most relevant feedback when assessing a producer's performance.

Given a retailer is viewing a producer's reviews, when they select filtering options such as highest rating, lowest rating, or most recent, then the review display should adjust accordingly to reflect the selected filters.

Producer Dashboard Integration

"As a local producer, I want to access a dashboard that shows my ratings and reviews from retailers so that I can understand how to improve my offerings and maintain high quality standards."

Description

The Producer Dashboard Integration feature will provide local producers with a dedicated interface where they can view and manage feedback received from retailers. This dashboard will display an aggregate of ratings, along with written reviews, allowing producers to assess their performance and identify areas for improvement. The integration of this feedback into the producer dashboard serves not only as a performance metric but also promotes proactive engagement with feedback, enabling producers to respond to reviews and adjust their practices accordingly. This feature aligns with FreshConnect's core values of transparency and quality assurance, ultimately benefiting the entire food distribution ecosystem.

Acceptance Criteria

Producers accessing their dashboard to view aggregated feedback from retailers after receiving a shipment confirmation.

Given that a producer has logged into their dashboard, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should see an aggregated average rating and a list of written reviews from retailers for the past month.

Producers responding to specific feedback left by retailers within their dashboard.

Given that a producer is viewing an individual written review on their dashboard, when they select the 'Respond' option, then they should be able to submit a response that will be visible to the retailer who left the review.

Producers analyzing trends in feedback over time to identify areas for improvement.

Given that a producer is on their dashboard, when they view the feedback analytics section, then they should be able to see historical ratings displayed graphically for the past six months with identifiable trends (e.g., increase or decrease in ratings).

Producers receiving notifications for new feedback left by retailers on their products.

Given that a producer is logged into their dashboard, when a new review is left by a retailer, then they should receive an immediate notification through the dashboard indicating the reviewer's rating and a snippet of the review text.

Producers filtering feedback by product to assess specific performance.

Given that a producer is on their dashboard, when they use the filtering tool to select a specific product, then they should only see feedback related to that particular product with relevant ratings and reviews.

Producers exporting their feedback data for external analysis.

Given that a producer is on their feedback dashboard, when they select the 'Export' option, then they should successfully download a CSV file containing all feedback data, including ratings and reviews received to date.

Review Moderation System

"As a FreshConnect administrator, I want to manage and moderate retailer reviews of producers so that I can ensure the feedback is meaningful and constructive for the community."

Description

The Review Moderation System is designed to ensure that all submitted reviews and ratings comply with community standards and are fair representations of the retailer's experience with the producers. This system will include automated filters to detect inappropriate content and a manual review process for flagged submissions. Effective moderation is essential to maintain the integrity of the feedback loop, minimizing the impact of spam or biased reviews and ensuring that all feedback is constructive. By implementing this system, FreshConnect can maintain a trustworthy environment, encouraging more retailers to participate in the feedback process and contributing to a high level of accountability among producers.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer submitting a review for a local producer after receiving an order.

Given a retailer is logged into their FreshConnect account, when they submit a review with a rating from 1 to 5 stars and a comment, then the review should be saved successfully with a timestamp and visible on the producer's profile.

Automated moderation system scans submitted reviews for inappropriate content.

Given a retailer has submitted a review, when the automated moderation system scans the review, then it should flag any reviews containing prohibited words or phrases and categorize them for manual review.

Manual review process for flagged reviews is initiated by a moderator.

Given a review is flagged by the automated system, when a moderator accesses the flag queue, then they should be able to view the review, take appropriate action (approve or reject), and provide feedback for rejections that will be communicated to the retailer.

Retailer views their submitted reviews to check status and edit if necessary.

Given a retailer is logged into their FreshConnect account, when they navigate to the 'My Reviews' section, then they should see a list of their submitted reviews with the option to edit or delete each review that is still public.

Feedback Loop System displays only approved reviews publicly on the producer's profile.

Given a producer's profile page, when a retailer views the page, then only reviews that have been approved by moderators should be displayed, ensuring transparency and accountability.

Retailers and producers receive notifications about review status changes.

Given a review is submitted and processed, when the status of the review changes (approved or rejected), then both the retailer and the producer should receive an email notification summarizing the change and any relevant details.

Feedback Analytics and Reporting

"As a producer, I want to view and analyze the feedback trends over time so that I can make informed decisions to improve my services and products based on real data."

Description

The Feedback Analytics and Reporting feature will enable producers and platform administrators to analyze feedback trends over time, identify common themes, and generate reports based on retailer ratings and comments. This component of the system will leverage data visualization to present key metrics, such as average ratings, frequency of reviews, and categories of feedback. By using analytics to interpret feedback, producers can gain insights into their strengths and weaknesses, while platform administrators can use this data to enhance overall service delivery and address systemic issues. This feature enhances decision-making capabilities and drives continuous improvement across the FreshConnect network.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailers actively submit their ratings and feedback for local producers after purchasing products, and producers and platform administrators later access these reviews through the Feedback Analytics and Reporting feature.

Given that a retailer has submitted at least one review, when the producer accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should see the submitted reviews along with average ratings and clear visualizations of feedback categories.

Producers regularly monitor the analytics report to identify trends in feedback over a specified period, such as monthly or quarterly, to evaluate their performance.

Given that the producer selects a time range for the analytics report, when they request the report, then it should display trends in average ratings, review count, and common themes in a visually clear format.

Platform administrators utilize feedback analytics to compare ratings among different producers to identify high-performing and low-performing partners in the network.

Given that the platform administrator initiates a comparison analysis, when they run the report, then they should see a comparative analysis of producers based on ratings, with identifiable metrics and actionable insights indicated.

Retaining historical data, the system allows producers to view feedback trends from previous periods to assess long-term performance and areas needing improvement.

Given that a producer requests historical feedback data, when they access the analytics section, then they should be able to select past time periods and view corresponding data on ratings and themes effectively overlaid in the interface.

Producers receive automated alerts for any negative feedback trends or significant drops in ratings, enabling timely responses to issues.

Given that a producer has a feedback score drop below a certain threshold, when the analytics system identifies this trend, then it should send an automated alert to the producer via email or platform notification.

Real-time Notifications for Reviews

"As a retailer, I want to be notified in real-time when a producer responds to my review so that I can engage with them promptly and continue the conversation about my experience."

Description

The Real-time Notifications for Reviews feature allows both producers and retailers to receive immediate notifications when a new review or rating is submitted. This responsiveness fosters an engaging ecosystem where feedback is acknowledged swiftly. Producers can easily monitor their reputation and respond to feedback quickly, while retailers are notified of responses or actions taken on their submitted reviews. Implementing real-time notifications will enhance communication and promote a dynamic interaction between retailers and producers, facilitating a quicker feedback loop that can lead to improved service delivery and customer satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer receives a notification immediately after posting a new review for a local producer.

Given the retailer is logged into FreshConnect, when they submit a new review, then a notification should be sent to the producer's account within 1 minute of submission.

Producer is notified in real-time when a retailer submits a new rating for their products.

Given the producer has an active account, when a retailer rates their product, then the producer should receive a notification in their dashboard and via email within 1 minute.

Retailer receives notifications when their submitted review receives any responses from the producer.

Given a retailer has submitted a review, when the producer replies to that review, then the retailer should receive a notification via email and in-app within 1 minute of the response.

Producers can toggle their notification preferences for receiving alerts about reviews and ratings.

Given the producer is in their account settings, when they change their notification preferences, then their selected preferences should be saved and reflected immediately in the notification system.

Retailers can view a history of all notifications related to their reviews and ratings in a dedicated section.

Given the retailer is logged in, when they navigate to the notifications history section, then they should see a comprehensive list of all notifications related to their reviews including timestamps and details.

Producers are alerted about notifications when using the mobile app.

Given the producer is using the FreshConnect mobile app, when a notification related to a new review or rating is triggered, then an alert should appear on their mobile device within 1 minute.

System performance during peak review submission times.

Given peak times of review submissions, when multiple retailers submit reviews simultaneously, then the system should still deliver notifications within the 1 minute threshold without delays.

Seasonal Alerts

Seasonal Alerts notify retailers about the availability of new seasonal produce as it comes into season. This feature keeps retailers informed and engaged with local offerings, encouraging them to switch their inventory according to what’s fresh and promoting better sales opportunities.

Requirements

Real-time Produce Notifications

"As a retailer, I want to receive real-time notifications about seasonal produce availability so that I can adjust my inventory accordingly and maximize my sales opportunities."

Description

The Real-time Produce Notifications requirement is designed to provide timely alerts to retailers about the availability of new seasonal produce as it comes into season. This feature aims to keep retailers well-informed and actively engaged with what's available locally, which in turn supports better inventory management and decision-making. By sending notifications through multiple channels (SMS, email, and app notifications), FreshConnect enhances user experience and improves vendor-retailer relationships. The expected outcome is increased sales opportunities for retailers as they align their stock with fresh offerings, ultimately benefiting both distributors and consumers by promoting local produce consumption.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer receives an SMS notification about new seasonal produce available for order.

Given a retailer is subscribed to seasonal alerts, when a new seasonal produce item becomes available, then the retailer should receive an SMS notification within 5 minutes of availability.

Retailer receives an email notification about upcoming seasonal produce that will be available soon.

Given a retailer has signed up for seasonal alerts, when new seasonal produce is expected within the next week, then the retailer should receive an email notification at least 2 days in advance.

Retailer accesses the mobile app to view current seasonal produce available.

Given a retailer logs into the FreshConnect mobile app, when they navigate to the seasonal produce section, then they should see a list of all available seasonal produce with details including price, availability date, and image.

Retailer receives an app notification when new seasonal produce becomes available.

Given a retailer has enabled push notifications in the FreshConnect mobile app, when a new seasonal produce item is in season, then the retailer should receive a push notification immediately upon the item's availability.

Retails closely tracks the seasonal produce availability and adjusts their inventory based on alerts received.

Given a retailer receives timely notifications about seasonal produce, when they adjust their inventory based on these alerts, then they should show at least a 15% increase in sales for those seasonal items within the first month of implementation.

Retailer verifies the accuracy of notifications they received regarding seasonal produce availability.

Given a retailer has received notifications, when they cross-check the provided information against actual availability, then 100% of the notifications should accurately reflect the current availability of the seasonal produce.

Seasonal Produce Calendar Integration

"As a retailer, I want to have access to a seasonal produce calendar so that I can plan my inventory and orders in advance, ensuring I stock fresh items at the right time."

Description

The Seasonal Produce Calendar Integration requirement facilitates the integration of a comprehensive seasonal produce calendar within the FreshConnect platform, accessible to all users. This feature allows retailers to view upcoming seasonal produce and plan their ordering schedules more effectively. Integration with existing inventory management systems ensures that retailers have an up-to-date understanding of what is best available each season. By utilizing this calendar, retailers can strategically plan their stock, which minimizes food waste and maximizes sales, creating a smoother operation throughout the year and balancing supply with consumer demand.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer accesses the Seasonal Produce Calendar on the FreshConnect platform to check upcoming seasonal products for the next month.

Given that a retailer is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they navigate to the Seasonal Produce Calendar section, then they should see a list of products with their respective seasonal availability dates for the next month.

Retailer receives a notification for new seasonal produce available in their area through the Seasonal Alerts feature.

Given that the Seasonal Alerts feature is activated for a retailer, when new seasonal produce becomes available, then the retailer must receive an alert via email and in-app notification detailing the newly available products and their availability dates.

Retailer integrates the Seasonal Produce Calendar with their inventory management system to update stock automatically.

Given that a retailer has an inventory management system integrated with FreshConnect, when the Seasonal Produce Calendar is updated with new seasonal products, then the retailer's inventory system should automatically reflect the changes in available stock with accurate quantities and availability dates.

Retailer utilizes the Seasonal Produce Calendar to plan their ordering schedules for the upcoming season.

Given that a retailer is viewing the Seasonal Produce Calendar, when they select a seasonal product, then they should be able to view suggested ordering schedules based on optimal stock levels and historical sales data.

System performance is tested during peak usage hours to check the responsiveness of the Seasonal Produce Calendar feature.

Given that the Seasonal Produce Calendar is being accessed by multiple retailers simultaneously during peak usage hours, when performance testing is conducted, then the calendar should load within three seconds and not exceed a 1% error rate in data retrieval.

Retailer can provide feedback on the Seasonal Produce Calendar feature after its use.

Given that a retailer has used the Seasonal Produce Calendar for at least a month, when they access the feedback section, then they must be able to submit their feedback easily through a user-friendly form, and the feedback should be successfully recorded in the system.

Admin checks the analytics on Seasonal Produce Calendar usage to gauge its effectiveness for retailers.

Given that an admin has access to analytics, when they review the usage reports of the Seasonal Produce Calendar, then they should be able to see detailed metrics including the number of views, user engagement rates, and feedback summaries, providing insights into its effectiveness and areas for improvement.

Retailer Feedback Mechanism

"As a retailer, I want a way to provide feedback on the seasonal alerts feature so that I can help improve the service and make it more useful for my business."

Description

The Retailer Feedback Mechanism requirement focuses on creating a channel through which retailers can provide feedback and suggestions regarding the seasonal alerts feature. This functional component allows users to rate the usefulness of notifications and to suggest new features or alerts they would find beneficial. By analyzing this feedback systematically, FreshConnect can make data-driven improvements to the feature, ensuring that it not only meets user needs but evolves with them. This continuous loop of feedback enhances user satisfaction and fosters a sense of collaboration between FreshConnect and its retail partners.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailers providing feedback on the seasonal alerts feature after receiving notifications about new seasonal produce.

Given a retailer receives a seasonal alert notification, when they click on the feedback link, then they should be directed to a feedback form where they can rate the notification's usefulness and provide written suggestions.

Analyzing the collected feedback from retailers to identify common themes and suggestions for improvement.

Given multiple feedback entries have been submitted, when the feedback data is analyzed, then it should produce a report highlighting the top three common suggestions from retailers regarding the seasonal alerts feature.

Testing the performance of the feedback mechanism under high user input conditions.

Given that 100 retailers are accessing the feedback mechanism simultaneously, when they submit their feedback, then all submissions should be successfully recorded without system lag or error messages.

Ensuring retailers receive confirmation of their feedback submission.

Given a retailer submits their feedback, when the submission is successful, then they should receive an on-screen confirmation message stating that their feedback has been received and is appreciated.

Providing retailers with a preview of upcoming seasonal produce before sending alerts.

Given the retailer accesses the seasonal alerts section, when they request a preview, then they should be able to view a list of upcoming seasonal produce and suggested alerts before final notifications are sent out.

Integrating feedback suggestions into the seasonal alerts feature updates.

Given feedback suggestions have been reviewed and prioritized, when the updates to the seasonal alerts feature are implemented, then the updated features should reflect at least 70% of the top-rated suggestions identified from retail feedback.

Customizable Alert Preferences

"As a retailer, I want to customize my alert preferences for seasonal produce so that I can control the volume and timing of notifications I receive, ensuring I stay informed without being overwhelmed."

Description

The Customizable Alert Preferences requirement allows retailers to set their preferences regarding the frequency and type of seasonal alerts they receive. Retailers can choose to be notified immediately when a new product becomes available, or they can set a daily or weekly summary of alerts based on their needs. This customization ensures that users are not overwhelmed with information and can tailor their experience to match their business model. By providing this flexibility, FreshConnect empowers retailers to engage more effectively with the platform, significantly enhancing user experience and retention.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailer Customizes Alert Preferences for Seasonal Produce

Given a retailer is logged into their FreshConnect account, when they navigate to the 'Alert Preferences' section, then they should be able to select their desired frequency for alerts (Immediate, Daily, Weekly) and types of produce to receive notifications for.

Retailer Receives Alerts Based on Preferences

Given a retailer has set their alert preferences to receive immediate notifications for new seasonal produce, when a new product is added to the inventory, then the retailer should receive a notification within 5 minutes of the product's availability.

Retailer Changes Alert Preferences

Given a retailer is on the 'Alert Preferences' page, when they change their alert setting from 'Immediate' to 'Weekly Summary', then the system should save this preference, and the retailer should receive a summary notification once a week containing all new seasonal products.

Retailer Unsubscribes from Seasonal Alerts

Given a retailer wants to stop receiving seasonal alerts, when they toggle the 'Subscribe to Seasonal Alerts' option to off on their preferences page, then they should no longer receive any notifications regarding new seasonal produce.

System Saves Retailer Preferences Accurately

Given a retailer has adjusted their alert preferences and clicks 'Save', when they log out and log back into their account, then their previously selected preferences should be accurately reflected in the 'Alert Preferences' section.

Retailer Receives Confirmation of Preference Changes

Given a retailer has successfully updated their preferences, when the changes are submitted, then the retailer should receive a confirmation message indicating that their alert preferences have been updated successfully.

Retailer Views Help Documentation for Alert Preferences

Given a retailer is on the 'Alert Preferences' page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should be directed to a help document that clearly explains how to customize their alert preferences along with examples.

Analytics Dashboard for Seasonal Trends

"As a retailer, I want access to an analytics dashboard that shows seasonal produce trends so that I can make data-driven decisions about my inventory and ordering processes."

Description

The Analytics Dashboard for Seasonal Trends requirement involves the development of a dashboard feature within FreshConnect that visualizes seasonal trends for produce availability. This dashboard will present historical data and predictive analytics that help retailers understand seasonal patterns, allowing them to make informed decisions regarding future inventories. By visualizing trends, retailers can optimize their orders and avoid overstock situations. This data-driven feature aligns with FreshConnect's commitment to empowering users with actionable insights, ultimately supporting better sales and reduced waste.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailers access the Analytics Dashboard to review the seasonal trends for produce availability before placing their orders for an upcoming season.

Given the retailer is logged in and navigates to the Analytics Dashboard, When they select the seasonal trends option, Then the dashboard displays a visual representation of past seasonal produce availability over at least the last three years, allowing retailers to identify trends.

A retailer sets up alerts for specific seasonal produce through the Analytics Dashboard.

Given the retailer is on the Analytics Dashboard, When they configure alerts for selected seasonal produce, Then the system sends email notifications to the retailer at least 48 hours before the produce typically comes into season.

The Analytics Dashboard provides predictive analytics for upcoming seasonal produce availability.

Given the retailer views the Analytics Dashboard, When they select the predictive analytics feature, Then it displays forecasted availability of seasonal produce for the next two quarters based on historical data, with a confidence interval.

The dashboard integrates with the retailer's existing inventory management system to update stock levels based on seasonal trends.

Given the retailer has an active inventory management system integrated with FreshConnect, When seasonal trends are updated in the Analytics Dashboard, Then the current inventory levels automatically adjust to reflect predicted sales for those items.

Retailers can filter seasonal trends by specific produce types and regions.

Given the retailer is using the Analytics Dashboard, When they apply filters for specific types of produce and regions, Then the dashboard dynamically updates to show relevant seasonal trends for the selected criteria.

Feedback functionality allows retailers to report issues or suggest improvements regarding the Analytics Dashboard.

Given the retailer is viewing the Analytics Dashboard, When they provide feedback through a designated feedback button, Then the system captures the feedback and confirms submission, ensuring it is logged for development review.

Retailers can export seasonal trend data from the Analytics Dashboard for offline analysis or reporting.

Given the retailer is on the Analytics Dashboard, When they choose to export seasonal trend data, Then the system generates a downloadable CSV file containing the selected data for offline use.

Collaborative Seasonal Promotions

"As a retailer, I want to participate in collaborative seasonal promotions with distributors so that we can jointly market and sell seasonal products more effectively."

Description

The Collaborative Seasonal Promotions requirement focuses on enabling FreshConnect users to create and manage joint promotional campaigns for seasonal produce. This feature provides tools for planning promotional events that can be shared among retailers and distributors, enhancing marketing efforts for seasonal products. By facilitating collaboration, FreshConnect not only enhances engagement but also drives sales through coordinated efforts. This requirement aims to bridge the gap between distributors and retailers by ensuring that both parties benefit from joint marketing efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Retailers want to create a joint promotion for a new seasonal fruit among multiple distributors through FreshConnect, ensuring all promotional material is accurate and accessible to all participants.

Given that retailers have access to the Collaborative Seasonal Promotions feature, when they create a joint promotion, then all involved distributors should receive notifications about the new campaign, including promotional material to be shared.

Distributors want to track the effectiveness of a collaborative promotion for seasonal vegetables and see real-time analytics on sales performance.

Given that a collaborative promotion is active, when the promotion's duration ends, then distributors should be able to access a report detailing sales data compared to previous periods for the selected seasonal produce.

Retailers need to adjust their inventory based on the seasonal promotions, ensuring they are aligned with supply from distributors.

Given that the collaborative promotion is underway, when a retailer views their inventory in FreshConnect, then they should see recommendations based on the seasonal produce involved in the promotion and available stock from their distributors.

Both retailers and distributors want to manage the promotional content shared during joint campaigns effectively.

Given that a collaborative promotion is created, when either party makes changes to the promotional content, then all participants should receive an immediate update reflecting these changes.

Retailers are looking for ways to engage customers with the collaborative seasonal promotions through FreshConnect.

Given that a collaborative promotion has been set up, when a retailer posts about the promotion on their social media through FreshConnect's integration, then the post should automatically include the promotional details and visuals provided during setup.

Distributors want to ensure that all documented promotional events are compliant with local regulations and standards.

Given that a collaborative promotion has been created, when the promotion details are submitted for review, then the system should automatically check for compliance with relevant local regulations and notify the user of any issues prior to launching the campaign.

Retailers want to evaluate previous collaborative promotions to improve future campaigns.

Given that multiple collaborative promotions have been completed, when a retailer accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should see a historical performance overview, including metrics like customer engagement and sales uplift from past campaigns.

Predictive Restock Recommendations

This feature leverages advanced algorithms to not only alert users about low inventory levels but also to recommend optimal restock quantities based on historical sales data and current trends. By providing informed guidance, this feature helps users make data-driven decisions, minimizing both overstock and stockouts.

Requirements

Real-Time Inventory Alerts

"As a distributor, I want to receive real-time alerts for low inventory levels so that I can replenish stock promptly and avoid any disruptions in my supply chain."

Description

This requirement focuses on the system's ability to provide users with instant notifications regarding low inventory levels. These alerts will be triggered based on predefined thresholds set by the user, ensuring that they are always aware of their stock levels in real-time. The alerts will integrate seamlessly with the existing inventory management system of FreshConnect, allowing users to respond quickly to inventory challenges. By facilitating timely actions, this feature will help reduce the risks of stockouts and improve overall service levels. Users will benefit from this proactive approach as it enables them to maintain optimal inventory levels, thereby enhancing operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a real-time alert for low inventory after manual threshold adjustment.

Given the user has set a low inventory threshold, when the inventory level drops below this threshold, then the user should receive an instant notification via the FreshConnect dashboard and email.

User receives alerts for multiple products going below threshold at once.

Given multiple products have inventory levels that fall below their respective thresholds, when the inventory levels drop, then the user should receive a consolidated alert showing all affected products at the same time.

User adjusts the threshold for inventory alerts in the system settings.

Given the user accesses the system settings to change the low inventory threshold, when the user saves the new threshold, then all future alerts should reflect this updated threshold and notify accordingly.

User interacts with the alert notification to view detailed inventory data.

Given the user receives a low inventory alert, when the user clicks on the alert notification, then the system should display detailed information about the affected product, including current stock level and historical sales data.

System triggers alerts based on the historical sales data analysis.

Given the system is analyzing historical sales data, when projections indicate a potential stockout for the next month, then the system should preemptively send an alert to the user about the upcoming need for restock.

User receives alerts on mobile devices for low inventory outside working hours.

Given the user has opted into mobile notifications, when the inventory drops below the threshold after hours, then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device regarding the alert.

User integrates real-time inventory alerts with external communication tools (e.g., Slack).

Given the user has connected FreshConnect to an external communication tool, when a low inventory alert is triggered, then the alert should be sent to the specified channel in real-time.

Historical Sales Trend Analysis

"As a sales manager, I want to analyze historical sales trends so that I can optimize our inventory levels based on past performance."

Description

This requirement involves the development of an analytics module that analyzes historical sales data to identify patterns and trends over specific time periods. The module should present this data in an easily digestible format, such as charts and graphs, enabling users to visualize changes in demand and make informed inventory decisions. By integrating this feature with FreshConnect, users will have a comprehensive view of their past sales performance, which will serve as a basis for future inventory decisions. This functionality is crucial for understanding seasonal fluctuations and customer preferences, thus promoting effective inventory management.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to access the historical sales trend analysis module so that I can visually assess changes in demand over the past year and make informed restocking decisions.

Given that I am logged into FreshConnect, when I navigate to the analytics module, then I should see a dashboard displaying historical sales data for the past year in the form of charts and graphs.

As a user, I want the ability to customize the time period displayed in the historical sales trend analysis module so that I can focus on relevant sales data for my specific needs.

Given that I am viewing the historical sales analysis, when I select a custom date range on the dashboard, then the displayed charts and graphs should update to reflect sales data only within the selected time frame.

As a user, I want to compare sales trends between different products to identify which items are driving sales so that I can prioritize their restocking.

Given that I am in the historical sales trend analysis module, when I select multiple products to compare, then I should see a combined visual representation of sales trends for those products over my selected time period.

As a user, I want to receive notifications when sales trend analysis identifies abnormal trends so that I can quickly adjust my inventory strategy.

Given that I have configured notification settings in FreshConnect, when the analysis module detects significant deviations in sales trends, then I should receive a timely notification alerting me of these anomalies.

As a user, I want to export the historical sales data from the analysis module so that I can share my findings with my team easily.

Given that I am viewing the historical sales data, when I click on the export button, then I should be able to download the data in a CSV format for further analysis.

Automated Restock Quantity Suggestions

"As a product manager, I want to receive automated suggestions for restock quantities so that I can ensure we have the right amount of products on hand without overordering."

Description

This requirement entails the implementation of a feature that utilizes machine learning algorithms to recommend optimal restock quantities based on both historical sales data and current market trends. The suggested quantities will consider various factors, including seasonal demand variations and upcoming promotions. Users will receive these recommendations through the FreshConnect dashboard, allowing them to make data-driven decisions about inventory purchases. This functionality will minimize the likelihood of overstock and stockouts, leading to cost savings and improved inventory turns.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives restock quantity suggestions at the beginning of each week based on historical sales and current trends.

Given the user has logged into the FreshConnect dashboard, When the user accesses the inventory management section, Then they should see suggested restock quantities for all low-stock items, calculated using historical sales data and current market trends.

User can adjust the suggested restock quantities before placing orders.

Given the user has received restock quantity suggestions, When the user modifies the suggested quantity for any item, Then the updated quantity should be saved and ready for review before finalizing the order.

Recommendations take into account seasonal demand and upcoming promotions.

Given the user has access to the predictive restock feature, When there are upcoming promotions or seasonal changes, Then the suggested restock quantities should reflect adjustments based on these factors.

User can view a historical analysis of past inventory suggestions versus actual sales.

Given the user is on the analytics page, When they select the inventory recommendations report, Then they should see a comparison of suggested quantities against actual sales for the past three months.

User receives alerts for both overstock and stockout predictions.

Given the user has set alerts in their FreshConnect profile, When the inventory level is projected to fall below the minimum threshold or exceed optimal levels, Then the user should receive an immediate notification through the dashboard and via email.

The system integrates with existing inventory management tools.

Given that the user has other inventory management tools in use, When the user enables integration settings in FreshConnect, Then the predictive restock recommendations should sync with these tools without data loss or discrepancies.

User Customization Preferences

"As a user, I want to customize my notification preferences for inventory alerts so that I receive the information in the way that works best for me."

Description

This requirement enables users to set their personal preferences regarding how they receive alerts and notifications for inventory levels. Users should be able to customize alert thresholds, the method of notification (e.g., email, SMS, in-app notifications), and specify which inventory items are monitored. This level of customization empowers users to tailor the FreshConnect experience to meet their needs, ensuring they receive timely information in their preferred format. By enhancing user experience through personalization, this feature will drive higher engagement and satisfaction with the FreshConnect platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Notification Settings for Low Inventory Alerts

Given the user is on the customization settings page, when they select a preferred method of notification (email, SMS, in-app), and set the alert thresholds for specific inventory items, then the system should save these preferences and reflect changes on their dashboard.

User Receives Notifications as per Set Preferences

Given the user has set their notification preferences for low inventory alerts, when the inventory level of a monitored item falls below the specified threshold, then the user should receive a notification through their chosen method (email, SMS, in-app) within 5 minutes.

User Customizes Monitored Inventory Items

Given the user is on the customization settings page, when they add or remove inventory items from their monitored list and save the changes, then the system should accurately reflect these updates in the user's inventory monitoring dashboard.

Multiple Users Customize Notification Preferences

Given that multiple users are associated with the same account, when each user customizes their notification preferences, then the system should ensure these preferences are saved separately and maintained per user without overlap.

User Views a History of Customization Changes

Given the user is on the customization settings page, when they request to view their history of changes to notification preferences, then the system should display a log of all changes made by the user over time, including date and time.

User Tests Notification Settings

Given the user has set their notification preferences, when they activate a 'test notification' feature, then the system should send a test notification to the user’s selected method to confirm settings are correctly configured.

User Receives a Reminder for Unset Preferences

Given the user has not set any notification preferences, when they log into the system, then they should receive a reminder prompt suggesting them to set their preferences for better inventory management.

Integration with Supply Chain Partners

"As a distributor, I want to integrate my inventory data with my suppliers so that we can work together to manage stock levels effectively."

Description

This requirement focuses on the integration capabilities of FreshConnect with external supply chain partners, such as suppliers and logistics providers. Users should be able to share their inventory data and predictive restock recommendations with partners, enabling collaborative inventory management. This feature will streamline communication and coordination with stakeholders, ensuring that everyone involved in the supply chain is informed and aligned. By improving collaboration and visibility throughout the supply chain, FreshConnect will enhance users' ability to meet customer demands efficiently.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of FreshConnect with Supplier Systems for Real-Time Inventory Sharing

Given that the user has connected FreshConnect to a supplier's system, when an inventory threshold is crossed, then the system automatically shares the updated inventory levels and predictive restock recommendations with the supplier.

User Notifications for Low Inventory Levels

Given the user profile preferences are set, when the inventory level falls below the defined threshold, then the user receives an instant notification via email and in-app alert with the recommended restock quantity.

User-Partner Communication Log

Given a successful integration with supply chain partners, when inventory data is shared, then a communication log of each interaction is maintained and available for review by the user.

Historical Data Analysis for Predictive Modeling

Given that sufficient historical sales data exists, when generating restock recommendations, then the system analyzes this data and produces recommendations that are within 10% of the optimum stock level.

Error Handling in Data Sharing

Given the user attempts to share inventory data and an error occurs, when an exception is generated, then the system logs the error details and alerts the user with a specific error message and potential next steps.

Customizable Predictive Metrics for Various Partners

Given different supply chain partners have varying requirements, when the user sets up integration preferences, then the system allows customization of predictive metrics for different partners and saves these settings.

Mobile Accessibility for Alerts

"As a user, I want to receive inventory alerts on my mobile device so that I can respond to stock issues anytime and anywhere."

Description

This requirement ensures that users can access inventory alerts and predictive recommendations via a mobile application or responsive web design. The mobile accessibility feature should provide users with real-time notifications and insights directly on their smartphones or tablets, allowing them to make quick decisions on the go. By enhancing mobile functionality, FreshConnect will offer users the flexibility they need to manage their inventory efficiently, regardless of their location. This capability is essential in today's fast-paced environment where timely decisions can significantly impact operations.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing mobile alerts for low inventory while away from the office.

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect mobile app, when their inventory falls below the defined threshold, then the user receives a real-time push notification about the low stock level.

Receiving predictive restock recommendations on a mobile device.

Given the user is in the FreshConnect mobile app, when they access the inventory management section, then they can view predictive restock recommendations calculated from historical data and current trends in a user-friendly format.

User interaction with alert notifications on mobile devices.

Given the user receives a low inventory alert notification, when they tap on the notification, then they should be redirected to the inventory details page that shows current stock levels and suggested restock quantities.

User customizes notification settings within the mobile app.

Given the user is in the settings section of the FreshConnect mobile app, when they modify their notification preferences, then those changes should be saved and reflect in the system for future alerts.

View historical sales data related to restock recommendations on mobile.

Given the user has accessed the predictive restock recommendations, when they select a specific recommendation, then they should be able to view a detailed breakdown of historical sales data that influenced that recommendation.

Real-time updates on inventory changes via mobile access.

Given the user is actively using the FreshConnect mobile app, when a change in inventory levels occurs, then the mobile app should refresh automatically to show the most current inventory status without needing the user to refresh manually.

User feedback mechanism for the predictive algorithm.

Given the user has accessed the predictive restock recommendations, when they rate the accuracy of those recommendations, then their feedback should be recorded in the system for future algorithm adjustments.

Real-Time Demand Alerts

Real-Time Demand Alerts notify farm owners and distribution managers instantly when specific products are trending or experiencing a surge in demand. This capability allows users to adjust their inventory strategies quickly, ensuring they can meet consumer preferences and maximize sales opportunities.

Requirements

Demand Trend Monitoring

"As a farm owner, I want to receive notifications about trending products so that I can adjust my inventory and capitalize on market demands effectively."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a system that continuously analyzes sales data and external trends to identify which products are gaining popularity in real time. The functionality should track various metrics such as sales velocity, customer preferences, and market trends, providing users with insights into upward trends. The benefits include enabling users to proactively adjust their inventory levels, marketing strategies, and supply chain operations to align with consumer demand, ultimately maximizing sales opportunities and minimizing waste. Integration into existing inventory systems is essential to allow for seamless updates and actionable insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm owners receive a notification alerting them of a sudden increase in demand for organic tomatoes based on real-time sales data analysis.

Given that a surge in sales of organic tomatoes has been detected, When the demand exceeds the predefined threshold set by the user, Then a real-time alert should be sent to the farm owner's mobile application and email.

Distribution managers monitor trending products daily and receive actionable insights for inventory adjustments to meet changing consumer demands.

Given that the system is continuously monitoring sales and external trends, When a product shows a consistent upward trend in sales velocity over a three-day period, Then a summary report of the product's trend along with recommendations for inventory adjustment should be generated and available to the distribution manager.

Users want to compare the trending products against their current inventory levels to make informed decisions about restocking.

Given that the demand trend for a product is identified, When the inventory level of the said product falls below a certain threshold, Then the system should suggest a restocking order with recommended quantities based on the trending demand.

Farm owners implement changes in their marketing strategies based on new demand trends identified through the platform.

Given that a new demand trend has been identified, When the farm owner accesses the demand trend report, Then the report should include actionable insights for modifying marketing strategies aligned with the identified demand trends.

Distribution managers need to evaluate the effectiveness of their recent inventory adjustments based on alert notifications.

Given that the distribution manager has adjusted inventory levels in response to demand alerts, When reviewing sales data three weeks post-adjustment, Then the sales volume of adjusted products should show an increase of at least 20% compared to the previous three-week period.

Users seek integration with existing inventory systems for automatic demand trend updates.

Given that the demand monitoring system is integrated with the existing inventory system, When a product's sales data changes the inventory levels, Then the inventory system should reflect this change in real-time without manual intervention.

Automated Notification System

"As a distribution manager, I want to receive instant notifications on product demand surges so that I can quickly respond and adjust our supply chain plans accordingly."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing an automated system that sends real-time alerts to users when demand for specific products peaks. The system should be able to notify users via various channels, such as email, SMS, or in-app notifications, depending on user preferences. The benefits of this system include increasing responsiveness to market changes and allowing users to take immediate actions, such as increasing production or sourcing additional inventory. The integration with user communication preferences should ensure that notifications are timely and relevant, enhancing user engagement with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time demand surge for organic tomatoes during the summer season.

Given that a demand surge for organic tomatoes occurs, When the inventory reaches a predefined threshold, Then an automated notification is sent to users who have opted in for SMS alerts detailing the surge and encouraging them to adjust inventory accordingly.

A distribution manager wants to monitor demand trends for seasonal produce.

Given that the distribution manager is logged into the platform, When a specific product trends for five consecutive days, Then the system sends an in-app notification and an email alerting the manager to the increasing demand.

Farm owners are on a tight schedule during harvest season and need immediate updates.

Given that a spike in demand occurs for any farm's product, When the spike matches user-defined thresholds, Then notifications are sent via both email and SMS according to user preference settings, ensuring immediacy and relevance.

A user wants to adjust notification settings based on product categories.

Given a user has access to their notification preferences, When the user changes their preference for receiving alerts on specific product categories, Then the system should update and reflect the new preferences for all future notifications effectively.

The platform experiences a high demand for locally sourced goods.

Given that demand for locally sourced goods spikes, When the system identifies this surge, Then it sends a collective status update to all users subscribed to local goods, proposing adjustments in strategies to maximize inventory turns.

A user wants to ensure they do not receive duplicate notifications.

Given a user has previously received a notification for a demand surge on a specific product, When another surge notification is triggered for the same product within a 24-hour period, Then the system will suppress duplicate notifications to that user until 24 hours have elapsed.

Historical Demand Analysis

"As a distribution manager, I want to analyze historical sales data to identify trends so that I can make strategic decisions about inventory levels and promotional strategies."

Description

This requirement includes the capability of analyzing past sales data to establish patterns in product demand over time. This analysis should help users understand seasonal trends, peak sales periods, and customer purchasing behavior. The benefit lies in supporting more informed decision-making for inventory purchases and promotions. Implementing this feature will allow users to review graphical reports and historical data comparisons, leading to improved forecasting accuracy.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Historical Demand Patterns for Seasonal Products

Given a user has access to the Historical Demand Analysis feature, When the user selects a product and views its historical sales data, Then the system displays a graphical report showing demand trends over the selected time period.

Comparing Year-over-Year Sales Data

Given a user is analyzing sales data for a specific product, When the user selects the option to compare year-over-year sales, Then the system presents a side-by-side comparison of sales data for the selected years, highlighting trends and anomalies.

Generating Accurate Demand Forecast Reports

Given a user utilizes the Historical Demand Analysis feature, When the user requests a demand forecast report based on historical data, Then the report generated shows expected demand along with confidence intervals and potential outliers.

Identifying Peak Sales Periods for Inventory Planning

Given a user is reviewing historical sales data, When the user applies filters to identify peak sales periods, Then the system highlights the periods of highest demand visually within the report.

Accessing Historical Data via Mobile Device

Given a user accesses FreshConnect through a mobile device, When the user navigates to the Historical Demand Analysis feature, Then the user can view and interact with graphical reports without loss of data integrity or functionality.

Providing Insights on Customer Purchasing Behavior

Given a user is preparing for an upcoming season, When the user generates a report on customer purchasing behavior for their products, Then the report provides insights including frequency of purchase, average order size, and customer segments.

Setting Custom Alerts for Demand Changes

Given a user is utilizing the Historical Demand Analysis feature, When the user sets custom alerts for specific product demand changes, Then the system notifies the user via email or mobile alert when significant demand variations occur.

Customizable Alert Settings

"As a farm owner, I want to customize my alert settings for product demand so that I'm only notified about the items I care about, increasing my focus on vital inventory changes."

Description

This requirement entails providing users with the option to customize their alert settings. Users should be able to specify which products they wish to receive alerts for, how they would like to be notified (e.g., email, SMS, in-app), and set thresholds for what constitutes a surge in demand. This customization will enhance user satisfaction by allowing them to tailor the notification experience to their specific needs and preferences, ensuring relevant and actionable alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm owner customizes alert settings for their top-selling organic produce to track demand surges effectively.

Given the farm owner is in the settings menu, when they select specific products to monitor and set a threshold for alerts, then they should receive confirmation that their settings have been saved successfully.

Distribution manager adjusts notification preferences for urgent demand alerts to SMS rather than email.

Given the distribution manager has selected a product with a recorded surge in demand, when they change their notification preference to SMS, then notifications should be received via SMS for subsequent alerts on that product.

User sets a demand threshold that will trigger notifications for seasonal fruit sales.

Given the user inputs the demand threshold for seasonal fruits, when demand for these products exceeds this threshold, then the user should receive alerts based on their specified notification method.

A user receives alerts via an in-app notification for specific product trends they’ve chosen to monitor.

Given the user has enabled in-app notifications for selected products, when there is a surge in demand for those products, then the user should see an in-app notification immediately upon the demand increase.

Farm owner regularly updates their alert settings based on seasonal changes in demand to stay agile in market response.

Given the farm owner navigates back to the alert settings after a month, when they view their previous settings, then they should see all previously saved configurations have been accurately retained and can be adjusted as needed.

Distribution manager tests their alert configuration by simulating a surge in demand for a product to ensure timely notifications.

Given the distribution manager simulates a surge in demand for a selected product, when the simulation occurs, then all configured notification channels should receive alerts within 5 minutes of the simulation execution.

User successfully removes a product from their alert settings to stop receiving notifications about it.

Given the user is in their customized alert settings, when they select a product to remove and confirm their choice, then the user should no longer receive alerts related to that product, and a confirmation message should display.

Integration with Inventory Management

"As a distribution manager, I want real-time demand alerts to be integrated with my inventory management system so that I can effortlessly align my stock levels with market demands."

Description

This requirement highlights the integration of real-time demand alerts with the existing inventory management system. The alerts should automatically recommend inventory adjustments based on demand trends, helping users to maintain optimal stock levels. The benefits include reducing manual intervention, enhancing accuracy in inventory levels, and optimizing stock availability, leading to improved overall efficiency. This integration needs to be seamless, allowing for live updates and data syncing.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of real-time demand alerts into the inventory management system for optimal stock level adjustment.

Given a significant increase in demand for a specific product, when the demand alert is triggered, then the inventory management system should automatically suggest a stock adjustment based on the demand percentage increase.

Assessment of alert notifications to ensure timely and accurate delivery to users.

Given that a demand alert for a trending product is issued, when the alert is generated, then it should be delivered to the farm owners and distribution managers within 5 minutes across all registered devices.

Verification of inventory adjustment recommendations post-alert activation.

Given that a demand alert has been received, when an inventory adjustment recommendation is generated, then users should be able to view and implement the recommendation within the inventory management interface without manual override.

Ensure seamless data synchronization between demand alert triggers and inventory updates.

Given that a product's demand has surged, when the inventory levels are updated in response, then the system should reflect these changes in real-time across all user dashboards without lag.

Testing user interface for managing alerts and inventory adjustments.

Given that the user receives a demand alert, when they access the inventory management interface, then they should see a clear, interactive dashboard displaying the trending products and suggested stock adjustments.

Evaluate system performance during peak demand alert scenarios.

Given a scenario where multiple demand alerts are triggered simultaneously, when users attempt to access the inventory management system, then the system should maintain a response time of less than 2 seconds for each request.

Customized Alert Settings

With Customized Alert Settings, users can personalize their notification preferences based on individual product categories, sales velocities, or seasonal changes. This feature empowers users to tailor their restocking alerts to their specific operational needs, increasing their responsiveness to market demands.

Requirements

Dynamic Alert Configuration

"As a distributor, I want to customize my alert settings for different product categories so that I can respond swiftly to sales dynamics and ensure optimal inventory levels, thus reducing waste and maximizing profitability."

Description

The Dynamic Alert Configuration requirement allows users to create and manage personalized alert settings for product categories, sales velocities, and seasonal changes. This functionality enables users to specify criteria for receiving notifications, ensuring they are informed about restocking needs tailored to their specific operational scenarios. With options to set thresholds for each category and adjust notification preferences easily, the feature enhances user responsiveness to inventory fluctuations, ultimately leading to better stock management and reduced excess or shortage issues. By integrating this system within FreshConnect, users will experience improved inventory oversight and the ability to quickly adapt to market changes, fostering a proactive approach to supply chain management.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a new alert for a product category based on low stock levels.

Given the user is in the Dynamic Alert Configuration settings, when they select a product category and define a low stock threshold, then the system should save the alert configuration and send a notification when stock levels for that category drop below the defined threshold.

User adjusts notification preferences for seasonal product alerts.

Given the user has established alerts for seasonal products, when they modify their notification preference from email to SMS, then the system should update the alert configuration to send notifications via SMS for seasonal changes.

User receives notifications for a product exceeding sales velocity threshold.

Given the user has set a sales velocity threshold for a specific product category, when the sales data indicates that the product has surpassed the threshold, then the system should trigger a notification to inform the user of increased demand and potential restock needs.

User deletes an existing alert for a product category.

Given the user is viewing their list of configured alerts, when they select an alert for deletion and confirm the action, then the system should remove the alert from their configuration and no longer send notifications for that product category.

User creates multiple alerts for different product categories at once.

Given the user is in the Dynamic Alert Configuration screen, when they input multiple product categories with respective thresholds in a single submission, then the system should successfully create and save all alerts simultaneously without errors.

User views a summary of all configured alerts.

Given the user has configured multiple alerts, when they navigate to the alert summary page, then the system should display a clear view of all active alerts, including the product categories, thresholds, and notification preferences.

User receives confirmation after successfully saving alert configurations.

Given the user has made changes to their alert settings, when they click the 'Save' button, then the system should display a confirmation message indicating that the alert settings have been saved successfully.

User-Centric Notification Dashboard

"As a supply chain manager, I want a centralized dashboard to view all my customized alerts so that I can easily manage my notifications and stay on top of my inventory needs without missing crucial updates."

Description

The User-Centric Notification Dashboard requirement provides an intuitive interface for users to view and manage all their alerts in one place. This dashboard will display active, upcoming, and historical notifications, allowing users to quickly assess their inventory status and past actions taken in response to alerts. By offering filtering options based on alert type, products, and dates, this dashboard ensures users can easily find relevant information and maintain control over their notification preferences. This centralization of information aids in effective decision-making, enhances user experience, and encourages consistent inventory oversight as users can visualize their alert patterns and adjust settings as needed.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the User-Centric Notification Dashboard to view all active alerts regarding product restocking needs.

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they navigate to the User-Centric Notification Dashboard, then they should see a list of all active alerts categorized by product with clear labels showing alert types and urgency levels.

User filters alerts based on specific product categories to assess restocking urgency.

Given the user is on the User-Centric Notification Dashboard, when they apply a filter for a specific product category, then the dashboard should only display alerts related to that selected product category, allowing for quick assessment.

User checks the historical notifications to determine past actions taken in response to alerts.

Given the user is on the User-Centric Notification Dashboard, when they navigate to the historical notifications tab, then they should be able to view all past notifications along with a summary of actions taken, organized by date.

User receives a customized alert notification based on predefined settings for seasonal changes in product demand.

Given the user has set alert preferences for seasonal changes, when a seasonal change occurs that affects product demand, then the user should receive a notification in real-time according to their customized alert settings.

User updates their alert preferences for a specific product category from the dashboard.

Given the user is on the User-Centric Notification Dashboard, when they select a product category and change the alert frequency from 'Weekly' to 'Daily', then the system should update the alert settings and confirm the changes visually on the dashboard.

User assesses alert patterns to improve inventory management decisions.

Given the user is on the User-Centric Notification Dashboard, when they review the alert patterns presented through graphical representation, then they should be able to identify trends that assist in making informed inventory management decisions.

Alert Response Automation

"As an operations manager, I want to automate responses to my restocking alerts so that I can ensure timely replenishment of stock without the need for constant manual oversight, thereby increasing efficiency and reliability in our operations."

Description

The Alert Response Automation requirement automates actions based on user-defined alert criteria. When specific thresholds are met, such as low inventory levels or high sales velocities, the system will trigger automatic responses such as generating purchase orders or notifying specific team members. This automation reduces manual intervention, enhances operational efficiency, and ensures that appropriate actions are taken without delay. By integrating this capability into FreshConnect, users will benefit from streamlined workflows and a significant reduction in the risk of stockouts or overstock situations, allowing them to operate with greater confidence and less administrative burden.

Acceptance Criteria

User-defined alert criteria set for low inventory levels on fresh produce.

Given a user sets an alert threshold for low inventory at 20 units, When the inventory level drops below 20 units, Then the system should automatically generate a purchase order for the replenishment of fresh produce.

User-defined alert criteria set for high sales velocities on certain products.

Given a user defines a sales velocity alert for a specific product category, When sales exceed the defined threshold of 50 units in a week, Then the system notifies the assigned team member via email.

User adjusts alert settings based on seasonal demand changes.

Given a user adjusts their alert settings for seasonal products, When the seasonal period begins, Then the system should automatically implement the new alert settings and notify the user.

Multiple users set individual alert preferences for different product categories.

Given multiple users have different alert thresholds for various product categories, When inventory levels fluctuate, Then each user should receive alerts based on their specific preferences without interference from other users' settings.

System logs and tracks all automated responses triggered by alert criteria.

Given the system triggers an automated response for any alert, When the action is executed, Then the system should log the action taken and notify the user of the completed transaction through the dashboard notification.

User tests the responsiveness of alert automation during a high-demand period.

Given a user engages in a trial run during a simulated high-demand period, When multiple alerts hit the defined thresholds simultaneously, Then the system should execute all automated responses without delay or errors.

Integration with existing communication tools for alert notifications.

Given the FreshConnect platform is integrated with a user's preferred communication tool, When an alert is triggered, Then the user should receive the notification in their communication tool of choice in real time.

Multi-Channel Notification Preferences

"As a user who manages inventory remotely, I want to select my preferred channels for receiving notifications so that I can stay updated on crucial alerts regardless of where I am, ensuring I am always informed and can act quickly when needed."

Description

The Multi-Channel Notification Preferences requirement enables users to specify how they wish to receive alerts across different channels, such as email, SMS, or within the FreshConnect application itself. This flexibility ensures that users can choose the most convenient method for receiving notifications based on their workflow or preferences, enhancing engagement and responsiveness to alerts. By providing options for real-time updates through their preferred channels, this feature increases out-of-office accessibility and ensures that critical inventory alerts reach users wherever they are, thus improving operations and decision-making for businesses of any scale.

Acceptance Criteria

User requests to set up alerts for low inventory levels of specific product categories during a seasonal promotion in the FreshConnect application.

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect application, when they navigate to the alert settings section, and choose specific product categories and thresholds for alerts, then the system should save these settings and send alerts through the user's preferred communication channels when the inventory falls below the set thresholds.

A user wants to modify their notification preferences after initially setting them for email alerts only but now wishes to add SMS notifications.

Given the user is in their account settings within the FreshConnect application, when they access the notification preferences, and select SMS as an additional method for receiving alerts, then the system should update their settings and confirm the changes via an on-screen message and a test alert.

During a high sales season, a user needs to receive immediate notifications for products with rapid sales velocity across multiple channels.

Given that the user has set their preferred notification channels for high sales velocity products to both SMS and email, when the inventory level of these products reaches the defined low threshold, then the user should receive simultaneous alerts via both channels within 5 minutes.

A user receives a notification for a product they are out of stock on through their selected channel shortly after setting preferences.

Given the user has successfully set notification preferences for low stock alerts and has saved these settings, when the stock levels reach the predefined low threshold, then the user should receive an alert on the selected channel within 10 minutes to ensure timely restocking.

After setting preference adjustments, a user wants to confirm that their notification settings have been correctly updated in the FreshConnect application.

Given that the user has updated their notification preferences, when they revisit the notification settings page, then the application should display the current preferences accurately, reflecting all the user's selections.

A user is managing multiple product categories and needs to prioritize notifications based on product seasonal demand.

Given the user is in the alert settings, when they prioritize their product categories based on seasonal demand, then the system should allow them to set different thresholds and channels for each priority category and ensure these settings are effective immediately.

Historical Alert Analytics

"As a data analyst, I want to access historical analytics for my alert responses so that I can evaluate my inventory management decisions over time and make informed improvements to my alert settings, enhancing future operational efficiency."

Description

The Historical Alert Analytics requirement provides users with insights into their notification patterns and responses over time. This feature allows users to analyze past alerts, evaluate the effectiveness of their alert settings, and identify trends in inventory management. By utilizing visual analytics such as graphs and summaries, users can assess how timely their responses were and how well their customized alerts aligned with actual stock needs. This analytic tool empowers users to refine their alert preferences and enhances their ability to make data-driven decisions for future inventory strategies, promoting continual improvement in their operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviews historical alerts over a 30-day period to assess the effectiveness of their customized alert settings after a seasonal change.

Given the user accesses the Historical Alert Analytics dashboard, When they select the date range for the past 30 days, Then the dashboard displays a complete list of alerts triggered during that period, including response times and effectiveness metrics.

A user wants to analyze response trends to alerts related to perishable goods to optimize their inventory management during peak seasons.

Given the user filters alerts by product category to view perishable goods, When they analyze the response data within a specified peak season, Then the system provides visual analytics, including graphs showing response times and stock alignments for those products.

Users use the Historical Alert Analytics tool to compare performance before and after they modified their alert settings.

Given the user modifies their alert settings and selects two different time periods for comparison, When they view the analytics report, Then the report shows a clear comparison of alert effectiveness and response rate between the two periods with visual representation.

A user attends a training session on how to interpret the Historical Alert Analytics data to improve decision-making.

Given the user completes the training session, When they return to the Historical Alert Analytics dashboard, Then they can accurately identify key metrics and understand how to utilize the insights for future inventory adjustments.

After reviewing alert trends over several months, a user decides to implement changes to their alert settings.

Given the user identifies trends indicating some alerts were not timely, When they adjust their alert preferences accordingly, Then the system confirms the changes were saved successfully and prompts the user to review them after a monitoring period.

User examines the effectiveness of their previous alerts based on stock shortages to enhance future alert settings.

Given the user selects the stock shortage alerts data from the Historical Alert Analytics, When they analyze the response outcomes, Then they can view a detailed report summarizing alert success rates in relation to stock variances experienced.

A user needs to present their findings from the Historical Alert Analytics during a team meeting to pitch for additional resources.

Given the user generates a report from Historical Alert Analytics, When the report is presented, Then the report includes visual graphs and key metrics that clearly demonstrate the value of investment in improved alert settings and their impact on inventory management.

Restock Analytics Dashboard

The Restock Analytics Dashboard presents users with a comprehensive overview of inventory trends and usage patterns, offering actionable insights into which products require restocking and when. This visual tool enhances decision-making capabilities, helping users to optimize their inventory management effectively.

Requirements

Data Visualization Tools

"As a warehouse manager, I want to see visual representations of inventory levels over time so that I can quickly identify stock trends and make informed restocking decisions."

Description

The Data Visualization Tools requirement encompasses the development of interactive and customizable graphs and charts within the Restock Analytics Dashboard. These tools will enable users to visualize inventory trends, order frequencies, and stock levels over time, making it easier for users to identify patterns at a glance. By presenting data in a visually intuitive manner, it aids in quicker decision-making and enhances user engagement. Integrating these visualization tools with current inventory data will allow real-time updates, ensuring that users have access to the latest information when analyzing their stock status. The expected outcome is to improve the overall efficiency of inventory management and help users make informed decisions to reduce waste and ensure timely restocking.

Acceptance Criteria

Displaying Inventory Trends Over Time

Given the user is on the Restock Analytics Dashboard, when they select the 'Inventory Trends' view, then the system should display a line graph showing stock levels of each product over the last 30 days, updated in real-time.

Identifying Products for Restocking

Given the user has a customizable threshold set for low stock alerts, when the inventory levels drop below this threshold, then the dashboard should highlight these products in red and provide a notification for restocking.

Customizing Graph View Options

Given the user is viewing a chart on inventory usage, when they select customization options for time range and product categories, then the graph should update accordingly to reflect these selections without page refresh.

Real-Time Data Integration

Given the connection to the inventory database, when an inventory record is updated, then the dashboard should reflect this change within 5 seconds to ensure data accuracy.

Displaying Order Frequencies

Given the user navigates to the 'Order Frequencies' section of the dashboard, when they view the bar graph representation, then it should accurately present the number of orders per product over the last quarter with clear labeling.

User Engagement with Visualization Tools

Given the user interacts with the analytics dashboard, when they hover over any data point in the visualization, then a tooltip should display additional details such as exact figures and percentages for that point in time.

Automated Restocking Notifications

"As a distributor, I want to automatically receive notifications when stock levels are low so that I can restock products on time and avoid disruptions in my supply chain."

Description

The Automated Restocking Notifications requirement aims to implement a notification system that alerts users when inventory levels reach predefined thresholds, indicating that restocking is necessary. This solution will provide users with the ability to set custom alerts for different products based on their specific stocking needs. The notifications can be sent via email or directly through the FreshConnect platform, ensuring that users stay informed without actively monitoring inventory levels. The purpose of this feature is to minimize the risk of stockouts and optimize inventory replenishment processes, ultimately reducing waste and increasing customer satisfaction by ensuring product availability. Expected outcomes include a noticeable decrease in manual checks for inventory levels and improved delivery timelines.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when an SKU falls below the defined minimum stock threshold after inventory analysis has concluded.

Given the inventory analysis is completed, when an SKU's quantity falls below its predefined threshold, then the user receives an email and in-app notification regarding the stock status.

User can customize restock threshold levels for individual products within the FreshConnect platform settings.

Given the user is on the product settings page, when they set a custom restock threshold for a specific product, then the threshold should be saved and reflected in the inventory dashboard.

User receives a weekly summary email detailing products that will require restocking within the next seven days.

Given the user has set up their notification preferences, when the weekly summary runs, then the user receives an email listing all products nearing their restock threshold for the upcoming week.

User is able to view a historical log of past restock notifications and actions taken.

Given the user accesses the notification history section, when they view past restock notifications, then they should see a chronological list of notifications with product names, thresholds, and actions taken.

User has the option to receive immediate alerts when stock is critically low for key products that are frequently sold out.

Given the user selects 'critical alerts' for specific key products, when these products drop to the critical stock level, then the user receives an urgent notification via email and in-app message.

Notifications are sent only during specified business hours to avoid alerts during non-operational times.

Given the user has defined their operational hours, when an inventory alert is triggered outside these hours, then the notification should be queued and sent only when the business hours resume.

Historical Data Analysis

"As a retail analyst, I want to analyze historical inventory data so that I can forecast future inventory needs and optimize purchasing decisions."

Description

The Historical Data Analysis requirement focuses on enabling users to access and analyze past inventory data comprehensively. This feature will include tools that allow users to compare current inventory usage with historical trends and sales data, helping them make better-informed decisions regarding future inventory purchases. By incorporating filtering options and various time ranges, users can easily evaluate performance metrics and identify seasonal trends or patterns. This capability is crucial for strategic planning, as it enables users to forecast demand more accurately and reduce surplus stock. As a result, businesses will enhance their operational efficiency and minimize resource waste.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing Historical Inventory Data in the Dashboard

Given a user is logged into the Restock Analytics Dashboard, when they select the 'Historical Data' tab, then the system should display inventory data for the selected time range with options to filter by product category, allowing users to choose their preferred metrics.

Comparing Current Inventory Usage with Historical Trends

Given the user has accessed the Historical Data section, when they select a product and view the comparison with previous months, then the dashboard should show a visual representation (such as a graph or chart) of current usage against historical data for at least the past six months.

Filtering Data by Time Range

Given the user is viewing the Historical Data Analysis dashboard, when they set a custom time range and apply filters, then the system should refresh the displayed data to reflect the selected timeframe and filters accurately, ensuring all displayed metrics align with the user's choices.

Identifying Seasonal Trends in Inventory Metrics

Given the user is analyzing historical data, when they apply a three-month rolling average filter, then the dashboard should highlight any patterns or trends that recur seasonally in the inventory usage data over the previous year.

Generating Reports on Inventory Performance

Given the user has analyzed the historical data, when they select the 'Generate Report' option, then the system should create a downloadable report summarizing inventory performance metrics for the selected time range and filters, including key insights and recommendations.

User-Focused Analytics for Decision Making

Given the user is navigating through the dashboard, when they view the insights generated from the Historical Data analysis, then the insights should present actionable recommendations for restocking based on identified trends and patterns, clearly outlined to aid in decision-making.

User-Friendly Dashboard Interface

"As a user, I want a user-friendly dashboard interface so that I can navigate the analytics tools easily without needing extensive training."

Description

The User-Friendly Dashboard Interface requirement involves the design and development of an intuitive interface for the Restock Analytics Dashboard. This interface will prioritize ease of navigation, providing users with a seamless experience as they access various features and analytics. Key functionalities will include quick access buttons, simplified menu structures, and responsive design elements that adapt to different devices. By enhancing the user interface, we aim to improve user engagement and satisfaction, which is critical for maximizing the platform’s utilization. Promoting a user-centered design approach will lead to increased productivity and a more enjoyable user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Restock Analytics Dashboard for the first time to check their inventory levels and trends.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click on the 'Restock Analytics' tab, then they should see a comprehensive overview of inventory trends with clear visualizations and key metrics displayed prominently.

A user attempts to access a specific product's restocking information from the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Restock Analytics Dashboard, when they select a specific product from the inventory list, then detailed restocking insights for that product should be displayed, including usage patterns and suggested restock dates.

A user is trying to understand the layout and find various features within the dashboard during their first week of usage.

Given the new user is on the Restock Analytics Dashboard, when they hover over or click the 'Help' icon, then a tooltip with guidance on dashboard features and navigation should be displayed for easy understanding.

An existing user revisits the dashboard after several weeks to check changes in their inventory.

Given the existing user is on the dashboard, when they log in, then the interface should load within 3 seconds and display the most recent inventory data and analytics used last time they visited.

A user wants to change the dashboard's display settings to optimize their view based on device type.

Given the user is on the Restock Analytics Dashboard, when they click on the 'Settings' button, then they should be able to toggle between different viewing options (mobile vs desktop) that adjust the layout and font sizes accordingly.

A user is using the dashboard on a tablet to assess inventory trends while scheduling orders.

Given the user is accessing the Restock Analytics Dashboard on a tablet, when they rotate the device, then the dashboard should adapt seamlessly to the new orientation without loss of functionality or display issues.

A user wants to quickly restock two specific products from the dashboard.

Given the user is reviewing the restock recommendations, when they click on the 'Quick Restock' button for the two products, then the order creation process should initiate, allowing for immediate order confirmation.

Supplier Coordination Alerts

Supplier Coordination Alerts facilitate timely communication with suppliers when restocking is necessary. This feature automates the process of notifying suppliers about impending orders, ensuring a smooth supply chain and reducing delays associated with manual communication.

Requirements

Automated Supplier Notifications

"As a supplier manager, I want to receive automated alerts when inventory is low so that I can ensure timely restocking and avoid disruptions in supply."

Description

Automated Supplier Notifications is a feature that allows FreshConnect to send immediate notifications to suppliers when inventory levels reach a predefined threshold. This requirement ensures that suppliers are informed about restocking needs in real-time, reducing the risk of stockouts and improving the responsiveness of the supply chain. By automating this communication, FreshConnect minimizes manual tasks for users, ensuring they can focus on other strategic activities. This feature integrates seamlessly with the existing order processing system and utilizes predictive analytics to assess inventory trends, allowing for timely intervention with suppliers. The expected outcome is a more efficient supply chain process, leading to reduced order delays and enhanced supplier relationships, ultimately supporting the sustainability goals of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification Trigger on Low Inventory Levels

Given that the inventory level of a specific product falls below the defined threshold, When the system detects the low inventory level, Then an automated notification is sent to the designated supplier's email within 5 minutes of detection.

Supplier Acknowledgment of Notifications

Given that a supplier receives a notification regarding low inventory, When the supplier acknowledges the notification via the FreshConnect platform, Then the system updates the status of the notification as 'Acknowledged' and logs the timestamp of acknowledgment.

Notification Content Accuracy

Given that an automated notification is sent to the supplier, When the supplier receives the notification, Then the notification must contain accurate details including product name, current inventory level, and required reorder quantity based on the predefined threshold.

Integration with Predictive Analytics

Given that inventory data is being collected, When the predictive analytics tool computes inventory trends, Then the system must adjust the restock notification thresholds automatically based on trend forecasts every week.

Real-time Communication with Suppliers

Given that a notification is sent to a supplier, When the supplier logs into the FreshConnect platform, Then the notifications should be displayed in real-time within their dashboard without requiring a page refresh.

Error Handling for Notification Failures

Given that the system attempts to send an automated notification, When the notification fails to send due to a server error, Then the system must log the error, retry sending the notification every 10 minutes for up to 3 attempts, and notify the admin of a failure after the third attempt.

User Customization of Notification Thresholds

Given that a user has administrative privileges, When they access the settings for automated supplier notifications, Then they should be able to customize the inventory threshold levels for each product and save the changes successfully.

Customizable Notification Settings

"As a distributor, I want to customize my notification settings to control how I receive alerts about supplier coordination so that I don’t miss critical updates while avoiding excessive notifications."

Description

Customizable Notification Settings allow users to tailor how and when they receive alerts related to supplier coordination. This requirement enables users to define specific thresholds for different products, adjust alert preferences such as email, SMS, or in-app notifications, and set durations for silence or off periods. This feature is crucial as it accommodates the varying needs of distributors and suppliers, ensuring that communication is efficient and relevant. It enhances user control over information flow, reducing the likelihood of notification fatigue and ensuring that critical alerts are prioritized. Integration with user profiles and preferences is essential to implement this feature, ensuring a smooth user experience and enhancing engagement with the FreshConnect platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User defines a threshold for low inventory on a specific product and sets the notification preference to receive alerts via SMS.

Given the user has logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the notification settings and set a low inventory threshold for a product and choose SMS as the alert method, then the system should save these preferences and send an SMS alert when the product inventory falls below the defined threshold.

User sets a period during which they do not wish to receive any notifications for supplier coordination.

Given the user is on their notification settings page, when they input a 'Do Not Disturb' time frame and save the settings, then the system should not send any supplier coordination alerts during the specified time.

User wants to change the delivery method of notifications from email to in-app notifications for critical alerts.

Given the user is logged into their profile settings, when they change the notification delivery method from email to in-app for critical alerts and save the changes, then the system should confirm the update, and subsequent alerts should be delivered through in-app notifications.

User receives a notification for a restock request once their product inventory falls below the set threshold in real-time.

Given the supply levels of the product have reached below the user-defined threshold, when the threshold is breached, then the system should trigger the appropriate notification method (SMS, Email, or In-App) chosen by the user for restock alerts without delay.

User tests the system by temporarily lowering the notification threshold to see if alerts are triggered correctly.

Given the user has adjusted a product's low inventory threshold temporarily for testing, when the actual inventory reaches the new threshold, then the system should immediately send a notification as per the user's selected method, confirming the functionality works as intended.

User adjusts multiple product notification settings in one session.

Given the user is in the notification settings section, when they change thresholds and notification methods for multiple products within the same session and save all changes, then the system should reflect all new settings correctly and allow for modifications in the future without errors.

User seeks support to understand how to utilize the customizable notification settings effectively.

Given the user is accessing the help center or FAQ section of FreshConnect, when they look for guidance on using customizable notification settings, then the system should provide clear and comprehensive documentation, along with examples of setting notifications to facilitate user understanding.

Real-Time Coordination Dashboard

"As a warehouse manager, I want to access a real-time dashboard that shows all supplier interactions and inventory levels so that I can make informed decisions quickly and prevent supply shortages."

Description

The Real-Time Coordination Dashboard provides users with a centralized view of all supplier interactions, current inventory levels, and upcoming order requirements. This requirement is designed to enhance visibility and decision-making for distributors by aggregating relevant data into a single interface. The dashboard will feature graphical representations of inventory trends, alerts, and historical communication logs with suppliers. By utilizing this dashboard, users can quickly assess their supply chain status and identify potential issues before they escalate. This feature supports FreshConnect's objective of optimizing logistics and encourages proactive management of supplier relationships. The effective integration of real-time data analytics and user interface design will be required for implementation, ensuring usability and performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Supplier Coordination Alerts notification triggers a message to suppliers when inventory levels drop below a pre-defined threshold.

Given the inventory level falls below the minimum threshold, when the Supplier Coordination Alerts feature is enabled, then an automated notification is sent to the respective suppliers with the necessary order details.

Users can visualize real-time inventory levels and supplier communication history on the Real-Time Coordination Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Real-Time Coordination Dashboard, when they access the inventory section, then accurate and updated inventory levels along with a log of recent communications with suppliers are displayed graphically without delays.

Dashboard alerts notify users of low inventory levels and restock needs with clear graphical representation.

Given the inventory is low, when the dashboard refreshes, then a visual alert appears on the dashboard, indicating the product that needs reordering with a clear urgency signal.

Users can customize the parameters for inventory monitoring and alerts on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the settings page, when they configure the alert thresholds for specific products, then these settings are saved and reflected in real-time notifications and dashboard indicators.

Suppliers can access historical communication logs through the Real-Time Coordination Dashboard.

Given a supplier is logged in, when they navigate to their communication history section on the dashboard, then all interactions and alerts sent are displayed chronologically and can be filtered by date or product.

Users are able to generate reports from the dashboard regarding supplier interactions and inventory trends.

Given the user selects the report generation option, when they specify the date range and parameters, then a downloadable report summarizing supplier interactions and inventory trends is produced accurately.

Dashboard performance is tested for load times during peak operation hours.

Given the dashboard is accessed during peak hours, when multiple users log in simultaneously, then the dashboard loads fully within 5 seconds without system errors or delays in data retrieval.

Seasonal Inventory Monitor

The Seasonal Inventory Monitor tracks and predicts seasonal demand fluctuations for specific products, alerting users when to increase or decrease stock levels. This feature enhances strategic planning, ensuring users are always prepared for seasonal variations in consumer demand.

Requirements

Demand Prediction Algorithm

"As a warehouse manager, I want accurate demand predictions so that I can optimize stock levels and avoid both overstocking and stockouts during seasonal peaks."

Description

The Demand Prediction Algorithm utilizes historical sales data, market trends, and seasonal patterns to forecast product demand accurately. This requirement enables the Seasonal Inventory Monitor to analyze complex datasets and produce reliable predictions, helping users optimize their inventory levels. The algorithm needs to integrate seamlessly with existing inventory management systems, ensuring that users receive real-time alerts and recommendations based on predicted demand fluctuations. Accurate demand forecasting will enhance efficiency, reduce waste, and ensure that businesses are prepared for peak seasons.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time notifications about predicted demand changes for a specific product during peak season.

Given the user has set up the Seasonal Inventory Monitor, when the demand prediction algorithm detects a significant increase in projected sales for a specific product, then the user should receive a notification alerting them to increase stock levels.

User is able to view historical sales data graphed alongside predicted demand fluctuations.

Given the user accesses the Seasonal Inventory Monitor dashboard, when they view the demand prediction chart, then the chart should display both historical sales data and predicted sales data accurately over time.

The algorithm seamlessly integrates and extracts data from existing inventory management systems.

Given the user connects their existing inventory management system to FreshConnect, when the demand prediction algorithm is triggered, then it should be able to access current stock levels and historical sales data without errors.

The user can adjust stock levels based on recommended changes from the algorithm.

Given the user receives a recommendation to adjust stock levels, when they follow the suggestion to increase or decrease inventory, then the system should successfully update the stock levels in the inventory management system without inconsistencies.

Users can generate reports that summarize demand prediction accuracy over a specified period.

Given the user requests a report on demand prediction accuracy, when the report is generated, then it should include metrics such as prediction accuracy percentage and discrepancies between predicted and actual sales for the specified period.

Users are alerted to any discrepancies between predicted demand and actual sales.

Given the demand prediction algorithm runs daily, when actual sales data shows a significant variance from the predicted demand, then the user should receive an alert notifying them of the discrepancy.

The system provides analytical insights to help users understand seasonal trends and make data-driven decisions.

Given the user accesses the Seasonal Inventory Monitor, when they explore seasonal trend analytics, then the system should provide insights such as best-selling products during peak seasons and suggested stocking levels based on historical trends.

Real-Time Stock Alerts

"As an operations manager, I want to receive real-time alerts when stock levels are low so that I can reorder products in time to meet customer demand."

Description

Real-Time Stock Alerts notify users of critical stock levels based on the forecasted demand, ensuring that distributors can proactively manage their inventory. Users will receive alerts via email or mobile notifications when stock levels fall below predefined thresholds, enabling timely reordering and minimizing service disruptions. This requirement enhances operational efficiency by allowing users to respond promptly to changing demand without manual monitoring, thus facilitating better inventory management throughout the season.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when inventory for a product falls below the defined threshold during peak season.

Given the stock level for a product falls below the predefined threshold during peak season, when the system checks inventory levels, then the user should receive an alert notification via email and push notification on the mobile app.

User can adjust stock thresholds for different products based on seasonal demand.

Given a user is managing their product inventory settings, when they input a new threshold for a specific product, then the system should save the updated threshold and reflect changes in future stock alerts.

User can view a history of stock alerts to analyze inventory trends over time.

Given the user navigates to the stock alerts history section, when the user selects a specific date range, then the interface should display a list of all stock alert notifications within that period, including timestamps and product details.

User receives cumulative alerts for multiple products when stock levels drop.

Given multiple products fall below their respective stock thresholds, when the system generates alerts, then the user should receive a single notification summarizing all affected products and their stock levels.

User can enable or disable stock alerts for specific products as needed.

Given a user is accessing the alert settings for their products, when the user toggles the alert option for a specific product off, then the system should no longer send alerts for that product when it falls below the stock threshold.

User is notified of stock alerts outside of business hours.

Given the stock level drops below the critical threshold any time of day, when the alert condition is met, then the user should receive an immediate notification regardless of the time, including weekends and holidays.

Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard

"As a sales manager, I want to analyze seasonal trends through a visual dashboard so that I can make data-driven decisions for upcoming product promotions."

Description

The Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard provides users with a comprehensive view of historical and predicted sales data for various products over the seasons. This interactive dashboard will allow users to visualize trends, compare performance year-on-year, and derive actionable insights from data analytics. The dashboard integrates with the main FreshConnect interface, enabling easy access for users to make informed decisions about inventory adjustments. By understanding seasonal trends, users can better plan promotions and marketing efforts, aligning stock levels with consumer demand effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard to assess historical sales data for a specific product over the last three seasons.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation of the historical sales data for the selected product, with data points for each season clearly marked.

User uses the Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard to predict future sales trends based on historical data.

Given the user is on the Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard, when they select a product and view predicted sales data, then the dashboard should display forecasted sales for the upcoming seasons, taking into account historical trends and fluctuations.

User compares the seasonal performance of two different products using the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard, when they select two products to compare, then the dashboard should display a side-by-side visual representation of sales data and trends for both products over the selected seasons.

User receives an alert about necessary stock adjustments based on predicted seasonal demand.

Given the user has set alert preferences in the Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard, when predicted sales data indicates a need to adjust stock levels, then the user should receive a notification alerting them to increase or decrease stock for the relevant products.

User reviews actionable insights generated from the Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard to aid inventory planning.

Given the user is on the Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard, when they access the insights section, then they should see actionable recommendations based on historical and predicted data that suggest optimal inventory adjustments or marketing strategies.

User integrates the Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard with their main FreshConnect interface for a unified experience.

Given the user accesses the Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard from the FreshConnect main interface, when they navigate between the two systems, then their user experience should be seamless, with no loss of data or context.

User provides feedback on the usability of the Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard interface.

Given the user has interacted with the Seasonal Trend Analytics Dashboard, when they submit feedback through the designated feedback mechanism, then their feedback should be recorded and available for review by the product team.

User Training and Support

"As a new user, I want training resources and support for the Seasonal Inventory Monitor so that I can effectively utilize its features without confusion."

Description

User Training and Support ensures that users can effectively utilize the Seasonal Inventory Monitor's features, including the Demand Prediction Algorithm and Real-Time Stock Alerts. This requirement involves creating comprehensive training materials and conducting workshops or webinars to educate users about the tool’s functionalities. Additionally, ongoing support will be provided through a helpdesk system for troubleshooting, feedback, and continuous improvement. Effective user training will enhance user adoption rates and maximize the feature’s impact on inventory management.

Acceptance Criteria

User Training Material Delivery

Given the user's role is defined, When the user accesses the training materials, Then they should find comprehensive guides and video tutorials that cover the Seasonal Inventory Monitor features, including the Demand Prediction Algorithm and Real-Time Stock Alerts.

Workshop Attendance and Engagement

Given a scheduled training workshop, When users attend the session, Then at least 80% of participants should engage in discussions and activities related to the Seasonal Inventory Monitor functionalities.

Helpdesk System Availability

Given a user encounters an issue while using the Seasonal Inventory Monitor, When they access the helpdesk system, Then they should receive a response from support within 24 hours and resolution guidance within 48 hours.

User Feedback Collection

Given that training sessions and support have been provided, When users complete a feedback survey, Then at least 75% of respondents should indicate confidence in using the Seasonal Inventory Monitor effectively after the training.

Real-Time Stock Alert Functionality

Given the user is implementing the Seasonal Inventory Monitor, When stock levels reach a predetermined threshold, Then the user should receive a real-time alert via their preferred communication channel (email or SMS).

Effective Integration of Demand Prediction

Given that the user has accessed the Seasonal Inventory Monitor, When they input past sales data, Then the Demand Prediction Algorithm should generate forecasts that align with 90% of previous seasonal trends.

Integration with POS Systems

"As a retailer, I want FreshConnect to integrate with my POS system so that my sales data can improve inventory predictions and management."

Description

Integration with Point of Sale (POS) systems is essential for seamless data sharing between FreshConnect and retail partners. This requirement allows real-time sales data to flow into the Seasonal Inventory Monitor, enriching demand predictions with live sales information. By syncing data from POS systems, users can obtain more accurate forecasts and stock level recommendations, tailored to actual consumer purchasing patterns. This integration enhances operational workflows and ensures that inventory decisions are based on the most current data available, significantly improving efficiency in stock management.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with POS systems to enable real-time sales data input into Seasonal Inventory Monitor.

Given a connected POS system, when a sale is made, then the real-time sales data should be received and reflected in the Seasonal Inventory Monitor within 5 minutes.

User receives alerts for stock level adjustments based on live sales data from POS integration.

Given live sales data is flowing, when stock levels fall below the predefined threshold, then the user should receive an alert to increase stock levels for the respective product.

Accuracy of demand forecasting improved with integrated POS data versus historical data analysis.

Given the Seasonal Inventory Monitor has access to both POS and historical data, when analyzing demand forecasts, then forecasts should reflect at least a 15% increase in accuracy compared to forecasts generated without POS data.

User can configure the integration settings for different retail partners' POS systems.

Given administrative access, when a user accesses the integration settings, then they should be able to configure and save settings for multiple POS system types, including at least 3 major POS vendors in the market.

Seamless data sync between POS systems and FreshConnect during peak business hours.

Given peak business hours defined by the user, when sales transactions are happening, then the data sync should occur without any lag or data loss 99% of the time.

Users can view a dashboard of sales data influence on inventory levels.

Given the user has access to the dashboard, when navigating to the inventory analytics section, then the user should see a clear visualization of how POS sales data impacts inventory levels in real-time.

Testing the security protocols of data transmission between POS and FreshConnect.

Given an active integration, when sales data is transmitted from the POS to FreshConnect, then the data should be encrypted during transmission and comply with industry security standards.

Integration with Sales Channels

Integration with Sales Channels connects the Automated Restock Alerts feature with the user's existing sales platforms, allowing for seamless inventory level tracking across all channels. This ensures users have a consolidated view of their inventory status, enhancing the accuracy of restocking decisions.

Requirements

Real-time Sales Channel Sync

"As a distributor, I want my inventory levels to automatically update across all sales channels so that I can avoid stockouts and ensure my customers have access to available products without confusion."

Description

The Real-time Sales Channel Sync requirement ensures that inventory changes made within FreshConnect are automatically reflected across all integrated sales channels in real-time. This functionality prevents stock discrepancies and enables users to make informed supply decisions promptly, significantly enhancing operational efficiency and reducing the risk of overstocking or stockouts. By maintaining an updated inventory status across sales platforms, this feature will increase customer satisfaction, as it ensures product availability is accurately represented on all sales fronts. Moreover, better inventory visibility aids in optimizing order fulfilment and streamlining logistics, positioning FreshConnect as an indispensable tool for food distributors.

Acceptance Criteria

User makes a sale through an integrated sales channel while managing inventory in FreshConnect.

Given the inventory in FreshConnect is updated, When a sale is made through the integrated sales channel, Then the inventory level in FreshConnect should reflect the change within 1 minute across all platforms.

Admin modifies inventory levels directly within FreshConnect after an order is placed.

Given an order has been placed, When the admin updates the inventory level in FreshConnect, Then the updated inventory level should be synced across all sales channels immediately (within 1 minute).

User checks inventory levels on the integrated sales channels after making several adjustments in FreshConnect.

Given multiple inventory adjustments have been made in FreshConnect, When the user views inventory levels on integrated sales channels, Then the displayed inventory levels must match those in FreshConnect without discrepancies.

User receives restock alerts based on real-time inventory levels synced across sales channels.

Given the inventory has been synced in real-time, When the inventory level falls below the predefined threshold, Then the user should receive a restock alert via the application and email notifications.

Sales data from integrated channels is updated in FreshConnect for analytics and reporting.

Given real-time syncing is active, When sales data from a channel is recorded, Then the sales figures should be reflected in FreshConnect analytics within 5 minutes for accurate reporting.

User checks for discrepancies between sales channels and FreshConnect inventory.

Given sales have been made during the day, When the user performs an inventory reconciliation, Then there should be no discrepancies between the inventory levels in FreshConnect and the sales channels.

New sales channels are integrated into FreshConnect after initial setup.

Given that a new sales channel is integrated, When a sale occurs in the sales channel, Then FreshConnect should automatically sync the inventory levels without manual intervention and reflect the changes in real-time.

Automated Inventory Reporting

"As a user, I want to receive automated reports on my inventory levels so that I can make informed decisions about restocking and minimize waste in my operations."

Description

The Automated Inventory Reporting requirement provides users with comprehensive reports on inventory levels, trends, and usage patterns, generated automatically at user-defined intervals. This feature enhances the capability of FreshConnect by allowing distributors to gain insights into their inventory dynamics without manual tracking. By leveraging predictive analytics, users can anticipate inventory needs, which aids in proactive decision-making regarding stock replenishment and waste reduction. Integrating this feature will enhance operational efficiency and inform strategy adjustments, ensuring distributors remain agile against market changes while maintaining sustainability objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

Inventory report generation for weekly stock review

Given the user has defined a weekly reporting interval, when the system reaches the scheduled time, then the Automated Inventory Reporting feature should generate a report that includes current inventory levels, trends, and usage patterns, and send it via email to the user.

Real-time inventory adjustments after sales

Given an integration with the user's sales channels, when a sale is made on any platform connected to FreshConnect, then the Automated Inventory Reporting feature should adjust the reported inventory levels immediately to reflect real-time stock availability.

Notification of low stock levels based on predictive analytics

Given the inventory reporting feature is enabled, when the predicted inventory levels fall below the user-defined threshold, then the system should trigger an automated alert notifying the user of the low stock status along with suggested reorder quantities.

Customizable reporting frequency by the user

Given the user accesses their reporting settings, when they adjust the frequency setting for inventory reporting, then the system should allow options of daily, weekly, or monthly reporting intervals and save the selected preference successfully.

Exporting inventory reports for external review

Given that a report has been generated, when the user selects the export option, then the Automated Inventory Reporting feature should allow the user to download the report in CSV and PDF formats for external use.

Analytics dashboard integration for real-time insights

Given the Automated Inventory Reporting feature is activated, when the user accesses the analytics dashboard, then it should display real-time inventory insights derived from the automated reports including trends over time and predictions for stock needs.

Cross-Platform Notification System

"As a distributor, I want to receive notifications on my mobile device about inventory changes so that I can respond quickly to changing demands and minimize downtime for my operations."

Description

The Cross-Platform Notification System requirement facilitates alerts and notifications regarding inventory status changes, order updates, and restock alerts across multiple platforms, including mobile and desktop. This feature enables users to remain informed of their operational status in real-time, improving responsiveness and adaptability to changing market conditions. By ensuring that users receive timely notifications, FreshConnect can enhance engagement and operational management, which is critical for maintaining the fluidity of food distribution. The notifications will serve to streamline communication, reduce workflow interruptions, and ultimately contribute to higher satisfaction rates among distributors and their client base.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an automated notification on their mobile device when inventory levels drop below a specified threshold during a busy sales period.

Given an established inventory threshold, when the inventory drops below this threshold, then the system should send a push notification to the user's mobile device within 5 minutes.

Users must receive real-time alerts regarding order updates across multiple sales channels to manage their inventory efficiently.

Given an incoming order update from any connected sales channel, when the update is processed, then the user should receive a notification across all active platforms (e.g., desktop, mobile) within 2 minutes.

The user wants to customize their notification preferences based on product categories to streamline important alerts.

Given the user has access to notification settings, when the user modifies their preferences for specific product categories, then those preferences should be saved and applied correctly for future notifications.

Users need a consolidated dashboard view showing recent notifications regarding inventory and order updates to quickly assess their operational status.

Given the user accesses the notifications dashboard, when there are unavailable updates, then the dashboard should display the five most recent alerts with accurate timestamps and relevant details.

In case of any system errors during notification delivery, users require a fallback alert to ensure critical updates are communicated.

Given a failed notification attempt, when the automated system detects the failure, then a fallback email alert should be sent to the user's registered email address within 10 minutes.

Users should be able to track notification history to review past inventory alerts and order updates.

Given the user navigates to the notification history section, when they request to view past notifications, then the system should display a complete list of notifications sorted by date and type.

Users require flexibility to disable specific types of notifications temporarily for focused work periods or other personal reasons.

Given the user has access to notification preferences, when the user disables specific types of notifications, then those notifications should not be delivered during the selected time frame, which can be customized based on user choice.

Sales Analytics Dashboard

"As a user, I want a dashboard that displays my sales performance and inventory data so that I can make data-driven decisions to improve my sales strategies and reduce inventory waste."

Description

The Sales Analytics Dashboard requirement integrates key performance indicators and visual analytics related to sales activities across different channels into one user-friendly display. This feature empowers users to track performance, identify sales trends, and make data-driven decisions for inventory management. By visualizing sales data alongside inventory levels, distributors can align their stock strategically with customer demand, enhancing profitability and reducing waste. The Sales Analytics Dashboard will play a significant role in providing actionable insights that help distributors optimize their operations and overall business strategy.

Acceptance Criteria

Sales manager reviews the Sales Analytics Dashboard to analyze sales trends across multiple channels at the end of each week to adjust inventory levels for the upcoming week.

Given the sales manager logs into the FreshConnect platform, when they navigate to the Sales Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of sales trends for the past month across all integrated sales channels, updated in real-time.

A user interacts with the Sales Analytics Dashboard to identify which products had increased sales over the past month to inform restocking decisions.

Given the user selects the 'Trending Products' section on the Sales Analytics Dashboard, when they view the metrics, then they should see the top 10 products with the highest sales increases, complete with percentage changes and total sales figures.

The inventory manager uses the Sales Analytics Dashboard to correlate sales data with current inventory levels to prevent stockouts during peak demand periods.

Given the inventory manager accesses the Sales Analytics Dashboard, when they review the 'Inventory vs Sales' visual, then they should be able to see a clear comparison of current inventory levels against projected sales for the next month, with color-coded alerts for low-stock items.

A distributor monitors the impact of promotional campaigns through the Sales Analytics Dashboard to calculate their effectiveness on sales performance.

Given the distributor has launched a marketing promotion, when they check the Sales Analytics Dashboard after two weeks, then they should see a segment highlighting sales performance before, during, and after the campaign, with clear visual indicators of percentage changes.

The sales team utilizes the dashboard to generate reports for stakeholders to demonstrate sales performance metrics in monthly meetings.

Given the sales team accesses the report generation tool in the Sales Analytics Dashboard, when they choose their metrics and set the date range, then they should successfully generate a report that visually presents the selected sales metrics in PDF format, ready for sharing with stakeholders.

A user sets custom alerts on the Sales Analytics Dashboard for specific sales thresholds to improve responsiveness to market changes.

Given the user is on the Sales Analytics Dashboard, when they set a custom alert threshold for a product category, then they should receive notifications via email whenever sales drop below the specified threshold, ensuring timely restocking.

Data visualization effectiveness is analyzed by users to ensure that the dashboard's interface provides a user-friendly experience for interpreting sales data.

Given the users are training on how to use the Sales Analytics Dashboard, when they complete a feedback form post-training, then at least 80% of respondents should indicate that the dashboard is intuitive and that visualizations effectively represent sales data.

Enhanced User Access Control

"As an administrator, I want to assign different access levels to users based on their roles so that I can ensure secure operations and protect sensitive inventory information."

Description

The Enhanced User Access Control requirement allows administrators to set granular permissions for users accessing the FreshConnect platform, ensuring data security and operational integrity. Different roles within the distributor organizations can be assigned distinct levels of access based on their responsibilities, preventing unauthorized actions impacting inventory and sales data. Implementing this feature will enhance user confidence in using the platform, drive correct usage practices, and maintain a clear auditing trail of actions taken within the system, fostering a secure and compliant operational environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Admin Configures User Roles Based on Department Needs

Given an administrator is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they navigate to the User Access Control section, then they should be able to create and assign roles with specific permissions according to department needs (e.g., Sales, Inventory Management, Finance).

User Attempts Unauthorized Access to Restricted Areas

Given a user is assigned to a role with limited permissions, when they attempt to access a restricted area within the FreshConnect platform, then they should receive an unauthorized access message and be redirected to their dashboard.

Audit Trail Shows Accurate User Actions

Given multiple users are active on the FreshConnect platform, when an action is performed (e.g., order placement, inventory update), then the audit trail should record the user ID, action type, timestamp, and any changes made, ensuring compliance and tracking.

Admin Revokes User Access After Role Change

Given an administrator has updated a user's role, when the user logs in, then they should only have access to the functions and data allowed by their new role, reflecting immediate changes in their permissions.

Multi-Factor Authentication for Sensitive Actions

Given a user is attempting to perform a sensitive action (e.g., bulk inventory adjustment), when they initiate this action, then a multi-factor authentication prompt should appear, ensuring an extra layer of security before proceeding.

User Role Modification Triggers Notification System

Given an administrator modifies a user role, when the role change is saved, then an automatic notification should be sent to the affected user and selected admin team members informing them of the update.

Inventory Health Alerts

"As a distributor, I want to receive alerts about slow-moving products so that I can take action to reduce waste and improve my stock turnover."

Description

The Inventory Health Alerts requirement utilizes predictive analytics to provide users with proactive alerts about slow-moving or deteriorating stock. By identifying potential issues early on, this feature allows distributors to take timely actions to reduce waste and improve inventory turnover rates. Enhanced visibility into the health of their inventory via these alerts will empower users to make informed decisions about promotions or markdowns to eliminate excess stock. This mechanism complements the overarching goal of sustainability within FreshConnect's operational framework by encouraging less wasteful practices.

Acceptance Criteria

As a distributor using FreshConnect, I receive proactive alerts on my dashboard when the inventory health of a specific product drops below a predefined threshold due to slow movement or deterioration.

Given the product has been identified as slow-moving, When the inventory level falls below the threshold, Then the system generates an alert and displays it on the user dashboard.

As a user, I want to receive email notifications for inventory health alerts, so that I can take immediate action to prevent stock issues.

Given that the inventory health alert has been triggered, When the alert is sent, Then an email notification is received in the user’s registered email account.

As a user, I need to view the history of inventory health alerts to identify patterns and improve my restocking decisions.

Given I access the inventory health alerts history, When the system presents the data, Then I can see a list of previous alerts with details including product name, alert reason, and date.

As a distributor, I want to integrate inventory health alerts with my existing sales platforms so I can see inventory health information while managing orders.

Given that my sales platform is connected to FreshConnect, When an inventory health alert is triggered, Then it should be reflected in my sales dashboard such that I can view it alongside my current orders.

As a distributor, I require the ability to set custom thresholds for inventory health alerts based on product types or categories.

Given I am in the settings for inventory alerts, When I configure the thresholds for different product categories, Then the system allows me to save and apply these custom settings without error.

As a user, I want to receive different levels of alerts (info, warning, critical) based on the severity of the inventory issue.

Given that the health of an inventory item is assessed, When an alert is triggered, Then the alert level corresponds accurately to the severity of the issue (info for minor, warning for moderate, critical for severe).

As a distributor, I want a dashboard that visualizes my inventory health summarized across all categories and products at a glance.

Given that I access the inventory health dashboard, When the page loads, Then I see a graphical representation of inventory health status, including pie charts or graphs showing the percentage of healthy, slow-moving, and deteriorating stock.

Dynamic Inventory Heatmap

The Dynamic Inventory Heatmap visually highlights inventory levels across various categories in real-time, using color-coded indicators to easily identify stock shortages or surpluses. This feature empowers users to quickly assess their inventory status at a glance, enabling proactive management and informed decision-making to optimize stock levels and reduce waste.

Requirements

Real-time Data Sync

"As a warehouse manager, I want real-time updates on inventory levels so that I can address stock shortages immediately and prevent delays in order fulfillment."

Description

The Real-time Data Sync requirement ensures that inventory levels and status updates are communicated instantly between the inventory management system and the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap. This feature allows users to visualize current inventory metrics without delays, enabling them to make informed decisions regarding stock levels and orders. Enhanced data accuracy and speed facilitate proactive management, which is crucial for preventing shortages or excess stock, ultimately reducing waste and optimizing operational efficiency. The integration must be seamless and secure, ensuring users can trust the information provided at any given moment.

Acceptance Criteria

A user accesses the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap while managing inventory and needs to see the most current stock levels during a busy sales period.

Given the user is on the inventory management screen, when they refresh the Data Sync, then the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap shall display updated inventory levels in real-time, reflecting any changes made within the last minute.

A retailer places an order that affects inventory levels significantly, requiring the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap to update immediately to reflect these changes.

Given an order is placed that causes a significant change in inventory levels, when the order is confirmed, then the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap should automatically update and visually indicate the inventory changes within 15 seconds.

A manager reviews inventory levels weekly to adjust supply orders and wants to ensure the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap accurately reflects the latest data before making decisions.

Given the manager accesses the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap during a review session, when the data sync occurs, then the heatmap must accurately represent the latest inventory metrics, ensuring discrepancies are below 5%.

A user monitors inventory levels during peak hours to avoid stockouts and needs instant updates from the inventory management system.

Given the user is monitoring the heatmap during peak hours, when inventory levels update, then the heatmap must change color codes for stock levels within 2 seconds of data updates.

A system administrator ensures that the Data Sync functionality is operating securely and efficiently without compromising user data.

Given the administrator conducts a security review, when checking the Data Sync feature, then the sync operation must complete without errors, and all data transfers must be encrypted and comply with security standards.

A user schedules a periodic report that relies on the inventory heatmap data and wants the report to reflect the most current data available.

Given the user schedules a report that includes heatmap data, when the scheduled time arrives, then the report must pull the most current inventory data from the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap, without delays in retrieval or accuracy violations.

Color-coded Alert System

"As a store operator, I want to see color-coded alerts on the inventory heatmap so that I can quickly assess stock levels and act on any deficiencies."

Description

The Color-coded Alert System is a vital requirement that enables dynamic color-coding of inventory levels on the heatmap. This feature provides immediate visual cues that highlight critical levels of stock—green for sufficient stock, yellow for low stock, and red for critically low stock. This intuitive system allows users to quickly grasp the status of their inventory at a glance, making risk assessment and decision-making processes more effective. The implementation should be customizable, allowing users to alter thresholds based on their unique business needs, enhancing personalization and relevance of the alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

As a warehouse manager, I want to view the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap so that I can quickly assess the inventory status during my daily inventory checks.

Given the heatmap is displayed, when the inventory level for any category falls below the configurable thresholds, then the corresponding color (green, yellow, or red) should accurately reflect the inventory status according to the predefined alert system.

As a distributor, I want to customize the alert thresholds for different inventory categories so that I can tailor alerts to meet my specific business needs and improve management decisions.

Given I am in the settings menu, when I adjust the threshold values for low and critically low stock levels, then the changes should be saved and immediately reflected on the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap without needing to refresh the page.

As an inventory analyst, I want to receive visual alerts on the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap when stock levels change, so I can respond effectively to low inventory situations.

Given the stock levels have changed, when I refresh the heatmap, then the visual color-coding should update in real-time to reflect the new inventory levels according to the color-coded alert system.

As a team member using the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap, I want to understand the specific reasons for color changes, so that I can take appropriate actions regarding stock management.

Given I hover over any colored section of the heatmap, when the tooltip appears, then it should display the current inventory levels and the thresholds that triggered the color change, providing context for decision-making.

As a business owner, I want to ensure the Color-coded Alert System works correctly during peak inventory periods, so that my team can efficiently manage high volumes of stock without issues.

Given a peak inventory period is in effect, when inventory levels change, then the heatmap should continuously update in real-time, accurately reflecting color-coded alerts without any delays or errors.

Category Breakdown Visualization

"As a purchasing agent, I want to analyze inventory by category so that I can identify which product types are underperforming and need replenishment."

Description

The Category Breakdown Visualization requirement focuses on providing users with the ability to view inventory levels categorized by product type or department. This feature offers granular insight, allowing users to analyze trends, cycles, and demands across different categories. By enabling users to filter or drill down into specific categories on the heatmap, it supports targeted inventory management. This detailed analysis helps users recognize which categories require attention, thus facilitating smarter decision-making that aligns with sales patterns and customer demand.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap and selects a specific product category to view real-time inventory levels filtered by that category.

Given the user has selected a product category on the heatmap, When the heatmap is displayed, Then it should show only the inventory levels relevant to that category with accurate color coding indicating stock levels.

User wants to compare inventory levels between two different product categories over the last month to identify trends.

Given the user selects two categories for comparison, When the comparison view is generated, Then it should display a clear visual representation of inventory levels for both categories with accurate trend indicators for the last month.

User utilizes the Category Breakdown Visualization to identify which product categories are below a specified threshold and need replenishment.

Given the inventory levels are displayed by category, When the user sets a low stock threshold, Then the heatmap should highlight any categories that fall below this threshold clearly in red.

User drills down to a specific department from the heatmap to view detailed inventory statistics.

Given the user clicks on a department's section on the heatmap, When the detailed view is loaded, Then it should present the inventory breakdown for that department including individual product quantities.

User needs to assess the effectiveness of inventory management strategies based on historical data.

Given the historical inventory data is accessible, When the user selects a date range and category, Then the visualization should display historical inventory levels clearly over that time period, allowing for trend analysis.

User wants to quickly identify which inventory categories are overstocked and may need to be prioritized for clearance sales.

Given the user views the heatmap, When the overstocking analysis is performed, Then categories with surplus inventory should be highlighted in blue, indicating excess stock levels.

Historical Data Tracking

"As a data analyst, I want to review historical inventory data so that I can forecast future inventory needs more accurately and optimize supply chain operations."

Description

The Historical Data Tracking requirement enables users to track and visualize past inventory levels over time on the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap. This feature is essential for analyzing trends, forecasting inventory needs, and understanding the impact of seasonality or promotions on stock levels. By providing time-series data, users can make proactive adjustments to their inventory strategies based on historical performance. Implementation must ensure data integrity and user-friendly navigation, allowing users to select different timeframes and compare historical inventory status for better planning.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to view historical inventory data on the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap so that I can analyze trends in stock levels over the past year.

Given that the user is on the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap, when they select the 'Past Year' option, then the heatmap should display inventory data with color-coded indicators reflecting stock levels for each month.

As a user, I need to compare inventory levels from two different time periods to understand seasonal trends.

Given that the user is on the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap, when they select two different timeframes, then the system should display both datasets on the heatmap for side-by-side comparison.

As a user, I want to ensure the integrity of the historical data presented in the heatmap.

Given that the user requests historical inventory data, when they inspect the data for integrity, then all displayed data should match the stored inventory records without discrepancies.

As a user, I need the ability to filter historical inventory data by product category.

Given that the user is viewing the historical data on the heatmap, when they select a specific product category from the filter options, then the heatmap should update to only show data relevant to that category.

As a user, I want an intuitive user interface for navigating through different historical inventory timeframes.

Given that the user is on the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap, when they navigate to the timeframe selector, then they should be able to easily select options like 'Last Week', 'Last Month', and 'Custom Range' without confusion.

Mobile Access Compatibility

"As a warehouse manager, I want to access the inventory heatmap on my mobile device so that I can stay updated on stock levels and take action regardless of my location."

Description

The Mobile Access Compatibility requirement guarantees that the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap is fully functional and optimized for mobile devices. As users increasingly rely on mobile for management tasks, this feature ensures they can access real-time inventory data anywhere, at any time. The mobile interface must be user-friendly, maintaining all heatmap functionalities while leveraging mobile features like push notifications for alerts. This flexibility allows inventory managers and operators to stay informed and responsive to changing stock conditions, even when away from their desks.

Acceptance Criteria

Mobile Inventory Overview Access

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect mobile application, when they navigate to the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap section, then they should see a visual representation of their inventory levels in real-time with color-coded indicators for stock status.

Push Notification Alerts

Given the mobile device settings are enabled, when a stock level falls below the predefined threshold, then the user should receive a push notification alerting them of the low stock situation.

User Experience Consistency

Given the user is accessing the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap on a mobile device, when they interact with the heatmap, then all functionalities available on the desktop version must be present and operate seamlessly without interface issues.

Responsiveness to Mobile View

Given the user resizes the mobile screen or turns the device, when they observe the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap, then the layout must adjust responsively without losing any data visibility or functionality.

Battery Optimization for Mobile Access

Given the user is using the FreshConnect mobile application, when they access the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap for prolonged periods, then there must be no significant increase in battery consumption compared to similar applications.

Offline Data Access

Given the user is in a low-connectivity area, when they access the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap, then they should still be able to view the last synced inventory data without a live connection.

Mobile Compatibility Testing

Given the product team has developed the mobile interface, when comprehensive testing is conducted across various mobile devices and operating systems, then the interface must work flawlessly on at least 95% of targeted devices without major bugs.

User Role-based Access Control

"As a system administrator, I want to manage user permissions so that I can ensure only authorized personnel can make changes to inventory levels."

Description

The User Role-based Access Control requirement establishes different access levels for users based on their roles within the organization. This feature ensures that sensitive inventory data can be protected, allowing only authorized users to edit stock levels or access detailed reports while still enabling broader visibility for other users. The implementation must include an easy-to-manage interface for administrators to assign roles and permissions effectively. This security measure enhances compliance and reduces the risk of data tampering, promoting accountability among team members who manage inventory.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap to view inventory levels at the beginning of the day.

Given the user has the appropriate role, When the user navigates to the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap, Then they should be able to view real-time inventory levels with color-coded indicators for each category.

An administrator assigns new user roles within the FreshConnect application.

Given the administrator has logged into the management interface, When they select a user and assign a role with specific permissions, Then the user should have access to only those features corresponding to their assigned role.

A standard user attempts to edit inventory levels through the Dynamic Inventory Heatmap.

Given a standard user role is in effect, When the user attempts to edit stock levels within the heatmap, Then the system should prevent them from making any changes and display a message indicating insufficient permissions.

An administrator reviews the roles and permissions assigned to users in the management interface.

Given the administrator is logged into the management interface, When they navigate to the roles and permissions section, Then they should see a comprehensive list of all users and their respective roles and permissions clearly outlined.

A user logs in and views an overview of their accessible features based on their assigned role.

Given the user has logged into their FreshConnect account, When they navigate the application, Then they should only see menu items and functionality that are consistent with their role-based permissions.

An attempt is made to access restricted inventory reports by a non-authorized user.

Given a user who does not have permissions for detailed inventory reports, When they try to access these reports, Then they should receive a '403 Forbidden' error message and be redirected to the dashboard.

An administrator modifies the permissions of an existing user role in the system.

Given the administrator selects an existing user role to modify, When they change the permissions associated with that role and save the changes, Then the modifications should be instantly reflected in all users assigned to that role without the need to re-log.

Order Fulfillment Timeline

The Order Fulfillment Timeline provides a comprehensive visual representation of the order processing stages, from order placement to delivery. This feature enhances user visibility into order statuses, estimated delivery times, and any potential delays, ensuring that users can manage expectations and maintain clear communication with stakeholders throughout the fulfillment process.

Requirements

Visual Order Tracking

"As a distributor, I want a visual representation of my order's progress so that I can easily monitor its status and inform my clients of estimated delivery times."

Description

The Visual Order Tracking requirement involves creating a dynamic visual timeline that illustrates each stage of the order fulfillment process, from when an order is placed to when it is delivered. This feature aims to give users a clear, real-time understanding of their order's progress. By integrating visual indicators (such as color changes or icons) to represent different stages like 'Processing', 'Shipped', and 'Delivered', users can quickly grasp where their orders stand. This facilitates better communication with stakeholders and helps manage expectations regarding delivery times. The enhanced visibility not only reduces the likelihood of confusion but also builds trust in the order fulfillment process. This feature is crucial for maintaining strong customer relationships and streamlining logistics operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their order's status on the Order Fulfillment Timeline after placing an order.

Given the user has placed an order, when they access the Order Fulfillment Timeline, then the timeline should display the order status as 'Processing' within 1 minute of placement.

User checks the Order Fulfillment Timeline for updates during the shipping process.

Given the order is being processed and shipped, when the user refreshes the timeline, then the status should update to 'Shipped' if the order leaves the facility within the designated time frame of 12 hours.

User receives a notification for any delays in their order after checking the Order Fulfillment Timeline.

Given the order is delayed, when the user checks the Order Fulfillment Timeline, then the system should display a visual indicator for 'Delay' and an estimated new delivery date, updated in real-time.

User needs to communicate with stakeholders about their order's status using the Order Fulfillment Timeline.

Given the user views the Order Fulfillment Timeline, when they share the timeline status with stakeholders, then the information displayed should include order stages, expected delivery time, and any potential delays, ensuring stakeholders can see the real-time update.

User wants to navigate through different stages of their order from the Timeline view.

Given the user is on the Order Fulfillment Timeline, when they click on each stage icon, then they should see detailed information about that stage, including time spent in each stage and actions taken, available immediately without refresh.

User wants to view the timeline on mobile and desktop without discrepancies.

Given the user accesses the Order Fulfillment Timeline on either a mobile device or desktop, when they log in, then the visual representation of the order stages should be consistent across both platforms, showing the same real-time data.

Estimated Delivery Notifications

"As a customer, I want to receive notifications about my order's estimated delivery time, so that I can prepare for its arrival and plan my resources accordingly."

Description

The Estimated Delivery Notifications requirement entails enabling automated notifications to be sent to users regarding their orders' estimated delivery times. This feature should integrate with the existing order management system to provide real-time updates based on the current status of culinary logistical processes. Notifications will be triggered at key stages, such as when an order is shipped or if there are any delays. This feature not only keeps the users informed but greatly enhances the user experience by setting clear expectations. By providing timely alerts, it allows users to plan accordingly and reduces the number of inquiries about order status, ultimately leading to improved operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates an order and receives an estimated delivery notification after the order is processed.

Given the user has placed an order, when the order status changes to 'Shipped', then the user should receive a notification via email and SMS within 5 minutes of the status update.

User’s order is delayed due to unforeseen circumstances and they should be notified accordingly.

Given that an order is delayed, when the delay is confirmed, then the user should receive a notification informing them of the delay and the new estimated delivery time within 10 minutes after confirmation.

User reviews their order history and wants to ensure they can view past estimated delivery notifications.

Given the user navigates to their order history, when they select a completed order, then they should see a history of all delivery notifications sent for that order, including estimated times and any delays.

Admin defines the trigger points for sending estimated delivery notifications.

Given the admin logs into the system, when they access the notification settings, then they should be able to configure which order status changes will trigger notifications (e.g., 'Shipped', 'Out for Delivery').

User updates their notification preferences and wants to confirm the changes are applied.

Given the user has updated their notification preferences, when they save the changes, then the system should send a confirmation message, and future notifications should reflect the updated preferences.

System experiences an outage, and it should handle missed notifications appropriately.

Given the system is back online after an outage, when it processes orders that missed notifications, then it should send all missed estimated delivery notifications to affected users within 1 hour of restoring service.

User is unable to receive notifications and needs to be informed about the inability to contact them successfully.

Given the user's notification settings are invalid (e.g., incorrect email address), when the order status changes, then the system should log an error and notify the admin of the failure to deliver the notification to the user.

Delay Alerts Configuration

"As a retailer, I want to customize my notification preferences for order delays so that I can receive only relevant updates without being inundated with alerts."

Description

The Delay Alerts Configuration requirement focuses on the ability for users to customize their preferences for alerts related to order delays. Users should be able to set thresholds that, when exceeded, will trigger an alert. For instance, if an order is delayed beyond a certain timeframe, a notification would be sent via email or within the application. This feature empowers users to stay informed without being overwhelmed by unnecessary notifications. Additionally, it helps improve communication with clients and assists in proactive problem resolution. As delays can impact business operations significantly, this feature is vital for minimizing disruption and maximizing efficiency in the order fulfillment process.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a custom threshold for receiving delay alerts on an order.

Given a user is logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the Delay Alerts Configuration section and specify a threshold of 3 hours for delay alerts, then the system should save the configuration and allow the user to view this threshold in their settings.

System sends an email notification when an order delay exceeds the user-defined threshold.

Given an order is delayed for more than the user-specified threshold of 2 hours, when the system detects this delay, then an email notification should be sent to the user’s registered email address informing them of the delay.

User opts to receive delay alerts within the FreshConnect application.

Given a user has set their preferences to receive alerts via the application, when an order is delayed beyond the specified threshold of 1 hour, then the user should receive an in-app notification promptly.

User modifies their existing delay alert threshold settings.

Given a user is in the Delay Alerts Configuration section, when they change the delay alert threshold from 2 hours to 4 hours and save the changes, then the new threshold should be reflected in their settings upon refresh.

User receives no alerts for delays under their specified threshold.

Given a user has set their threshold for delay alerts to 3 hours, when an order is only delayed for 2 hours, then the user should not receive any email or in-app notification regarding this order delay.

Historical Order Data Access

"As a data analyst, I want access to historical order data so that I can analyze trends and make informed recommendations for future orders."

Description

The Historical Order Data Access requirement allows users to retrieve and analyze past order data through an intuitive interface. This feature should provide filtering options based on various criteria (such as date range, order status, or customer segment) to help users derive insights from previous orders. This historical perspective can inform future business decisions, improve forecasting accuracy, and enhance operational strategy. By enabling easier access to vital data, this feature supports continuous improvement efforts and optimizes the overall lifecycle management of orders within the FreshConnect platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User retrieves historical order data for analysis during a quarterly business review meeting, needing to filter the data by a specific date range and order status to evaluate performance and customer trends.

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they select the 'Historical Order Data' section and apply filters for a specific date range and order status, then the system should display a list of past orders that match the selected criteria within 5 seconds.

A user wants to quickly identify customer segments that frequently order certain products to tailor their marketing strategies accordingly.

Given the user is accessing the Historical Order Data interface, when they filter by customer segment and product category, then the system should return relevant past order data that accurately matches the applied filters, showing real-time results with no discrepancies.

As part of a quarterly review, a manager needs to analyze the delays in order fulfillment and how they affected customer satisfaction scores.

Given the user navigates to the Historical Order Data section, when they filter data for orders that experienced delays and cross-reference this data with customer satisfaction ratings, then the results should display a clear correlation between delays and satisfaction metrics, with complete datasets available for analysis.

A user wants to export historical order data for external analysis and reporting purposes, requiring an easy-to-use export functionality.

Given the user has filtered their historical order data, when they click the 'Export' button, then the system should generate a comprehensive report in CSV format within 10 seconds that includes all the filtered data without errors.

A user conducts a trend analysis for fresh produce sales over the last year and needs to visualize the data to present to stakeholders.

Given the user has accessed the Historical Order Data with filters set for the last year, when they select the 'Visualize Data' option, then the system should generate a visual representation (like charts or graphs) of the sales trends, accurately reflecting the data without loading errors.

A user needs to compare historical order data against current order data to gauge growth in specific product categories.

Given the user is viewing both historical and current order data sets side by side, when they make selections for specific product categories in each dataset, then the system should allow seamless comparison with clear indicators of growth or decline denoting any trends observed.

A user wants to filter historical order data using multiple criteria simultaneously to derive complex insights into customer behavior.

Given the user is in the Historical Order Data interface, when they apply multiple filters (e.g., date range, order status, and customer segment) simultaneously, then the system should return an accurate dataset that reflects the combined filtering criteria without performance lags or total failures.

Integration with Third-party Logistics

"As a distributor, I want to connect FreshConnect with my logistics provider, so that I can streamline shipping processes and reduce manual order entry."

Description

The Integration with Third-party Logistics requirement involves establishing seamless connections with external logistics providers to improve order fulfillment capabilities. This feature should allow users to automatically send order details to the selected third-party logistics company and receive updates on shipping status directly within the FreshConnect platform. The integration aims to enhance operational efficiency by streamlining communication and minimizing manual data entry. Such a feature is essential for distributors and retailers looking to expand their delivery capabilities while maintaining an organized overview of operations.

Acceptance Criteria

Order Fulfillment with Third-Party Logistics Provider for a New Customer Order

Given the user has placed an order, when the order is confirmed, then the system should automatically send the order details to the selected third-party logistics provider and receive a confirmation response.

Tracking Updates for In-Transit Orders with Third-Party Logistics

Given that an order has been dispatched via a third-party logistics provider, when the order status is updated by the provider, then the user should receive real-time updates displayed on the FreshConnect platform.

Error Handling During Third-Party Logistics Integration

Given that the third-party logistics provider's API is down, when the user attempts to send order details, then the system should display an error message and allow the user to retry the operation later.

User Interface for Selecting Logistics Provider

Given the user is on the order fulfillment page, when the user selects a third-party logistics provider from the dropdown menu, then the selected provider should be saved with the order for processing.

Display of Estimated Delivery Time from Third-Party Logistics

Given an order is assigned to a third-party logistics provider, when the order details are confirmed, then the system should display an estimated delivery time based on the logistics provider's inputs.

Reporting Analytics on Third-Party Logistics Performance

Given the user has integrated with multiple third-party logistics providers, when the user generates a report, then the report should include performance metrics such as average delivery time and order accuracy for each provider.

User Notifications for Delays in Order Fulfillment

Given the third-party logistics provider indicates a delay in shipping, when the delay is reported, then the system should notify the user through email and an alert on the platform's dashboard.

Delivery Performance Dashboard

The Delivery Performance Dashboard tracks key performance metrics related to delivery efficiency, such as on-time delivery rates and average delivery times. This feature enables users to analyze and improve their logistics performance, fostering better relationships with retailers and customers through timely and reliable service.

Requirements

Real-time Delivery Tracking

"As a delivery manager, I want to track deliveries in real-time so that I can provide accurate updates to retailers and enhance customer satisfaction."

Description

The Real-time Delivery Tracking requirement involves implementing GPS tracking and live updates for every delivery made through the FreshConnect platform. This functionality will allow users to monitor the exact location of their deliveries, providing transparency and enhancing customer satisfaction. By integrating this system, users can proactively inform retailers and customers about their order status, reducing inquiries and boosting trust in service reliability. This feature is crucial for improving on-time delivery rates and fostering efficient communication between farms, distributors, and retailers.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a delivery request through the FreshConnect platform, and the system provides real-time GPS tracking updates for both the delivery personnel and the end customer.

Given a delivery has been dispatched, when the user checks the delivery status, then the system should provide live location updates every 5 minutes until the delivery is completed.

The customer receives a notification about their delivery status, including estimated arrival time and current location, enhancing their experience and reducing inquiries.

Given a delivery is in transit, when the user or customer accesses the delivery tracking, then an estimated arrival time should be displayed along with the real-time location on the map.

In the event of a delivery delay, the system automatically notifies the customer with updated information regarding their order status.

Given a delivery is delayed, when the delay is detected, then an automated notification should be sent to the customer with the updated estimated arrival time within 10 minutes of the delay occurring.

Logistics managers review the delivery performance metrics to identify areas for improvement based on tracking data.

Given the delivery performance data is available, when the logistics manager accesses the dashboard, then the system should display average delivery times and on-time delivery rates for the past month.

A user wants to proactively communicate delivery status to a retailer, increasing transparency and trust.

Given the user is tracking a live delivery, when they select the option to share the tracking link, then the system should generate a unique URL that allows the retailer to view real-time delivery updates without needing to log in.

The system integrates with existing logistics tools to enhance the delivery tracking experience for users.

Given the FreshConnect platform is integrated with third-party logistics tools, when a delivery is made, then all tracking information should be synchronized with those tools in real-time without manual input.

Users need to evaluate the impact of the real-time tracking feature on customer satisfaction over a specific period.

Given the tracking feature has been implemented, when user feedback is collected over the following month, then at least 80% of customers should indicate the tracking functionality improved their overall satisfaction regarding delivery services.

Automated Delivery Performance Reports

"As a logistics coordinator, I want to receive automated performance reports so that I can quickly assess our delivery efficiency without manual calculations."

Description

The Automated Delivery Performance Reports requirement entails generating automatic reports that analyze key metrics related to delivery performance, including on-time delivery rates, average delivery times, and order fulfillment accuracy. These reports will be generated on a weekly or monthly basis, allowing users to easily evaluate their logistics performance and identify trends over time. This will assist businesses in making informed decisions and strategizing improvements where necessary while reducing manual effort in report generation.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated generation of weekly delivery performance reports for a small distributor to evaluate their logistics efficiency after a week of operations.

Given the distributor has completed a week of deliveries, when the report generation is triggered, then the system should automatically produce a report including on-time delivery rates, average delivery times, and order fulfillment accuracy for the previous week.

Monthly assessment of delivery performance for a local farm to determine trends over the past month and make adjustments to operations.

Given the farm has been using FreshConnect for one month, when the monthly report is generated, then the report should provide historical data comparing on-time delivery rates and average delivery times to the previous month.

End-of-month review meeting where team members examine the automated delivery performance report to discuss logistics performance and strategy.

Given the automated report is generated and available, when the team members access it, then they should be able to view clear visualizations displaying key metrics such as on-time delivery rates and average delivery times over the last month without errors.

Automated email notifications to users when a performance report is ready for review, ensuring timely access to important delivery metrics.

Given the report generation is complete, when the report is available, then the system should send an email notification to all assigned users with a link to access the report.

Integration of the delivery performance reports with third-party analytics tools for enhanced data analysis and business intelligence.

Given the user has configured integration settings, when the report is generated, then the data should seamlessly sync with the designated analytics tool for further analysis without manual input.

User customization of report parameters to focus on specific metrics relevant to their distribution operations.

Given a user wants to customize their report, when they adjust the parameters for metrics like specific time frames or delivery zones, then the system should generate a report reflecting their specified criteria without any errors.

User access audit to ensure the right stakeholders receive delivery performance reports based on their roles in the organization.

Given the user roles are defined, when the report is generated, then the system should ensure that only users with appropriate access can view and receive the reports, and log any access attempts.

User-friendly Dashboard Interface

"As a user, I want a simple dashboard interface so that I can quickly understand our delivery performance at a glance without becoming overwhelmed by data."

Description

The User-friendly Dashboard Interface requirement emphasizes designing an intuitive and easy-to-navigate dashboard for users to access their delivery performance metrics. This interface will visually represent data with charts, graphs, and key performance indicators (KPIs) to facilitate quick comprehension of delivery outcomes and logistical performance. By enabling users to easily interact with the data, they can identify areas for improvement and track progress over time, contributing to more effective decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Delivery Performance Dashboard to view on-time delivery rates for the last month.

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they navigate to the Delivery Performance Dashboard, then they should see a graph displaying the on-time delivery rates for the past month with percentages and a clear visual representation like bars or lines.

User interacts with the dashboard to filter delivery performance metrics.

Given the user is viewing the Delivery Performance Dashboard, when they apply a filter for a specific date range, then the displayed metrics and graphs should update to reflect only the data within that specified date range.

User views average delivery times over multiple months on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Delivery Performance Dashboard, when they select the option to view average delivery times over the last three months, then they should see a comprehensive chart depicting the average delivery times for each month along with percentage changes.

Dashboard visually highlights areas needing improvement based on delivery performance metrics.

Given the user is on the Delivery Performance Dashboard, when they view the key performance indicators (KPIs), then any KPI that falls below the acceptable threshold should be clearly highlighted in red, with suggestions for improvement methods provided.

User generates a report from the Delivery Performance Dashboard to share with team members.

Given the user has customized the Delivery Performance Dashboard view, when they select the option to generate a report, then a PDF report containing all relevant metrics and graphs should be successfully created and downloadable.

User adjusts the layout of the dashboard for better accessibility.

Given the user is on the Delivery Performance Dashboard, when they drag and drop elements to rearrange the layout, then the dashboard should save this new configuration for future visits and the changes should be reflected on the next login.

User interacts with a tooltip for clarifying dashboard metrics.

Given the user hovers over any chart or metric on the Delivery Performance Dashboard, when they do this, then a tooltip should appear providing clear definitions and explanations for that particular metric for better understanding.

Custom Alerts for Delivery Issues

"As a delivery supervisor, I want to set custom alerts for delivery issues so that I can quickly respond to problems and minimize disruptions in service."

Description

The Custom Alerts for Delivery Issues requirement includes features that allow users to set personalized alerts for various delivery-related metrics, such as delays, missed deliveries, or performance dips. This functionality will enhance responsiveness to potential problems, enabling proactive management of delivery operations. Users can receive notifications via email or in-app messages, helping teams address issues swiftly and maintain high service levels.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a custom alert for delivery delays exceeding 30 minutes for a specific route.

Given the user is on the Custom Alerts settings page, when they input a delay threshold of 30 minutes for the selected delivery route and save the settings, then the system should create an alert for any deliveries exceeding this delay and notify the user via their chosen notification method.

User receives notification for a missed delivery on a specific date.

Given the user has configured an alert for missed deliveries, when a delivery is reported as missed on the configured date, then the system should immediately notify the user via email and in-app message with details of the missed delivery.

User modifies an existing alert for performance dips in delivery efficiency.

Given the user is on the Custom Alerts settings page, when they change the performance dip threshold from 90% efficiency to 80% efficiency for the selected metric and save the changes, then the system should update the alert accordingly and notify the user of the successful update.

User checks the history of alerts triggered for delivery issues.

Given the user navigates to the Alerts History page, when they request to view the last month’s triggered alerts, then the system should display a list of all alerts triggered, including timestamps, types of issues, and actions taken.

User configures multiple alerts for different delivery metrics.

Given the user is on the Custom Alerts settings page, when they set up alerts for delays, missed deliveries, and performance dips individually and save the settings, then the system should allow the user to configure and save each alert without errors and provide confirmation for each saved alert.

User deactivates a custom alert for delivery issues.

Given the user has an active custom alert for on-time delivery rates, when they deactivate this alert from the Custom Alerts settings page, then the system should successfully remove the alert and notify the user of its deactivation.

User receives a summary of all active alerts in their dashboard.

Given the user is on their main dashboard, when they look for the active alerts section, then the system should display a comprehensive summary of all active alerts, including the types of issues monitored and their respective thresholds.

Integration with Third-party Logistics

"As an operations manager, I want to integrate third-party logistics with FreshConnect so that I can streamline our delivery processes without juggling multiple systems."

Description

The Integration with Third-party Logistics requirement involves enabling the FreshConnect platform to connect seamlessly with third-party logistics providers. This capability will allow users to manage and track shipments from various carriers directly within the FreshConnect interface, improving workflow efficiency. Users can benefit from a consolidated view of all deliveries, regardless of the provider, enhancing logistics management and reducing the complexity of dealing with multiple systems.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to connect FreshConnect to third-party logistics so that I can manage all my shipments in one place.

Given I have valid API credentials from a third-party logistics provider, when I initiate the integration, then the system should successfully connect and allow me to see live shipment status updates within FreshConnect.

As a logistics manager, I need to track shipment locations in real-time through FreshConnect after integrating with a third-party provider.

Given that I have a shipment in transit, when I access the Delivery Performance Dashboard, then I should see real-time updates of the shipment's location and estimated arrival time on the dashboard.

As a user, I want to consolidate historical delivery data from various logistics providers into FreshConnect for performance analysis.

Given I have completed the integration with the third-party provider, when I request historical delivery performance data, then the system should aggregate this data and display key metrics such as on-time delivery rates and average delivery times for the past six months.

As a user, I want to receive notifications for shipment updates processed through any integrated third-party logistics system.

Given a shipment status changes, when the update occurs, then I should receive a notification in the FreshConnect dashboard and via email regarding the status change (e.g., out for delivery, delivered).

As a user, I want to ensure the integration effectively handles errors or issues in real-time during shipment tracking.

Given an error occurs during an API call to the third-party logistics provider, when the error is captured, then the system should log the error details and notify me through the user interface, allowing me to take corrective action.

As a user, I want to easily disconnect any third-party logistics integration when it's no longer needed.

Given I have access to the integration settings, when I choose to disconnect a third-party logistics provider, then the system should remove all associated data and cease real-time updates without any residual data errors.

Interactive Reporting Tools

Interactive Reporting Tools allow users to generate customizable reports by selecting specific data metrics and visual formats. This feature enhances user engagement with the data, enabling them to extract relevant insights tailored to their operational needs, such as sales trends or inventory turnover rates, facilitating informed strategic planning.

Requirements

Customizable Report Generation

"As a data analyst, I want to generate customized reports with selected metrics and visual formats so that I can extract relevant insights to support strategic planning."

Description

The Customizable Report Generation requirement enables users to create reports tailored to their specific needs by selecting relevant data metrics and desired visual formats. This feature enhances user engagement by allowing them to focus on the data that matters most to them, facilitating deeper insights into their operations. Users can filter reports based on parameters such as time frames, product categories, or sales channels. By providing this level of customization, the tool supports informed decision-making, promotes strategic planning, and allows users to visualize data trends effectively, ultimately leading to improved operational efficiencies and better business outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a customizable report by selecting specific data metrics and visual formats based on their operational needs.

Given the user is on the report generation page, when they select at least one data metric and at least one visual format, then the system generates a report that accurately reflects their selections.

User filters a report based on various parameters such as time frames, product categories, or sales channels to analyze specific data segments.

Given the user has selected a report, when they apply filters for at least one time frame and one product category, then the report displays only the relevant data that aligns with the applied filters.

User saves a customizable report for future reference and uses it in strategic planning sessions.

Given the user has generated a report, when they click the save button and enter a report name, then the report is saved in their account and can be retrieved later.

User shares a generated report with team members via the platform’s communication tools.

Given the user has a generated report open, when they select the share option and choose team members, then the selected members receive the report link in their inbox within the platform.

User accesses a previously saved report to review data trends over time.

Given the user is on the report management page, when they click on a saved report, then the system displays the report with the relevant data and visualizations intact.

User adjusts the visual format of a report after it has been generated to better understand the data.

Given the user has an existing report open, when they select a different visual format from the options available, then the report updates to reflect the new visual format without losing any data integrity.

Interactive Data Visualizations

"As a marketing manager, I want to interact with data visualizations so that I can easily understand trends and make informed decisions promptly."

Description

The Interactive Data Visualizations requirement provides users with a dynamic interface to view and interact with their data visually. Functionality includes the ability to drill down into specific data points, hover for more details, and adjust visual formats on-the-fly. This feature enhances the user experience by allowing users to not only view static reports but also to explore data in real-time, uncovering insights that might remain hidden in traditional reporting formats. By enabling users to manipulate and engage with their data directly, this feature advances analytical capabilities, enhances understanding of trends, and supports data-driven decision-making within the FreshConnect platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Interactive Reporting Tools section of FreshConnect to visualize sales data for the past quarter.

Given the user selects the sales data option, when they choose the past quarter and click on 'Generate Report', then the system should display an interactive visualization of the sales data, allowing drill-down into month-specific data.

A user wants to analyze inventory turnover rates using the Interactive Data Visualizations feature during a quarterly review meeting.

Given the user selects 'Inventory Turnover Rates' from the dashboard, when they adjust the visualization type to a bar chart and hover over the data points, then the system should display detailed metrics including turnover ratios for each product category.

A user is exploring sales trends using different visualization formats in the Interactive Reporting Tools to prepare a marketing strategy.

Given the user selects 'Sales Trends' and toggles between line charts and pie charts, when they adjust the time frame to the last six months, then the visual representation should update in real-time without any lag.

During a training session, an admin demonstrates the Interactive Data Visualizations functionality to staff members.

Given the admin shows how to drill down into data, when they click on a specific data point, then the system must display additional relevant information and allow further exploration of underlying metrics.

An operations manager needs to create a detailed report summarizing key performance indicators (KPIs) for a weekly meeting using the Interactive Reporting Tools.

Given the manager selects multiple KPIs, when they request to export the generated visualization to PDF, then the exported document must be formatted correctly with all chosen metrics visible and legible.

A user is analyzing customer feedback trends through the Interactive Data Visualizations interface.

Given the user filters the data by customer feedback, when they select specific feedback categories, then the visualization should update dynamically to show only the selected categories and display comparative insights.

A business analyst wants to view reports of seasonal product performance over the past year using the Interactive Reporting Tools.

Given the analyst accesses 'Seasonal Performance Report', when they select the date range for the past year and apply filters, then the system should produce an accurate, interactive visualization showing product performance metrics for each season.

Automated Report Scheduling

"As a operations manager, I want to automate report generation on a scheduled basis so that I can receive timely insights without manual effort and focus on strategic tasks."

Description

The Automated Report Scheduling requirement allows users to set up recurring reports that are generated and delivered automatically based on a defined schedule. This functionality reduces manual effort, ensuring that users receive updated data regularly without needing to interact with the reporting tool constantly. Reports can be scheduled on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, accommodating various needs and ensuring that stakeholders have timely insights available for their operational oversight. With this feature, organizations can maintain continuous awareness of their performance metrics and make proactive adjustments as necessary, enhancing agility and responsiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a weekly sales report to be sent to their email every Monday morning.

Given the user accesses the report scheduling feature, when they set a report to be generated weekly on Mondays, then the report should be automatically generated and sent to the provided email address every Monday by 9 AM.

User changes the frequency of the report from monthly to weekly after initially setting it up.

Given a report is already scheduled for monthly delivery, when the user updates the schedule to weekly, then the report should reflect the new schedule and be sent every week as per the updated settings.

User attempts to schedule a report but leaves the frequency setting blank.

Given the user tries to submit the report scheduling without selecting a frequency, when they click on 'Schedule', then an error message should be displayed indicating that the frequency is a required field.

User wants to review the scheduled reports before the next delivery.

Given the user accesses the scheduled reports section, when they view their scheduled reports, then they should see a list of all reports including the frequency, next delivery date, and status of each report.

User needs to cancel a previously scheduled report and ensure it does not generate again.

Given the user views the list of scheduled reports, when they choose to cancel a report, then the report should be removed from the schedule and not generated in the future.

User receives a scheduled report and the report data is accurate and up-to-date.

Given the report is scheduled to generate, when the user receives the report, then the data included in the report must reflect the latest data from the inventory system as of the time of report generation.

User wants to receive multiple reports with different schedules.

Given the user sets up two different reports with different frequencies (daily and weekly), when both reports are scheduled, then each report should be generated and sent according to its specific schedule without conflict.

Collaboration Features for Reporting

"As a team leader, I want to share reports with my team and collaborate on insights so that we can make collective informed decisions based on the data."

Description

The Collaboration Features for Reporting requirement provides users with capabilities to share reports with team members easily and collaborate directly on insights drawn from the reports. This includes the ability to add comments, tag colleagues, and integrate feedback within the reporting tool. By fostering teamwork and communication around data interpretations, this feature enhances collaborative efforts and drives alignment across teams. Users can collectively analyze reports and come to conclusions based on shared insights, which ultimately leads to informed decision-making that reflects a comprehensive understanding of organizational performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User Sharing Reports with Team Members via Email

Given a user has generated a report, when they select the 'Share' option and enter team member email addresses, then the report should be sent via email to all entered addresses with a link to the report in FreshConnect.

Collaborating on Insights through Comments

Given a user is viewing a report, when they select a data point and add a comment, then the comment should be visible to all users who have access to the report and notifications should be sent to tagged colleagues.

Integrating Feedback into Reporting Tools

Given a user has received feedback on a report, when they implement the suggested changes and save the report, then the modifications should be highlighted for all collaborators to view, and a log of changes should be maintained.

Tagging Colleagues in Report Discussions

Given a user wants to discuss specific insights, when they tag a colleague in a comment, then the tagged colleague should receive a notification along with a direct link to the relevant report section.

Real-Time Collaboration on Reports

Given multiple users are viewing the same report, when one user makes a change, then the changes should be reflected in real-time for all users viewing the report.

Access Permissions for Shared Reports

Given a user is sharing a report, when they set access permissions for specific team members, then only those assigned users should be able to view the report based on the permissions granted (view, comment, edit).

Mobile Access to Reports

"As a field sales representative, I want to access reports on my mobile device so that I can stay updated on performance metrics while on the go."

Description

The Mobile Access to Reports requirement ensures that users can view and interact with their reports via mobile devices. This feature optimizes the reporting interface for smaller screens, providing essential functionality and responsiveness for users on-the-go. The ability to access reports anywhere enhances the flexibility and accessibility of critical business data, allowing users to remain informed and engaged with their operations regardless of location. With mobile access, users can monitor performance metrics in real-time, respond to opportunities or issues swiftly, and maintain productivity outside of conventional office settings.

Acceptance Criteria

User accessing reports on their mobile device in a remote location while traveling for business.

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect app on a mobile device, when they navigate to the reports section, then they should see a list of available reports that can be interacted with.

User attempting to generate a new report using mobile access while on-site at a farm to track inventory levels.

Given the user has selected the inventory report options in the mobile app, when they apply the necessary filters and tap 'Generate Report', then the app should display the generated report within 10 seconds.

User views a sales trend report on their smartphone during a strategy meeting with partners.

Given the user is viewing the sales trend report, when they tap on specific data points within the report, then relevant details such as sales volume and period should be displayed on the screen.

User reviews a recent performance report while waiting for a flight at the airport.

Given the user has accessed the performance report, when they scroll through the data visualizations, then all charts and graphs should render responsively without distortion and be easily readable.

User edits and saves a report on their tablet while commuting via train.

Given the user is making changes to a report, when they tap on the 'Save' button, then a confirmation message should appear indicating the report has been saved successfully.

User seeks to share a report via email using their mobile device during a meeting.

Given the user is viewing a report on their mobile device, when they select the 'Share' option and enter an email address, then the report should be successfully sent to the specified email within 2 minutes.

Trend Analysis Charts

Trend Analysis Charts present historical data patterns in a visually appealing format, highlighting trends in inventory, sales, and order fulfillment over time. This feature assists users in forecasting future demand, promoting better inventory planning, and helping businesses stay ahead of market shifts.

Requirements

Dynamic Trend Visualization

"As a distributor, I want to visualize historical sales trends over the last year so that I can forecast demand and adjust my inventory levels accordingly."

Description

The Dynamic Trend Visualization requirement enables users to view historical data patterns through interactive charts and graphs that display trends in inventory levels, sales figures, and order fulfillment metrics. The feature will support various types of visual representations, such as line charts, bar graphs, and pie charts, allowing users to customize their view according to specific data types and time frames. This functionality enhances decision-making by providing insights into past performance and forecasting future inventory needs. The implementation will ensure seamless integration with FreshConnect’s existing data analytics tools and real-time data feeds. Users will benefit from improved visibility into their business metrics, leading to proactive management of inventory and better alignment of supply with demand.

Acceptance Criteria

User interaction with Dynamic Trend Visualization for Sales Figures over the Past Month

Given a user is logged into FreshConnect, when they select the 'Sales Figures' option from the Dynamic Trend Visualization feature for the last 30 days, then a line chart displaying daily sales figures should render accurately based on historical data.

Customization of Trend Analysis Charts by Time Frame

Given a user has accessed the Trend Analysis Charts, when they choose a custom date range from the last year, then the displayed charts should update to reflect sales and order fulfillment metrics for that exact period without errors.

Integration of Dynamic Trend Visualization with Real-Time Data Feeds

Given real-time data is being collected, when a user accesses the Dynamic Trend Visualization, then the charts should automatically refresh every 5 minutes to reflect the most current inventory and sales data without manual intervention.

Comparison of Inventory Levels through Different Chart Types

Given a user has selected to view inventory levels, when they switch between a bar graph and a pie chart, then both charts should accurately display the same data on inventory quantities while allowing the user to visually compare the formats.

User ability to export Trend Analysis Charts

Given a user views a completed trend analysis chart, when they select the export option, then an image or PDF file of the chart should be generated and downloaded successfully without loss of data integrity or quality.

User notifications for significant market shifts based on Trend Analysis

Given the system detects a significant drop or spike in sales data, when the user accesses the Trend Analysis Charts, then a notification should appear alerting them to the change with relevant trends highlighted for immediate review.

Accessibility features for Trend Analysis Charts

Given a user with visual impairments accesses the Trend Analysis Charts, when they activate accessibility options, then the charts should provide screen reader support and alternative text descriptions for all graphical elements to ensure usability.

Real-time Alerts for Trend Deviations

"As an operations manager, I want to receive real-time alerts when sales deviate from forecasted trends so that I can take immediate action to address potential issues."

Description

The Real-time Alerts for Trend Deviations requirement involves developing a system that notifies users when there are significant deviations from expected inventory or sales trends. By utilizing machine learning algorithms, the system will analyze historical data and establish baseline trends, triggering alerts when actual figures fall outside specified parameters. This feature will help users respond quickly to unexpected changes, such as spikes in demand or drops in supply, minimizing stockouts and excess inventory. Integration with the notifications system within FreshConnect will ensure alerts are delivered promptly via email or in-app messages, enhancing users' ability to make informed, timely decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time alerts when sales data deviates significantly from established trends during a peak sales period, enabling them to adjust inventory purchases proactively.

Given that the machine learning model is trained and deployed, When actual sales data deviates by 20% or more from the predicted sales trend, Then the user should receive an alert via email and in-app notification within 5 minutes.

Users are able to configure their alert parameters to customize the thresholds at which they receive notifications, ensuring relevance to their specific business needs.

Given that a user is on the alert settings page, When they adjust the deviation threshold for inventory trends, Then the changes should save successfully and take effect immediately for subsequent alerts.

A user wants to view historical trend deviation alerts to analyze past market fluctuations and their responses to those alerts.

Given that the user has access to the alerts history module, When they select the 'View past alerts' option, Then they should be presented with a list of all alerts triggered in the past 90 days, including timestamps and details of the deviations.

A user experiences a spike in inventory stock without a corresponding increase in sales and wants to be alerted of this trend deviation.

Given that the system is monitoring inventory and sales data in real-time, When actual inventory stock increases by 25% with no corresponding sales increase over a 48-hour period, Then an alert should be triggered to notify the user of this trend deviation.

A new user is setting up their FreshConnect account and must establish their baseline inventory and sales trends for alert triggering.

Given that the user is creating their account, When they input their sales and inventory data for the previous three months, Then the system should successfully calculate baseline trends and prepare for real-time monitoring and alerting.

An existing user wants to disable alerts temporarily during a non-peak season to avoid unnecessary notifications.

Given that the user is on the alert management page, When they select the option to pause all alerts for a specified period, Then alerts should be disabled for the selected duration and reactivated automatically after that period.

A user needs to receive alerts through multiple channels to ensure they do not miss important notifications during busy times.

Given that the user wants to receive alerts via both email and SMS, When they configure their notification settings, Then they should successfully receive alerts through both channels when the conditions of the alerts are met.

Comparative Trend Analysis Functionality

"As a marketing analyst, I want to compare sales trends in different regions so that I can identify effective strategies and allocate resources more efficiently."

Description

The Comparative Trend Analysis Functionality allows users to juxtapose different data sets against one another, such as comparing sales trends across multiple product categories or geographical locations. This feature will provide users with analytical tools to make side-by-side comparisons using visual representations, such as overlaid line graphs or bar charts. Its purpose is to enable deeper insights into performance discrepancies, facilitating data-driven strategic decisions regarding marketing, product placement, and resource allocation. The functionality will integrate smoothly with FreshConnect’s current reporting system, ensuring that users can access comparative reports with minimal effort, enhancing their strategic planning capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

Comparing Sales Trends Across Different Product Categories

Given that a user has accessed the Comparative Trend Analysis feature, When they select multiple product categories to compare, Then they should see an overlaid line graph displaying sales trends for each selected category over the specified time period.

Analyzing Geographical Sales Performance

Given that a user is using the Comparative Trend Analysis functionality, When they choose geographical locations for comparison, Then a bar chart should display sales data side-by-side for each selected location, highlighting differences in performance visually.

Utilizing Date Range Filters for Trend Analysis

Given that a user wants to analyze trends for a specific time frame, When they set date range filters before generating the report, Then the output charts should accurately reflect the sales and inventory trends only for the selected dates.

Exporting Comparative Trend Reports

Given that a user has generated a comparative trend analysis report, When they click on the export button, Then the report should be downloadable in multiple formats such as PDF and Excel without errors.

Integrating with Existing Reporting Tools

Given that the Comparative Trend Analysis functionality is integrated with the existing reporting system, When a user accesses the reporting tools, Then they should be able to seamlessly generate comparative trend reports from previous reports without any functionality issues.

Real-time Data Updates in Trend Analysis

Given that a user is viewing trend analysis charts, When new sales data is recorded in the FreshConnect system, Then the trend charts should update in real-time to reflect the most current data available without needing to refresh the page.

Displaying Trend Analysis Insights for Strategic Planning

Given that a user has generated a comparative trend analysis, When they view the resultant graphs, Then the system should provide contextual insights or tips for strategic planning based on the displayed trends, enhancing the decision-making process.

Historical Data Filtering Options

"As a data analyst, I want to filter historical sales data by product category so that I can focus my analysis on the most relevant data points."

Description

The Historical Data Filtering Options requirement is focused on enabling users to apply various filters to their historical data when generating trend analysis charts. Users will be able to filter data based on parameters such as date ranges, product categories, and order types, allowing them to drill down into specific aspects of their operations. This feature enhances user experience by providing them with the flexibility to view only the data that is relevant to their analysis. By offering enhanced filtering functionality, users can extract more meaningful insights from their data, fostering a more informed decision-making process. Integration with existing database systems will ensure efficient processing of filtered queries.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to filter historical data by date range to view trends during specific periods, such as seasonal sales spikes or promotions, so that I can analyze the impact of those events on inventory and sales.

Given the date range filter is applied, when I select a start date and an end date, then only the trend data within that specified range should be displayed on the trend analysis chart.

As a product manager, I want to filter historical data by product category to assess sales performance across different categories, enabling targeted marketing strategies and inventory control for my business.

Given the product category filter is selected, when I choose a category from the dropdown menu, then the trend analysis chart must update to show data reflecting only that selected product category.

As an analyst, I want to apply filters based on order types, such as wholesale or retail, so that I can identify key trends and performance metrics that differ between order types.

Given the order type filter is activated, when I select an order type, then the trend analysis chart shall display data relevant solely to that order type, ensuring accurate analysis.

As a data specialist, I need to apply multiple filters simultaneously (date range, product category, and order types) to gain comprehensive insights on specific segments of my operations.

Given multiple filters are set, when I apply date, product category, and order type filters, then the trend analysis chart must reflect the integrated results of all applied filters, showing data specific to the filtered conditions.

As a user, I want to reset all filters with a single click to return to the default view of the trend analysis chart for broader insights after analyzing specific data segments.

Given the reset button is clicked, then all previously applied filters should be cleared, and the trend analysis chart should revert to display the complete data set without any filters applied.

As a business owner, I want the filtering options to include predefined common ranges and categories to streamline the filtering process for quick insights.

Given the filter options are displayed, when I hover over each filter, then I should see tooltips indicating commonly used ranges and categories for ease of access and faster filtering processes.

Exportable Trend Reports

"As a sales manager, I want to export trend analysis reports so that I can share insights with my team and other stakeholders during meetings."

Description

The Exportable Trend Reports requirement allows users to generate and export comprehensive trend analysis reports in various formats (e.g., PDF, Excel, CSV). These reports will include graphics, data sets, and analysis built from the trend visualization tools and filtering options previously mentioned. The ability to export reports will facilitate the sharing of insights with stakeholders who may not have access to the FreshConnect platform and support offline analysis. This feature will enhance the product's value by providing users with tangible deliverables that can assist in strategic discussions and presentations. Integration with existing export functionalities within FreshConnect will ensure that users can easily generate reports with minimal friction.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Trend Analysis Charts feature to analyze sales data for the past quarter and decides to generate a report for team review.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the Trend Analysis Charts and select the sales data for the past quarter, then the user can click on 'Export' and choose from PDF, Excel, and CSV formats to download the report successfully.

A user wants to share the insights from their trend analysis with a stakeholder who does not have access to FreshConnect.

Given the user has selected the appropriate trend analysis data, when they export the report, then the report should include all relevant graphics, data sets, and analysis formatted correctly for each chosen file type (PDF, Excel, CSV).

The user needs to create a comprehensive report that includes filters applied to inventory trends over the last six months before an important presentation.

Given the user applies filters for inventory trends over the last six months, when they generate and export the report, then the exported document should reflect only the filtered data and be free of errors.

A user exports a trend report and later needs to verify the report's accuracy and completeness against the data shown in the FreshConnect platform.

Given the user has exported the trend report, when they compare the exported data against the original trend analysis in the platform, then the data sets, graphics, and analysis in the report should match the displayed data within a specified tolerance for rounding errors.

The user frequently exports trend reports and wants to save time by reusing previous export settings.

Given the user exports a report with specific formatting and filters, when they choose to export a new report, then they should have the option to use previously saved settings for quick export.

An administrator wants to ensure that all exported reports adhere to data privacy and security standards.

Given the user selects data to export, when the export is initiated, then the system should enforce data privacy protocols by anonymizing any sensitive information before the report is generated.

A user wants to ensure that the export functionality includes the latest updates made to the trend analysis charts.

Given the user has made updates to the trend analysis charts, when they export the report, then the report should reflect all recent changes made during the current session before it is saved.

Alerts and Notifications Hub

The Alerts and Notifications Hub consolidates important alerts related to inventory levels, order updates, and delivery statuses into a single, easy-to-access location. This feature ensures that users stay informed and can act promptly on critical updates, enhancing responsiveness and reducing the risk of operational oversights.

Requirements

Real-Time Inventory Alerts

"As a warehouse manager, I want to receive real-time alerts when inventory levels are low so that I can replenish stock promptly and avoid any disruption in order fulfillment."

Description

This requirement focuses on sending real-time alerts to users when inventory levels fall below predefined thresholds. The functionality will integrate with the inventory tracking system and will utilize push notifications and email alerts to ensure immediate awareness of low stock situations. This feature is critical to prevent stockouts, optimize reorder processes, and maintain smooth operations, particularly in the fast-paced environment of food distribution. By providing timely notifications, businesses can act swiftly to replenish stocks, thus reducing waste and enhancing customer satisfaction through reliable supply levels.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a push notification when inventory levels for a specific product fall below the predefined threshold during business hours.

Given that the inventory level of a product has dropped below the predefined threshold, when the inventory tracking system updates, then the user should receive a push notification instantly on their mobile device.

User receives an email alert when inventory levels for a product reach critical low stock outside of business hours.

Given that the inventory level of a product has fallen below the critical threshold outside of business hours, when the system detects this condition, then an email alert should be sent to the user’s registered email address within five minutes.

The alerts are accessible in the Alerts and Notifications Hub for users reviewing their inventory statuses.

Given that a user accesses the Alerts and Notifications Hub, when there are active low inventory alerts, then all relevant alerts should be displayed in a clear and organized manner, showing the product name, current inventory level, and threshold level.

User can customize the predefined inventory thresholds for different products.

Given that a user is viewing the inventory settings, when they set a new threshold for a specific product, then the system should save this new threshold and update alerts appropriately, ensuring notifications trigger based on the new threshold.

User gets alerted for multiple products that fall below their respective thresholds simultaneously.

Given that multiple products have inventory levels below their respective predefined thresholds, when the inventory tracking system processes this information, then all affected products should trigger alerts concurrently through push notifications and emails.

Users have the ability to disable or mute alerts for specific products temporarily.

Given that a user accesses the alert settings for a specific product, when they choose to mute notifications for that product, then alerts for that product should be suppressed for the duration specified by the user.

User successfully tests the alert functionality by simulating low inventory levels.

Given that a user has the ability to simulate low inventory for testing purposes, when they lower the inventory level of a product below the threshold, then the system should trigger the respective alert as outlined in the real-time alert requirements.

Delivery Status Updates

"As a sales representative, I want to receive updates on delivery statuses so that I can keep my clients informed and manage their expectations accurately."

Description

This requirement entails providing users with timely updates regarding delivery statuses of orders. The feature will implement a structured notification system that informs users about key delivery milestones including dispatch confirmation, in-transit status, and delivery completion. These updates will ensure users are kept informed and can notify their clients or stakeholders accurately. Integrating this functionality with the logistics management system will enhance transparency, improve customer communication, and reduce queries related to shipment status, thereby streamlining the delivery process.

Acceptance Criteria

Delivery Information Notification for Users

Given a user has placed an order, when the order is dispatched, then the user receives a notification indicating that the order has been dispatched, including estimated delivery time and tracking link.

Real-Time In-Transit Updates

Given an order is in transit, when there is a change in the delivery status, then the user receives real-time notifications reflecting the current status of their order, such as 'In Transit' or 'Delayed'.

Delivery Completion Confirmation

Given an order has been delivered, when the delivery is completed, then the user receives a notification confirming the delivery with details of the delivery time and recipient's confirmation.

Integration with Logistics Management System

Given the delivery updates are implemented, when a user checks the delivery status through the logistics management system, then they should see the most up-to-date and accurate delivery status reflected within the system.

User Preferences for Notification Settings

Given a user navigates to their notification settings, when they select or deselect specific types of delivery notifications, then the user preferences should be saved and the notifications should reflect those preferences accordingly.

Dashboard Overview of Delivery Statuses

Given a user accesses the Alerts and Notifications Hub, when they view their dashboard, then they should see a consolidated view of all current delivery statuses, highlighted by any alerts for delayed or problematic deliveries.

Notification Resend Feature for Users

Given a user missed a delivery notification, when they request to resend past notifications, then they should receive the missed notifications in their preferred format (email, SMS, etc.).

Order Modification Alerts

"As a distributor, I want to be notified immediately if any details of my orders change so that I can adjust my preparations and communicate with my clients effectively."

Description

This requirement focuses on alerting users whenever there is a modification to their orders, such as changes in quantity, delivery dates, or product specifications. By providing instant notifications through multiple channels, users can ensure that they are aware of any changes that could affect their inventory and customer commitments. This feature aims to enhance operational efficiency by minimizing the risks associated with uncommunicable order changes, thus ensuring that all parties involved are informed and can adapt accordingly.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification on the FreshConnect platform when there is a modification to their order, such as a change in quantity, delivery date, or product specifications.

Given that a user has an active order, When an order modification occurs, Then the user should receive an instant notification through the FreshConnect dashboard.

User receives an email alert for any changes made to their orders.

Given that a user has opted into email notifications, When an order modification is made, Then an email alert should be sent to the user's registered email address.

User is able to customize notification preferences for order modifications within their account settings.

Given that a user is in their account settings, When they select the notification preferences, Then they should have options to receive notifications via dashboard, email, and SMS for order modifications.

User can view a history of order modification alerts in the Alerts and Notifications Hub.

Given that a user accesses the Alerts and Notifications Hub, When they look for past modifications, Then they should see a log of all order modification alerts with timestamps and details.

User receives a push notification on their mobile device when an order modification occurs.

Given that a user has the FreshConnect mobile app installed and has enabled push notifications, When an order modification occurs, Then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device.

User can acknowledge or dismiss order modification notifications in the system.

Given that a user has received an order modification notification, When they choose to acknowledge or dismiss it, Then the status of the notification should update accordingly in the Alerts and Notifications Hub.

Custom Notification Preferences

"As a user, I want to customize my notification preferences so that I receive only the alerts that are relevant to my role and responsibilities without being overwhelmed by unnecessary information."

Description

This requirement allows users to customize their notification preferences for alerts and notifications according to their roles and responsibilities. Users will have the ability to select which types of alerts to receive, frequency of notifications, and preferred channels (email, SMS, in-app). This feature enhances user experience by allowing tailored interactions with the system, ensuring that users are only notified about critical updates that are relevant to their functions, thus preventing notification fatigue and promoting timely actions on important alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Notification Preferences When Logging in for the First Time

Given I am a new user when I log into FreshConnect for the first time, I should see a prompt to set my notification preferences before accessing the dashboard. Then, I can select the alert types, notification frequency, and preferred channels to receive updates accordingly.

User Modifies Notification Preferences After Initial Setup

Given I have previously set my notification preferences when I log into my account, when I navigate to the 'Notification Settings' page, I should be able to modify my alert types, change the notification channels, and update the frequency. Then, my changes should be saved and reflected in my account settings immediately.

User Receives Alerts Based on Customized Preferences

Given I have set my notification preferences to receive order updates via SMS, when an order is updated in the system, then I should receive an SMS notification within 5 minutes of the update being processed.

User Receives No Alerts for Unchecked Notification Types

Given I have configured my notification preferences, when there is a low inventory alert for an item I have unchecked in my preferences, then I should not receive any SMS or email notifications regarding that alert.

User Reviews Notification History

Given I have received various alerts over the past week, when I access the 'Notification History' page, then I should see a complete log of all notifications received, including the type of alert, date, and time for each notification based on my preferences.

User Receives Confirmation of Preference Changes

Given I have updated my notification preferences, when I save these changes, then I should receive a confirmation message acknowledging that my preferences have been successfully updated.

Aggregated Alert Dashboard

"As a manager, I want to have an aggregated alert dashboard where I can see all my notifications in one place so that I can quickly assess the status of orders and inventory levels without having to check multiple systems."

Description

This requirement is centered on creating a centralized dashboard where users can view all alerts and notifications in one place. The dashboard will aggregate notifications related to inventory levels, order statuses, and delivery updates, providing a comprehensive overview for users. It enhances user efficiency by enabling quick access to essential information and facilitating better decision-making processes. The dashboard will also include filtering options, allowing users to focus on specific alert types or time frames for easier monitoring.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Aggregated Alert Dashboard to assess current inventory levels, order statuses, and delivery updates.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, When they navigate to the Aggregated Alert Dashboard, Then they should see an overview of all alerts categorized by inventory levels, order statuses, and delivery updates.

User filters alerts on the Aggregated Alert Dashboard to focus only on inventory-related notifications.

Given the user is on the Aggregated Alert Dashboard, When they select the inventory alerts filter, Then only inventory-related notifications should be displayed in the dashboard.

User receives a real-time notification of a delayed delivery on the Aggregated Alert Dashboard.

Given the user is viewing the Aggregated Alert Dashboard, When a delivery is delayed, Then an automatic notification should appear at the top of the dashboard indicating the delay and expected resolution time.

User accesses historical alerts from the Aggregated Alert Dashboard to review past delivery issues.

Given the user is on the Aggregated Alert Dashboard, When they select the option to view historical alerts, Then they should be able to see a comprehensive log of previous notifications with date and time stamps.

User adjusts their settings for alert notifications in the Aggregated Alert Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Aggregated Alert Dashboard, When they change their notification preference settings, Then the dashboard should immediately reflect the updated notification preferences.

User checks the response time for alerts on the Aggregated Alert Dashboard.

Given the user is monitoring the Aggregated Alert Dashboard, When an alert is triggered, Then the response time for the alert to appear on the dashboard should not exceed 5 seconds.

Real-Time Collaboration Workspace

The Real-Time Collaboration Workspace integrates communication tools allowing users to discuss and share insights about inventory and order performance directly within the dashboard. This feature promotes teamwork and fosters shared decision-making, enhancing overall operational effectiveness and collaboration among team members.

Requirements

Multi-User Access Control

"As an admin user, I want to manage access levels for team members so that sensitive information is protected while promoting effective collaboration."

Description

The Multi-User Access Control requirement ensures that team members can be assigned different roles and permissions within the Real-Time Collaboration Workspace. This functionality allows for customizable access management, where users with administrative roles can grant or restrict access to specific features based on their job responsibilities. This is vital for enhancing security and ensuring that sensitive information is protected while allowing team members to collaborate effectively. By implementing this requirement, FreshConnect can improve operational efficiency and user experience by enabling appropriate levels of information sharing and collaboration among team members based on their roles.

Acceptance Criteria

Assigning User Roles and Permissions for Different Team Members

Given an administrator user, when they assign roles to team members, then the assigned roles should reflect in the Real-Time Collaboration Workspace, limiting or granting access to specific features based on the role.

User Access Verification and Security Check

Given a user with restricted access, when they attempt to access a feature they are not permitted to use, then a message should be displayed indicating they do not have the necessary permissions.

Role Modification and Update

Given an administrator user, when they modify a team member's role, then the changes should take effect immediately, and the user should re-login to see the updated permissions in the Real-Time Collaboration Workspace.

Audit Log for Role Assignments and Changes

Given any user role change, when the administrator saves the changes, then an entry should be created in the audit log that records who made the change, what role was given, and the timestamp.

User Notifications for Access Changes

Given a team member whose role has been modified, when the role change is saved by the administrator, then the user should receive a notification via email informing them of the new access permissions.

Multi-User Access Performance Under Load

Given multiple users attempting to access the Real-Time Collaboration Workspace concurrently with different roles, when they perform actions based on their permissions, then the system should respond without significant lag or error under load.

Integrated Chat Functionality

"As a user, I want to communicate with my team in real-time so that I can discuss inventory issues and make decisions quickly without switching platforms."

Description

The Integrated Chat Functionality requirement provides an embedded chat feature within the Real-Time Collaboration Workspace, allowing team members to communicate in real-time without leaving the platform. This feature includes direct messaging, group chats, and file sharing capabilities, enhancing immediate discussions around inventory and order performance. By incorporating this functionality, FreshConnect aims to reduce communication barriers, facilitate quicker decision-making, and build a more connected user community. This integrated experience is crucial for achieving seamless collaboration and enhancing the overall user experience within the FreshConnect ecosystem.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time messaging between team members about inventory updates during peak hours.

Given that a user is logged into FreshConnect, when they send a direct message to another user, then the recipient should receive the message instantly and be able to reply in real time.

Facilitating group discussions about order performance metrics within the Real-Time Collaboration Workspace.

Given that multiple users are in a group chat, when a user shares an order performance report as an attached file, then all users in the chat should be able to download and view the report immediately.

Sharing insights and discussing inventory issues during a team meeting without switching applications.

Given that a chat window is open within the FreshConnect dashboard, when a user uploads an image of the inventory status, then all participants in the chat should see the image without needing to refresh the chat window.

Managing communication while processing orders to ensure no overlaps or misunderstandings occur.

Given that a user sends a message requesting confirmation of an order, when another user responds to that message, then the system should display a notification indicating the message has been read by the recipient.

Tracking chat history to revisit past discussions regarding inventory adjustments.

Given that a user accesses the chat feature, when they scroll through the chat history, then they should be able to view all past conversations and file shares related to inventory changes.

Ensuring notifications for new messages are visible while working on other tasks within the platform.

Given that the user is engaged in another area of the FreshConnect application, when a new message is received in the chat, then a notification should appear in the dashboard to alert the user without interrupting their current activity.

Commenting on Dashboard Elements

"As a user, I want to add comments on dashboard data so that I can provide contextual feedback and collaborate more effectively with my team on operational performance."

Description

The Commenting on Dashboard Elements requirement enables users to leave comments directly on specific dashboard elements related to inventory and order performance. This feature allows users to annotate data visualizations and reports, facilitating focused discussions around specific metrics or issues. By implementing this requirement, FreshConnect enhances user engagement by allowing collaborative input and facilitating conversations tied directly to the data that is being analyzed. This functionality supports a culture of collaboration and continuous improvement by ensuring all team members can contribute insights and feedback, leading to better decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User comments on a specific data visualization in the inventory dashboard to ask a question about a sudden drop in stock levels.

Given a logged-in user on the inventory dashboard, when the user clicks on a comment icon on a data visualization, then they should be able to enter text in a comment box and submit their comment, which then appears below the data visualization with a timestamp and the user's name.

A team member reviews comments left by colleagues on various dashboard elements before making inventory decisions.

Given a user on the dashboard, when they navigate to the comments section of any dashboard element, then they should be able to see all previously made comments in chronological order along with the names of the commenters.

A user receives notifications about new comments on the dashboard elements they are following to stay updated.

Given a user is following specific dashboard elements, when another user leaves a comment on those elements, then the original user should receive a notification in their notifications panel indicating a new comment has been made.

Users edit or delete comments they have previously made on dashboard elements to ensure information accuracy.

Given a user has made a comment on a dashboard element, when they click on the edit icon next to their comment, then they should be able to modify the text of their comment and save it, or click on a delete icon to remove the comment completely.

Users engage in discussions on comments to foster collaborative decision-making.

Given a user views a comment made by another user on a dashboard element, when they click on a reply icon, then they should be able to enter a response that is appended as a reply under the original comment, maintaining thread visibility.

The dashboard allows users to filter comments based on date ranges to find relevant discussions quickly.

Given a user is viewing the comments section, when they apply a date filter, then the comment list should refresh to display only those comments made within the selected date range.

Sustainability Progress Tracker

The Sustainability Progress Tracker allows users to visualize their advancements toward sustainability goals with intuitive graphs and progress bars. This feature enhances user engagement by providing clear insights into their contributions towards reducing carbon emissions, making it easier to celebrate milestones and identify areas for improvement.

Requirements

Sustainability Metrics Dashboard

"As a sustainability manager, I want to access a metrics dashboard so that I can monitor and report on our progress towards our sustainability goals effectively."

Description

The Sustainability Metrics Dashboard will provide users with a comprehensive view of their sustainability progress through visualizations like graphs and charts. This dashboard will collect data on various metrics such as carbon emissions reduction, waste management, and energy efficiency, summarizing their efforts in a user-friendly interface. It is designed to empower users by offering insights into how their actions are impacting sustainability goals, motivating them to continue making eco-friendly choices. The dashboard will seamlessly integrate with existing FreshConnect features, ensuring real-time data updates and reflecting accurate metrics to promote user engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard loads successfully for users on various devices including desktops, tablets, and smartphones.

Given a user accesses the Sustainability Metrics Dashboard on any supported device, When the dashboard is loaded, Then the dashboard should display correctly without errors and be fully responsive.

Users can view real-time data on carbon emissions reduction over a selected period.

Given a user selects a specific date range from the filters provided, When the data is fetched, Then the carbon emissions reduction graph should update to accurately reflect the selected time frame and display real-time changes.

Users can see visual representations of their waste management improvements through the dashboard.

Given a user navigates to the waste management section of the dashboard, When the page loads, Then the user should see a bar graph illustrating their waste reduction efforts over time, with a clear legend and labels.

Users can download their sustainability progress report directly from the dashboard.

Given a user accesses the dashboard, When they click the 'Download Report' button, Then a report in PDF format with a detailed summary of their sustainability metrics should be generated and downloaded.

Users are notified of milestone achievements related to their sustainability goals.

Given that a user reaches a significant sustainability milestone, When the milestone is achieved, Then the system should automatically generate a congratulatory message displayed on the dashboard and send a notification to the user's email.

Users can access help and resources related to improving sustainability metrics from the dashboard.

Given a user is on the dashboard, When they click on the 'Help' or 'Resources' button, Then a new window should open with links and resources about sustainability practices and tips tailored to their metrics.

The dashboard integrates seamlessly with third-party tools for enhanced data accuracy.

Given that third-party tools are configured and connected to FreshConnect, When the user views the dashboard, Then the metrics displayed should accurately reflect the combined data from FreshConnect and the third-party tools without discrepancies.

Milestone Celebration Notifications

"As a user committed to sustainability, I want to receive notifications when I achieve my goals so that I can celebrate my progress and stay motivated to continue my efforts."

Description

Milestone Celebration Notifications will alert users when they reach significant sustainability achievements, such as reducing a specific percentage of carbon emissions. This feature will enhance user engagement by providing them with celebratory messages and tips on how to maintain or enhance their sustainability efforts. Implementing this functionality will require integration with the user’s historical data and the Sustainability Progress Tracker to determine milestones based on personalized goals. It aims to create a sense of accomplishment and community among users of FreshConnect by promoting recognition of positive outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a celebratory notification upon reaching a predetermined sustainability milestone such as reducing carbon emissions by 20%.

Given that the user has reduced carbon emissions by at least 20% based on historical data, when the milestone is achieved, then the system sends a celebratory notification to the user within 1 hour.

User's historical data is accurately integrated with the Sustainability Progress Tracker to determine milestone achievements.

Given the integration of user historical data with the Sustainability Progress Tracker, when a user logs in after achieving a milestone, then the system must accurately reflect the updated metrics and milestone achievements.

User receives tips on maintaining their sustainability efforts after celebrating a milestone achievement.

Given that a user receives a milestone celebration notification, when the notification is displayed, then it must include at least three actionable tips related to sustainability efforts.

User accesses a dashboard displaying their sustainability progress alongside milestone achievements.

Given that the user has accessed their sustainability dashboard, when the dashboard is displayed, then it must include a visual representation of progress and a list of all achieved milestones in the last year.

User is notified of milestones based on personalized sustainability goals set by the user in the system.

Given that the user has entered personalized sustainability goals, when a sustainability milestone is reached, then the notification sent to the user reflects their specific goals (e.g., 'You reduced your carbon emissions by 15% towards your 30% goal!').

Users can modify their sustainability goals in the settings to receive updated milestone notifications.

Given that the user updates their sustainability goals in the settings, when the goals are modified, then the system should ensure that milestone notifications align with the new goals within 24 hours.

Users can share their milestone achievements on social media directly from the application after receiving a notification.

Given that a user has received a milestone achievement notification, when the user selects the share option, then the system must successfully post the achievement on the user's linked social media account with a default celebratory message.

Benchmarking Against Industry Standards

"As a distributor, I want to compare my sustainability efforts against industry standards so that I can identify areas for improvement and align my goals with best practices."

Description

The Benchmarking Against Industry Standards feature will allow users to compare their sustainability efforts with industry benchmarks and best practices. This function is vital for identifying areas of improvement and setting realistic goals based on proven practices within the food distribution sector. It will compile data from various users on sustainable practices employed and present comparative insights to aid in goal setting. This feature not only fosters a competitive spirit but also enhances understanding of where they stand in relation to peers, helping them to identify opportunities for enhancing their sustainability strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Users will access the Benchmarking Against Industry Standards feature after logging into their FreshConnect account to analyze their sustainability efforts compared to industry benchmarks.

Given a user is logged into their FreshConnect account, when they navigate to the Sustainability Progress Tracker, then they should see an option to access the Benchmarking feature.

A user selects the Benchmarking Against Industry Standards feature for the first time to understand their sustainability performance relative to industry standards.

Given the user selects the Benchmarking feature, when the data loads, then the platform should display their sustainability metrics alongside relevant industry benchmarks in a visual format such as graphs or charts.

After viewing their sustainability metrics, a user wishes to compare their performance with a defined set of industry peers.

Given the user has accessed the Benchmarking feature, when they input their company size and distribution area, then the system should filter and display benchmark data relevant to similar sized companies in the same distribution area.

Users want to receive insights and recommendations based on their benchmarking results to improve their sustainability practices.

Given the user views their benchmarking results, when the insights are generated, then the platform should provide actionable recommendations tailored to their specific performance compared to industry standards.

A user accesses their benchmarking history to track improvements over time and set future sustainability goals.

Given the user has previously accessed the Benchmarking feature, when they select the 'View History' option, then the system should display a timeline of their past benchmarking results and any changes in their sustainability efforts.

Users need to understand how the benchmarking data is compiled and ensure its accuracy.

Given the user is viewing the benchmarking results, when they click on the 'Data Sources' section, then the system should display the list of data sources and methodologies used for compiling the benchmarking data, including any disclaimers or notes.

Interactive Goal Setting Tool

"As a user, I want to set personalized sustainability goals so that I can tailor my efforts to what is achievable and relevant for my organization."

Description

The Interactive Goal Setting Tool will enable users to create and adjust their sustainability goals through an intuitive interface. This tool will provide suggestions based on past performance data and current industry standards, allowing users to set SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, Time-bound) goals. The ability to customize goals will encourage active participation in sustainability initiatives and ensure the objectives are tailored to the user’s operational capacities. Integrating this tool with the Sustainability Progress Tracker will provide real-time feedback on goal status and dynamic adjustments based on ongoing performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User initializes the Interactive Goal Setting Tool to set a new sustainability goal based on current operational data and industry benchmarks.

Given the user inputs their current performance data and selects a sustainability focus area, When the user submits their goal, Then the system should suggest at least three SMART goals based on the provided data.

User interacts with the Interactive Goal Setting Tool to modify an existing sustainability goal to be more ambitious or feasible based on latest insights.

Given an existing goal is displayed, When the user opts to edit the goal and inputs a new value, Then the system should successfully update the goal and provide real-time feedback on the changes to the Sustainability Progress Tracker.

User accesses the Sustainability Progress Tracker and reviews their progress toward their sustainability goals.

Given the user has set at least one sustainability goal, When the user navigates to the Sustainability Progress Tracker, Then the system should display a visual representation of their current progress, including graphs and progress bars for all active goals.

User wants to see the historical performance data to inform their new sustainability goal setting.

Given the user is on the Interactive Goal Setting Tool, When the user requests historical performance data, Then the system should retrieve and display performance metrics from previous periods relevant to sustainability goals.

User attempts to set a new goal but does not fulfill the SMART criteria.

Given the user inputs a goal that does not meet the SMART criteria, When the goal submission is attempted, Then the system should prevent submission and display an error message indicating which SMART aspects are not fulfilled.

User integrates the Interactive Goal Setting Tool with the Sustainability Progress Tracker to receive automatic updates about goal performance.

Given the user has both tools integrated, When a goal's status changes based on performance data, Then the system should update the Sustainability Progress Tracker automatically without user intervention.

User wants to see suggestions for new sustainability goals after adjusting existing goals.

Given the user has modified one or more goals in the Interactive Goal Setting Tool, When the user requests new goal suggestions, Then the system should provide updated SMART goal recommendations based on the latest inputs.

Data Export for Reporting

"As an administrator, I want to export our sustainability data so that I can share our progress and initiatives with stakeholders in an accessible format."

Description

The Data Export for Reporting feature will allow users to export their sustainability metrics and progress reports in various formats (e.g., CSV, PDF) for internal reporting or external stakeholder communications. This function is crucial for users who need to present their sustainability initiatives to investors or compliance authorities. The export functionality will ensure data security and integrity while facilitating easy access to information for reporting purposes. It will help users in documenting and communicating their impact effectively, ultimately bolstering their transparency and accountability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User requests to export their sustainability progress metrics for quarterly reporting to stakeholders.

Given the user has logged into their account and navigated to the Sustainability Progress Tracker, when they select the 'Export Data' option and choose a file format (CSV or PDF), then the system should download the file containing all the necessary sustainability metrics and progress data without errors.

A user wants to export metrics from a specific date range for an internal report.

Given the user is on the data export page and has selected a specific date range, when they click the 'Export' button, then the exported report should only include data within the specified date range and be formatted correctly based on the selected file type.

A user needs to ensure that the exported data maintains its integrity for compliance audits.

Given the user has completed an export of their sustainability metrics, when they compare the exported data to the data displayed in the Sustainability Progress Tracker, then all metrics in the report should match exactly with the system's internal records.

User aims to present their sustainability impact to investors using visual reports.

Given the user exports their sustainability report, when they open the exported PDF file, then the document should contain graphs and progress bars that visually represent the metrics and achievements clearly and accurately.

User seeks to ensure data security and confidentiality while exporting sensitive metrics.

Given the user initiates an export, when the export is processed, then the system must require authentication (e.g., password verification) before proceeding with the export to ensure data security.

A user wants to test the system's performance when exporting large datasets.

Given the user initiates an export of a large dataset, when the export is completed, then the system should produce the export within an acceptable time frame (e.g., less than 2 minutes) and without crashing or errors.

A user needs confirmation that the export was successful.

Given the user has successfully exported their sustainability metrics, when the export is complete, then the system should display a success message and provide an option to download the file directly from the confirmation pop-up.

User-Friendly Tutorial for New Features

"As a new user, I want to have access to tutorials about the sustainability features so that I can quickly learn how to use them and maximize their benefits."

Description

The User-Friendly Tutorial for New Features will guide users through the functionality and advantages of the newly implemented sustainability features. This tutorial will consist of step-by-step instructions, videos, and interactive elements to ensure users can comprehend and utilize the tools effectively. A well-designed onboarding experience will enhance user satisfaction and reduce the learning curve associated with new functionalities. This requirement underscores the commitment to user support and aims to maximize the adoption rate of sustainability features within the FreshConnect platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User onboarding experience during the introduction of the Sustainability Progress Tracker feature.

Given a new user logs into FreshConnect for the first time, When they access the Sustainability Progress Tracker, Then they should be presented with an interactive tutorial that outlines the key functionalities of the feature step by step.

User interaction with the instructional videos in the sustainability tutorial.

Given a user is navigating the tutorial, When they select the video instructions, Then they should be able to play, pause, and replay the video without any interruptions or errors.

User engagement measurement after the completion of the tutorial.

Given a user completes the tutorial for the Sustainability Progress Tracker, When they provide feedback via a survey, Then the system should record at least an 80% satisfaction rate regarding the clarity and usefulness of the tutorial.

Accessibility features in the sustainability tutorial.

Given a user with visual impairments accesses the tutorial, When they use screen reader functionality, Then all text and instructional elements should be properly announced and navigable by the screen reader without issues.

Tutorial content updates based on user feedback.

Given users provide feedback indicating areas for improvement, When the tutorial content is revised, Then the latest version of the tutorial should incorporate all relevant feedback and be re-evaluated for user comprehension by at least 10 testers.

Multi-device compatibility during the tutorial experience.

Given a user accesses the tutorial from a mobile device, When they engage with the instructional elements, Then the tutorial should be fully responsive, ensuring usability across different screen sizes and orientations.

Benchmark Comparison Tool

The Benchmark Comparison Tool enables users to compare their sustainability practices with industry peers and best practices. This feature delivers actionable insights on how to enhance their initiatives and encourages users to adopt strategies that reflect industry leadership in sustainable food distribution.

Requirements

User Authentication and Authorization

"As a user, I want to securely log in to the Benchmark Comparison Tool so that I can access personalized insights and compare my sustainability practices with industry peers without worrying about unauthorized access."

Description

The User Authentication and Authorization requirement enables users to securely create accounts and log in to the Benchmark Comparison Tool. It includes multi-factor authentication to enhance security, ensuring that only authorized users can access sensitive comparative data and personalized insights. This feature integrates seamlessly with existing user management systems, allowing for easy onboarding and management of user profiles. By implementing robust authentication methods, this requirement improves user trust and data protection, facilitating positive user experiences while adhering to industry regulations regarding data privacy and security.

Acceptance Criteria

User Creation and Onboarding for Benchmark Comparison Tool

Given a new user accessing the Benchmark Comparison Tool, when they provide required information such as name, email, and password, then the account should be created successfully, and the user should receive a confirmation email.

Multi-Factor Authentication at Login

Given a registered user with multi-factor authentication enabled, when they attempt to log in with their username and password, then they should be prompted to enter a code sent to their registered mobile device or email before accessing the Benchmark Comparison Tool.

Unauthorized Access Handling

Given an unauthorized user attempting to access the Benchmark Comparison Tool, when they enter their login credentials incorrectly five times in a row, then their account should be temporarily locked for 30 minutes and an alert should be sent to the registered email address.

Integration with Existing User Management Systems

Given the implementation of the User Authentication and Authorization feature, when the system integrates with existing user management systems, then it should successfully import user profiles and settings without data loss or discrepancies.

User Logout Process

Given a user logged into the Benchmark Comparison Tool, when they click the logout button, then their session should be terminated, and they should be redirected to the login page, ensuring that no session data is retained.

Password Reset Functionality

Given a user who has forgotten their password, when they request a password reset, then they should receive an email with a secure link to create a new password, and the new password should meet the predefined security criteria.

Data Protection and Privacy Compliance

Given the implementation of User Authentication and Authorization, when user data is processed, then it must comply with relevant data protection regulations, ensuring that personal information is handled securely and transparently.

Data Visualization Dashboard

"As a user, I want to see my sustainability metrics visually represented in the dashboard so that I can easily identify areas where I can improve and track my progress against industry benchmarks."

Description

The Data Visualization Dashboard requirement focuses on providing users with an intuitive and interactive dashboard to visualize their sustainability metrics and benchmarks against industry standards. This dashboard will include various graphical representations such as charts, graphs, and tables that allow users to easily interpret their performance. The visualization tools will highlight key areas for improvement and progress towards sustainability goals, making the information accessible and actionable. This feature is essential for enhancing user engagement and understanding, as it empowers them to make data-driven decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Data Visualization Dashboard to assess their sustainability metrics for the first time, focusing on how data is presented and user-interaction mechanisms.

Given the user accesses the Data Visualization Dashboard, When the dashboard loads, Then it should display relevant sustainability metrics in an intuitive format with at least three different graphical representations (charts, graphs, tables).

User selects a specific sustainability metric to explore in detail and analyze its historical performance and trends.

Given the user selects a specific sustainability metric, When they navigate to the detailed view, Then the system should provide a clear graphical representation showing historical performance over the last 12 months with user-friendly annotations highlighting key trends.

User wants to compare their sustainability practices against industry benchmarks to identify areas for improvement.

Given the user accesses the benchmarking section of the dashboard, When the comparison is generated, Then it should display a side-by-side comparison of the user's metrics versus industry benchmarks, highlighting areas where the user is below the benchmark in red.

User interacts with filter options to adjust the displayed data on the dashboard based on specific sustainability initiatives.

Given the user applies filters for specific sustainability initiatives, When they update the filter settings, Then the dashboard should refresh and display only the relevant metrics for those initiatives without any lag or errors.

User evaluates their long-term sustainability goals and progress through the dashboard's visual tools.

Given the user views their sustainability goals on the dashboard, When they hover over the progress indicators, Then tooltips should appear showing explicit data points related to goal achievement percentages and timelines.

User utilizes the dashboard to export sustainability data for reporting purposes.

Given the user requests to export data, When the export function is triggered, Then the system should generate a downloadable report in a user-selectable format (e.g., CSV, PDF) containing the displayed metrics and visualizations accurately.

Automated Benchmark Reports

"As a user, I want to receive automated reports comparing my sustainability practices with industry peers so that I can make informed decisions on how to improve my practices without spending too much time manually gathering data."

Description

The Automated Benchmark Reports requirement entails generating automated reports that provide users with comparative analysis of their sustainability practices against peer organizations and best practices within the industry. These reports will be customizable, allowing users to select metrics of interest, frequency of reports, and any specific regions or parameters they wish to focus on. The automated generation of these reports ensures users receive timely insights without manual intervention, saving time and increasing efficiency. This feature enhances the tool's value by delivering crucial information needed for strategic decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Scenario 1: A user sets up their Automated Benchmark Reports, selecting sustainability metrics relevant to their organization, such as waste reduction, carbon footprint, and energy efficiency. They choose to receive reports monthly and specify that they want the focus to be on their regional peers.

Given the user selects specific metrics and report frequency, when they save their settings, then the system must generate a confirmation message indicating successful setup.

Scenario 2: An organization wants to receive their Automated Benchmark Reports within a defined timeframe, requiring the reports to be delivered no later than the 5th of each month.

Given the report generation schedule is set to monthly with a due date of the 5th, when the system generates the reports, then it must ensure that all reports are delivered by the specified date.

Scenario 3: A user accesses their Automated Benchmark Report after receiving an email notification. They want to view the report on the FreshConnect platform to analyze their performance compared to peers.

Given the user clicks the link in the email notification, when they access the FreshConnect platform, then the corresponding report must be presented in a user-friendly format for effective analysis.

Scenario 4: A user wishes to customize their benchmark report by adding additional metrics after the first report is generated, reflecting changes in their sustainability focus.

Given the user has received their first report, when they add new metrics and save the changes, then the next report should include the updated metrics as per the user’s customization.

Scenario 5: A user encounters an error while setting up their Automated Benchmark Reports and contacts support for assistance.

Given the user reports an issue during setup, when the support team addresses the problem, then they must provide a resolution or workaround within 24 hours.

Scenario 6: A user wants to review the history of their generated reports to analyze trends over time and make data-driven decisions.

Given the user navigates to the report history section, when they select a specific report month, then they must be able to view and download the report from the past specified date.

Scenario 7: A user wants to ensure their Automated Benchmark Reports incorporate the latest industry best practices as new standards are published.

Given new sustainability standards are released, when the system updates the benchmark dataset, then the reports must reflect these updates within one reporting cycle.

Peer Comparison Feature

"As a user, I want to compare my sustainability practices with specific industry peers so that I can learn from their successes and improve my own practices based on real-world examples."

Description

The Peer Comparison Feature allows users to compare their sustainability practices directly with specific peers within the industry. By selecting other distributors or farms (with relevant permissions), users can view side-by-side comparisons of key sustainability metrics. This fosters a community of improvement, enabling users to share best practices and understand their performance relative to others. Additionally, this feature integrates feedback mechanisms that allow users to request insights or lessons learned from peers, creating a collaborative environment focused on growth.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects multiple peers to compare sustainability metrics in real-time during a planning meeting.

Given the user has permission to view peers' data, When the user selects peers from the list, Then the system displays a side-by-side comparison of selected sustainability metrics.

User requests insights from a peer after viewing comparison results to enhance their sustainability practices.

Given the user is on the peer comparison results page, When the user clicks the 'Request Insights' button, Then the system sends a request to the selected peer and confirms the action with a success message.

User modifies the selected metrics in the comparison tool to focus on specific sustainability aspects important to their business.

Given the user is on the peer comparison tool, When the user selects different metrics from the customization options, Then the system updates the comparison view to reflect the selected metrics accurately.

User receives a notification about the latest sustainability practices adopted by peers to stay informed about industry standards.

Given the user has subscribed to peer updates, When a peer updates their sustainability practices, Then the user should receive a notification within 24 hours of the update.

User verifies that all displayed metrics are up to date and reflective of user-defined reporting periods.

Given the user is on the peer comparison tool, When the user checks the date filters, Then all displayed sustainability metrics should conform to the selected reporting period without discrepancies.

User analyzes peer performance trends over time to identify areas for improvement in their sustainability practices.

Given the user accesses historical data, When the user selects a peer and specifies the time range for analysis, Then the system displays a graphical representation of key sustainability metrics over the selected period.

Sustainability Best Practices Library

"As a user, I want to access a library of sustainability best practices so that I can find proven strategies to enhance my own sustainability initiatives and stay aligned with industry standards."

Description

The Sustainability Best Practices Library requirement involves creating a comprehensive resource library within the Benchmark Comparison Tool that houses various sustainability initiatives, case studies, and best practice documentation from leading organizations in food distribution. This library will serve as a reference for users seeking strategies and methodologies to enhance their sustainability efforts. By consolidating this information in one place, users can access valuable resources that can guide their initiatives and promote continuous improvement in their sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Sustainability Best Practices Library to find specific sustainable food distribution strategies relevant to their operations.

Given a user is logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the Benchmark Comparison Tool and select the Sustainability Best Practices Library, then they should see a list of sustainability initiatives and case studies organized by topic.

User searches for a specific sustainability initiative within the Best Practices Library.

Given a user is on the Sustainability Best Practices Library page, when they enter a keyword in the search bar and hit 'search', then the results should display related initiatives and documentation that match the search query.

User downloads a case study from the Best Practices Library for offline review.

Given a user is viewing a specific case study in the Sustainability Best Practices Library, when they click the 'Download' button, then the case study should download in PDF format and be accessible without internet connectivity.

User wants to contribute their own best practice to the library.

Given a user is logged into the platform, when they fill out the submission form with their best practice details and submit it, then they should receive a confirmation message stating their submission is under review.

User views the total number of resources available in the Sustainability Best Practices Library.

Given a user accesses the Sustainability Best Practices Library, then the total count of available resources should be displayed prominently at the top of the library page.

User filters the Sustainability Best Practices Library by category (e.g., waste reduction, energy efficiency).

Given a user is on the Sustainability Best Practices Library page, when they select a category from the filter options, then only the resources relevant to that category should be displayed.

Goal Setting Assistant

The Goal Setting Assistant guides users in establishing realistic and measurable sustainability targets based on historical performance and industry standards. By providing a structured framework, this feature empowers users to set achievable goals and motivates them to reach new heights in their sustainability efforts.

Requirements

Goal Setting Framework

"As a sustainability manager, I want to establish clear and measurable sustainability targets so that I can effectively track our progress and motivate my team towards achieving those goals."

Description

The Goal Setting Framework provides users with a structured interface to define, track, and manage their sustainability targets. It integrates historical performance data and industry benchmarks to help users establish realistic and measurable goals. By using this framework, users can visualize their progress over time, receive automated recommendations for goal adjustments, and foster a sense of achievement through milestone tracking. This requirement ensures that organizations have the tools necessary to effectively implement and monitor their sustainability initiatives, driving continuous improvement in their operational practices and aligning with industry standards.

Acceptance Criteria

User defines a sustainability target using the Goal Setting Framework.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, When they access the Goal Setting Framework, Then they should be able to input a sustainability target that includes a start date, end date, and measurable metrics.

User views historical performance data to set sustainability targets.

Given the user is in the Goal Setting Framework, When they select the historical performance data option, Then they should see a graphical representation of their past performance relevant to their selected sustainability metrics.

User receives automated recommendations for adjusting their sustainability goals.

Given the user has set a sustainability goal, When the system analyzes the user's historical data and current performance, Then it should provide at least two recommendations for goal adjustments based on predefined thresholds.

User tracks progress toward sustainability goals in real-time.

Given the user has defined a sustainability goal, When they navigate to the goal progress dashboard, Then they should see a real-time update displaying their progress in percentage and any milestones completed.

User sets milestones within the goal-setting framework.

Given the user is defining a sustainability goal, When they add milestones, Then they should be able to specify milestone dates and metrics, which should reflect in the goal tracking interface.

User receives notifications about goal achievements and adjustments.

Given the user has set up notifications, When they achieve a milestone or a recommended adjustment occurs, Then they should receive an automated notification via email or in-app alert.

Real-Time Progress Tracking

"As a user, I want to see real-time updates on my sustainability progress so that I can make informed decisions and stay motivated."

Description

Real-Time Progress Tracking allows users to monitor their advancement towards sustainability goals in an intuitive dashboard. This feature visualizes data related to goal achievement, including key metrics and trends over time. Users can set notifications for when they reach certain milestones or lag in performance, enabling proactive adjustments. By integrating real-time data analytics, this requirement enhances user engagement and accountability, ensuring that sustainability efforts are continuously evaluated and improved upon in a timely manner.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Real-Time Progress Tracking dashboard for the first time after setting sustainability goals.

Given the user has set at least one sustainability goal, when they access the dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their progress with clearly labeled metrics indicating performance towards each goal.

User customizes notification settings related to milestone achievements within the Real-Time Progress Tracking feature.

Given the user is on the notifications settings page, when they select specific milestones for notifications and save their settings, then they should receive an alert via email or in-app notification when they reach those milestones.

User views historical performance data over a defined period (e.g., monthly, quarterly) to assess progress.

Given the user selects a historical period on the progress tracking dashboard, when they apply the filter, then the dashboard should refresh to display performance data accurately reflecting the selected time frame.

User experiences a lag in meeting sustainability targets and wants to adjust their goals based on the insights gained from the dashboard.

Given the user identifies underperformance from the dashboard, when they click on the 'Adjust Goals' button, then they should be taken to a goal-setting page where they can modify their previous targets with real-time data support.

User looks for insights and recommendations based on their progress to enhance sustainability efforts.

Given the user is on the progress tracking dashboard, when they click on the 'Insights' section, then they should see tailored recommendations based on their current metrics and historical data.

User wants to export their sustainability progress report for presentation purposes.

Given the user is on the progress tracking dashboard, when they click on the 'Export Report' button, then a downloadable report in PDF format should be generated including all relevant metrics and visual data displays.

User accesses the Real-Time Progress Tracking feature from a mobile device.

Given the user opens the FreshConnect application on a mobile device, when they navigate to the progress tracking feature, then they should see a responsive design that displays all metrics clearly and is fully functional.

Goal Adjustment Recommendations

"As a user, I want to receive suggestions for adjusting my sustainability goals based on my performance data so that I can stay aligned with reasonable targets while maintaining motivation."

Description

The Goal Adjustment Recommendations feature analyzes user performance against set goals and provides personalized suggestions for adjustments. Leveraging machine learning algorithms, this requirement assesses multi-dimensional data inputs (e.g., inventory turnover, waste metrics) to offer actionable insights. Users can receive notifications when they are significantly ahead or behind target, prompting them to reassess their objectives. This feature helps to maintain the relevance of goals and ensures that users are continually challenged while also being realistic in their aspirations for sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives goal adjustment recommendations after performance review.

Given a user has set sustainability goals and has performance data, when the user reviews their performance, then the system should analyze the data and provide at least two actionable goal adjustment recommendations based on historical performance.

User is notified when performance exceeds current goals significantly.

Given a user has established measurable sustainability goals, when their performance exceeds these goals by more than 20%, then the system should send an automatic notification to the user prompting them to reassess their goals.

User receives alerts for underperformance against set goals.

Given a user has sustainability targets, when their performance falls short of these targets by 15% or more, then the system should issue an alert recommending goal adjustment options.

User can view historical performance analytics in the goal adjustment recommendations.

Given a user accesses the goal adjustment recommendations, when they view the analytics, then they should see historical data displayed visually (charts/graphs) that correlate with their performance against each goal.

Users can customize the frequency of notifications for goal adjustments.

Given a user accesses their notification settings, when they choose how often they want to receive recommendations (daily, weekly, monthly), then the system should allow them to save and implement this preference for alerts.

User interaction with recommendations leads to goal adjustments within the platform.

Given a user receives goal adjustment recommendations, when they select a recommendation to implement, then the system should update their existing goals and display the new targets within their user dashboard.

System's machine learning algorithm learns from user adjustments.

Given a user consistently modifies their goals based on recommendations, when enough data is collected from these actions, then the system should adapt its future recommendations to better align with the user's performance trends and preferences.

Impact Simulation Model

The Impact Simulation Model helps users forecast the potential outcomes of their sustainability initiatives before implementation. This feature empowers stakeholders to experiment with different strategies and assess their impact on operational efficiency and carbon footprint, leading to more informed decision-making.

Requirements

Dynamic Scenario Modeling

"As a sustainability coordinator, I want to model different sustainability strategies so that I can see their potential impacts on our operations before we implement them."

Description

The Dynamic Scenario Modeling requirement involves the development of an interactive interface within the Impact Simulation Model that allows users to input various sustainability strategies and operational parameters. This functionality will enable users to visualize potential outcomes based on different scenarios, such as changes in sourcing practices, logistics optimization, and waste reduction initiatives. By integrating real-time data analysis and predictive modeling, this feature will help users forecast operational impacts and environmental benefits, ultimately supporting enhanced decision-making and strategy formulation aligned with sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User inputs multiple sustainability strategies to predict their effects on carbon footprint reduction.

Given the user inputs various sustainability strategies and operational parameters, When the user submits the data, Then the system generates a detailed report of projected outcomes including carbon footprint changes and operational efficiency metrics.

User tests the Impact Simulation Model using a predefined scenario for sourcing practices.

Given a predefined scenario that includes specific sourcing practices, When the user selects this scenario, Then the system displays a simulation of operational impacts and potential carbon footprint reductions accurately reflecting the input data.

User adjusts logistics parameters and observes different resulting impacts in real-time.

Given the user modifies logistics parameters, When the user updates these parameters, Then the system dynamically updates the simulation results in real-time without significant delay, providing accurate feedback on the changes.

User employs the Impact Simulation Model to assess the outcomes of a waste reduction initiative.

Given a waste reduction strategy is inputted into the system, When the analysis is performed, Then the system presents a comprehensive comparison of waste metrics before and after the implementation of the strategy, demonstrating measurable improvements.

User saves multiple simulated scenarios for future reference and comparison.

Given that the user has created several scenarios, When the user selects the option to save scenarios, Then the system successfully stores the scenarios and provides an option to retrieve them later for review or modification.

User generates a summary report after completing the simulation for a given scenario.

Given the user has finished analyzing a particular scenario, When the user requests a summary report, Then the system generates a clear and concise report that outlines key findings, recommended actions, and projected outcomes based on the simulation.

User collaborates with stakeholders using shared simulations and findings.

Given a simulation has been created by the user, When the user shares it with stakeholders, Then the stakeholders receive access to the simulation, can view results, and add comments or modifications collaboratively within the system.

Impact Metrics Dashboard

"As a business analyst, I want to access a dashboard that shows the impact metrics from our sustainability simulations so that I can evaluate and report on potential improvements and savings."

Description

The Impact Metrics Dashboard is a requirement that entails creating a comprehensive dashboard displaying key performance indicators (KPIs) related to the sustainability initiatives modeled by users. This dashboard will aggregate data from various simulations, presenting metrics such as projected carbon emissions reductions, cost savings, and efficiency improvements. By providing visual insights into the results of different strategies, this feature will empower stakeholders to make informed decisions based on quantifiable data, enhancing transparency and accountability in sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Impact Metrics Dashboard after completing a simulation for a sustainability initiative.

Given that the user has executed a simulation, when they navigate to the Impact Metrics Dashboard, then the dashboard should display the latest results, including projected carbon emissions reductions, cost savings, and efficiency improvements.

User interacts with the KPIs on the Impact Metrics Dashboard to examine specific impact metrics.

Given that the user is viewing the Impact Metrics Dashboard, when they click on a particular KPI, then a detailed breakdown of that metric should be displayed, showing the calculation methods and underlying data used.

Multiple users view the Impact Metrics Dashboard concurrently to assess sustainability strategies.

Given that multiple users are accessing the Impact Metrics Dashboard simultaneously, when they refresh their dashboards, then each user's view should reflect the most recent data from simulations without any lag or data inconsistency.

A user wants to export the data from the Impact Metrics Dashboard for reporting purposes.

Given that the user is on the Impact Metrics Dashboard, when they select the export option, then a downloadable file (CSV or Excel) containing all KPIs and their respective data should be generated and made available for download.

A user modifies a simulation and wants to see updated metrics on the Impact Metrics Dashboard.

Given that the user has modified their simulation settings, when they return to the Impact Metrics Dashboard, then the displayed metrics should update automatically to reflect the outcomes of the new simulation parameters.

The user looks for guidance on how to interpret the data displayed in the Impact Metrics Dashboard.

Given that the user is viewing the Impact Metrics Dashboard, when they click on the help icon, then an overlay or modal should appear providing explanations of each metric and its significance in sustainability terms.

User Behavior Analytics

"As a product manager, I want to understand how users interact with the simulation feature so that I can improve usability and support our users more effectively."

Description

The User Behavior Analytics requirement focuses on tracking and analyzing user interactions with the Impact Simulation Model feature. This functionality will provide insights into how users engage with simulation scenarios, which strategies are most frequently modeled, and where users might encounter challenges. By leveraging analytics, the development team can continuously improve the user experience, identify trends in user preferences, and optimize the guidance provided within the feature, ultimately leading to better user engagement and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User Behavior Tracking during Simulation Engagements

Given a user accessing the Impact Simulation Model, when the user initiates a simulation, then the system logs the start time, user ID, parameters chosen, and simulation ID.

Analysis of Commonly Modeled Strategies

Given multiple users have engaged with the Impact Simulation Model, when the analytics report is generated, then it lists the top 5 most frequently modeled strategies along with the corresponding user engagement statistics.

Identifying User Challenges within the Simulation Flow

Given a user encounters an error during the simulation process, when the user submits feedback, then the system records the error type, user feedback, and timestamps to identify common challenges faced by users.

Real-time Analytics Dashboard Display

Given a user is on the analytics dashboard, when the dashboard is loaded, then it displays real-time metrics of user engagement with the Impact Simulation Model including total sessions, average session duration, and user feedback ratings.

User Preference Trends Over Time

Given the User Behavior Analytics is collecting data over multiple months, when a report is generated, then it shows trends in user preferences and frequency of simulations by month, comparing across different strategies.

Collaborative Decision-Making Tool

"As a team leader, I want to collaborate with my team on sustainability simulations so we can collectively evaluate strategies and make informed decisions."

Description

The Collaborative Decision-Making Tool requirement involves creating features that facilitate group collaboration within the Impact Simulation Model. Users will be able to share simulation results, comment on different strategies, and engage in discussions directly within the platform. This will enhance team collaboration and collective decision-making, allowing stakeholders to work together on sustainability initiatives and share insights. Integration with communication tools and sharing capabilities will be included to streamline discussions and improve stakeholder engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares simulation results with team members for feedback.

Given a user is logged into the Collaborative Decision-Making Tool, When they select a simulation result and click 'Share', Then the simulation result is successfully shared with all selected team members via notification, and they can view and comment on the results.

Users can comment on different strategies within the simulation model.

Given a user is viewing a shared simulation result, When they enter a comment in the comments section and click 'Submit', Then their comment is displayed under the simulation result for all team members to see.

Integration of third-party communication tools for discussion on simulation results.

Given the user has linked their external communication tool (e.g., Slack, Microsoft Teams) within their profile settings, When a simulation result is shared, Then a notification is sent to the linked communication tool updating relevant team members about the shared result.

Users receive notifications for new comments on shared simulation results.

Given multiple users are collaborating on a simulation result, When a new comment is added by any user, Then all users who have access to that simulation result receive a notification about the new comment.

Users can engage in discussions on strategies through threaded comments.

Given a user has commented on a shared simulation result, When another user replies to that comment, Then the reply is displayed as a threaded response beneath the original comment, allowing for clear and organized discussions.

Users can filter and search past simulation discussions.

Given a user navigates to the discussion section of the Collaborative Decision-Making Tool, When they enter a keyword into the search bar, Then all related comments and discussions containing that keyword are displayed for review.

Users can save important discussions for later reference.

Given a user is viewing a simulation discussion, When they click 'Save', Then the discussion is bookmarked and can be accessed later from a 'Saved Discussions' section.

Automated Reporting Feature

"As an operations manager, I want to receive automated reports from our simulations so that I can easily share insights with stakeholders without manually compiling data."

Description

The Automated Reporting Feature requirement involves the creation of a system that automatically generates reports summarizing the insights gathered from the Impact Simulation Model. Users will be able to configure report templates to include specific metrics, charts, and analysis results from their simulations. This functionality will save users time and improve the accessibility of important sustainability data, allowing teams to easily present their findings to stakeholders and ensure that key information is consistently communicated throughout the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures a report template to include specific metrics from the Impact Simulation Model.

Given the user has access to the report template settings, when the user selects metrics and saves the template, then the system should successfully store the template with the selected metrics.

User generates a report using the configured report template.

Given the user has a configured report template, when the user requests to generate a report, then the system should produce a report including all specified metrics and charts accurately.

User views a generated report from the Automated Reporting Feature.

Given the report has been generated, when the user opens the report, then all displayed data and charts should be consistent with the inputs from the Impact Simulation Model and correctly formatted.

User shares the generated report with stakeholders via email.

Given the user generates a report, when the user selects to share the report via email, then the system should send the report attachment to the specified email addresses with a confirmation message.

User modifies an existing report template and saves the changes.

Given the user is editing an existing report template, when the user makes changes and saves the template, then the system should update the template with the new changes without errors.

User deletes an unwanted report template from the system.

Given the user has existing report templates, when the user selects a template for deletion and confirms the action, then the template should be removed from the system and not be retrievable.

User identifies the download option for the generated report in various formats.

Given the user has generated a report, when viewing the report, then the user should see options to download the report in PDF, CSV, and Excel formats clearly available.

Integration with External Data Sources

"As a sustainability analyst, I want the simulation model to access external data sources so that I can enhance the accuracy of my forecasts with real-world information."

Description

The Integration with External Data Sources requirement involves enabling the Impact Simulation Model to connect with various external databases and APIs to pull relevant sustainability data. This could include information on local environmental regulations, market trends, or carbon footprint data from third-party sources. By incorporating this external information, users can make more informed decisions based on a broader context and ensure their strategies are aligned with current market conditions and sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Real-time Environmental Data for Impact Analysis

Given the user has connected to an external environmental database, when they initiate the Impact Simulation Model, then the system should pull the latest environmental data and display it for analysis within 5 seconds.

Accurate Data Retrieval from Multiple External APIs

Given the user selects multiple external APIs for data integration, when they run the simulation, then the system should successfully pull and aggregate data from all selected sources without errors.

Validation of Market Trends Integration

Given the Impact Simulation Model has been connected to a market trends API, when the user requests the latest market trends, then the system should display the trends accurately reflecting the most recent data available.

User Notification on Data Discrepancies

Given the system has integrated with external data sources, when there is a significant discrepancy in the retrieved data compared to internal records, then the user should receive an alert notification detailing the discrepancies.

Assessment of Carbon Footprint Data Inputs

Given the user has specified carbon footprint data sources, when they input their sustainability strategies into the model, then the system should incorporate this data, allowing the user to visualize potential impacts accurately.

Authentication and Authorization for External Data Access

Given the user attempts to integrate external data sources, when they provide authentication credentials, then the system should verify access rights and allow or deny access based on the provided credentials.

Sustainability Highlights Dashboard

The Sustainability Highlights Dashboard consolidates key metrics and achievements, delivering a snapshot of sustainability accomplishments. This feature enables users to quickly communicate their success and improvements in sustainability practices to stakeholders, enhancing transparency and reinforcing commitment to eco-friendly operations.

Requirements

Metric Aggregation Engine

"As a sustainability manager, I want an automated metric aggregation engine so that I can quickly access up-to-date sustainability performance data and effectively communicate successes to stakeholders."

Description

The Metric Aggregation Engine will automatically compile and aggregate sustainability data from various sources within the FreshConnect platform. This requirement ensures real-time updates to the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, allowing users to view consolidated metrics at any time. By streamlining data retrieval, the engine enhances the accuracy and timeliness of information displayed, fostering improved decision-making for sustainability practices and customer communications. The engine will integrate seamlessly with existing data feeds and analytical tools in the platform, ensuring the dashboard reflects the latest performance indicators and progress toward sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User uses the Metric Aggregation Engine to compile sustainability metrics from multiple data sources within the FreshConnect platform for an end-of-quarter review meeting.

Given that the Metric Aggregation Engine is fully implemented, when the user requests an aggregation of sustainability metrics, then the system should compile and display aggregate data from all relevant sources within 5 seconds.

A user needs to verify that the sustainability metrics displayed in the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard are accurate and up-to-date after making updates to the raw data.

Given that the user has updated the raw sustainability data, when the user refreshes the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, then the displayed metrics should reflect the latest data with no discrepancies.

During a stakeholder presentation, the user wants to showcase the sustainability achievements over the past year using the aggregated metrics from the Metric Aggregation Engine.

Given that the presentation is scheduled, when the user accesses the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, then the dashboard should display a clear, comprehensive summary of sustainability achievements for the past year, including at least three key performance indicators.

An administrator wants to ensure that the Metric Aggregation Engine correctly integrates with third-party data feeds to gather sustainability metrics.

Given that the integration setup is complete, when the administrator runs a test integration, then the Metric Aggregation Engine should successfully pull data from at least three different third-party sources without errors.

A user is monitoring the real-time data on the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard to track progress towards monthly sustainability goals.

Given that the Metric Aggregation Engine is operational, when the user views the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, then the dashboard should update and display real-time progress metrics that align with the established monthly sustainability goals.

The product team needs to evaluate the performance of the Metric Aggregation Engine for speed and accuracy during a testing phase before launch.

Given that testing is in progress, when the team runs a performance test on the Metric Aggregation Engine, then it should aggregate data from at least 10 data sources and complete the process in under 10 seconds with 100% accuracy.

A user is analyzing the impact of sustainability initiatives over a defined period using the data from the Metric Aggregation Engine.

Given that the user specifies a date range for analysis, when the Metric Aggregation Engine processes the request, then it should return a detailed report of sustainability metrics demonstrating trend analysis for that period, formatted in an easily digestible manner.

Customizable Dashboard Views

"As a marketing director, I want to customize the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard view so that I can emphasize the most impactful sustainability metrics for different audiences during presentations."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Views requirement allows users to personalize the layout and content of the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard according to their specific needs and preferences. Users can select which metrics to display, choose the arrangement of widgets, and set filters to highlight particular sustainability achievements. This flexibility enhances the user experience, enabling stakeholders to focus on the most relevant information and tailor their communication to various audiences, ultimately improving internal and external marketing of sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes the dashboard view to prioritize water usage metrics for a quarterly presentation to stakeholders.

Given the user accesses the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, when they select 'Customize Dashboard', then they should be able to drag and drop water usage widgets to the top of the dashboard and remove irrelevant metrics.

Admin sets default dashboard views for different user roles to streamline the user experience.

Given an admin user accesses dashboard settings, when they define default views for different user roles, then all users in those roles should see their specific default dashboard upon logging in.

User applies filters to the dashboard to show sustainability metrics only for the last six months.

Given the user is on the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, when they select the filter option for date range and choose 'Last 6 months', then the dashboard should update to reflect only metrics within that date range.

User saves a customized dashboard view for future access.

Given the user has customized the dashboard layout and selected display metrics, when they click 'Save View' and name it 'Q1 Report', then the view should be saved successfully and appear in the user's list of saved views.

User shares a customized dashboard view with team members through the platform's sharing feature.

Given the user is viewing their custom dashboard, when they select 'Share Dashboard' and input team members’ emails, then all specified team members should receive an email with a link to the shared dashboard view.

Interactive Data Visualization

"As a product manager, I want to interact with sustainability metrics through visualizations so that I can easily identify trends and insights to present in stakeholder meetings."

Description

The Interactive Data Visualization feature will provide dynamic graphing and charting tools within the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard. Users will be able to interact with the data by hovering over elements to see detailed information, filtering data sets, and comparing metrics over time. This feature will enhance user engagement and understanding of sustainability performance trends, making it easier for them to convey results to stakeholders and promote transparency in operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard to analyze their organization's sustainability performance over the past year.

Given the user has accessed the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, when they select a specific time frame (e.g., last 12 months), then the dashboard should display interactive graphs and charts representing sustainability metrics for that period.

User hovers over a data point in the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard to get more detailed information about a specific metric.

Given the user is interacting with a graph on the dashboard, when they hover over a data point, then a tooltip should appear displaying detailed information about the metric associated with that point.

User seeks to filter sustainability metrics based on specific criteria such as energy usage or waste reduction to analyze performance more effectively.

Given the user is on the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, when they apply a filter for a specific sustainability metric, then the dashboard should update to show only the relevant data for that selected criterion.

User compares sustainability performance metrics over two different years to identify trends and improvements.

Given the user is on the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, when they select two different years for comparison, then the dashboard should display side-by-side graphs for both selected years, allowing for easy comparison of metrics.

User prepares to present sustainability achievements to stakeholders using the insights from the dashboard.

Given the user has accessed the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, when they generate a report from the dashboard, then the report should include visualizations of key metrics, changes over time, and overall sustainability achievements.

User wants to verify the accuracy and reliability of data presented in the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard.

Given the user has accessed the dashboard, when they select a data point on a graph and request information about its source, then a source citation and date of data collection must be displayed.

Stakeholder Reporting Tools

"As an operations director, I want to generate detailed sustainability reports for stakeholders so that I can effectively communicate our environmental impact and improvements over time."

Description

Stakeholder Reporting Tools will enable users to generate comprehensive sustainability reports that can be exported in various formats (PDF, Excel, etc.). This requirement supports users in communicating sustainability performance effectively to stakeholders, investors, and regulatory bodies. The reports will include customizable templates and the ability to pull specific data points from the dashboard to create tailored reports, which reinforces the organization’s commitment to sustainability and improves external visibility of their efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Stakeholder generates a sustainability report for the quarterly board meeting to showcase the company’s sustainability achievements over the past three months.

Given that the user selects the 'Quarterly Report' template, When they input the relevant data points from the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, Then the system should generate a report in PDF format containing all selected metrics.

A user wants to export a customized sustainability report in Excel format to share with potential investors.

Given the user customizes the report by selecting specific data points and adjusting the layout, When they choose to export the report, Then the system should generate an Excel file that accurately reflects the user’s custom selections.

A user needs to produce an annual sustainability report for regulatory compliance that includes detailed metrics and narrative descriptions.

Given that the user selects the 'Annual Report' template and fills in the required narrative fields, When the report generation is initiated, Then the system should produce a comprehensive report in PDF format that includes all necessary data and narratives as per regulatory standards.

A distributor requires a quick summary of sustainability performance metrics to present during a meeting with key stakeholders.

Given that the user accesses the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, When they select 'Quick Summary' and choose the report format, Then the system should generate a succinct summary report highlighting key metrics relevant to the stakeholders.

The finance team wants to evaluate the effectiveness of sustainability initiatives by comparing current performance metrics with data from previous years.

Given that the user selects metrics for comparison and the time periods, When they generate the report, Then the system should provide a visual comparison in the generated report format that clearly shows trends over the selected periods.

A user is preparing a presentation for an environmental conference and needs to easily access and share specific sustainability achievements.

Given the user selects specific achievements from the dashboard, When they generate a targeted report, Then the system should allow the user to export these achievements as a shareable link or downloadable file format suitable for presentations.

Stakeholders require a summarized report detailing the company’s carbon footprint reduction over the last year for an upcoming public disclosure.

Given the user selects the 'Carbon Footprint Reduction' report option, When they enter the relevant filtering criteria, Then the system should generate a report that quantifies reductions and summarizes their impacts, in compliance with public disclosure standards.

Real-Time Notification System

"As a sustainability officer, I want to receive real-time alerts on significant changes in our sustainability metrics so that I can take immediate action when necessary."

Description

The Real-Time Notification System will alert users about significant changes or updates in sustainability metrics, such as milestones achieved or negative trends detected. This proactive feature will ensure that users remain informed and can act promptly on critical sustainability issues, fostering a culture of immediate responsiveness within the organization. Notifications can be customized based on user preferences and can be sent via email or within the FreshConnect platform itself.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for a key sustainability milestone achieved in their metrics during a quarterly review meeting.

Given the user has enabled email and in-platform notifications for sustainability milestones, when a milestone is achieved, then the user should receive an email and an in-app alert within 5 minutes of the event.

User is alerted when a negative trend in sustainability metrics is detected, such as increased waste levels.

Given the user has configured alerts for negative trends, when waste levels increase beyond the threshold, then the user receives an immediate notification via email and in-platform message detailing the trend.

User configures custom notification preferences for receiving sustainability alerts based on their role in the organization.

Given the user has access to notification settings, when they configure their preferences and save them, then those settings should be reflected in their user profile and used for all future notifications without errors.

User checks the notification history to view past sustainability alerts and updates.

Given the user navigates to the notification history section, when they request to view past notifications, then they should see a complete and accurate list of all alerts received, sorted by date and type.

User receives a reminder notification for upcoming sustainability reporting deadlines.

Given the user has set reminder preferences for sustainability reporting, when the reminder time occurs, then the user should receive a notification via email and in-platform message 24 hours before the deadline.

User has a dashboard widget displaying real-time status of recent sustainability notifications.

Given the user accesses the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, when they view the notifications widget, then it should display the three most recent notifications with timestamps and brief summaries.

Integration with External Standards

"As a compliance officer, I want the dashboard to align with external sustainability standards so that I can ensure our practices are recognized and respected by industry benchmarks."

Description

The Integration with External Standards will ensure that the metrics and reporting align with established sustainability certifications and benchmarks, such as ISO 14001 and the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI). This requirement validates that the sustainability practices highlighted in the dashboard meet external standards, thereby enhancing credibility and trust with stakeholders. It will involve mapping internal metrics to external frameworks and providing guidance on compliance, ensuring users can effectively validate their sustainability claims.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard on FreshConnect to review alignment with ISO 14001 standards after completing a new sustainability initiative.

Given the user has relevant sustainability metrics entered into the dashboard, when they access the dashboard, then it displays a compliance status aligned with ISO 14001 standards accurately reflecting the user’s input data.

A compliance report is generated from the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard showing metrics mapped to GRI benchmarks.

Given the user selects the GRI reporting option, when the report is generated, then it includes a clear comparison of internal metrics against specified GRI benchmarks with corresponding compliance statuses for each.

Stakeholders review the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard during a quarterly meeting to assess the company's sustainability practices.

Given that the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard is updated with the latest sustainability metrics, when stakeholders access the dashboard, then they should see the metrics summarized in a user-friendly format, easily interpretable for quick decision-making.

A FreshConnect user updates their internal metrics to reflect recent sustainability highlights and expects the dashboard to revalidate their compliance with external standards.

Given the user has updated the internal metrics and saved the changes, when they refresh the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard, then the updated compliance status with relevant external standards should reflect in real-time without discrepancies.

A user seeks guidance on how to align their sustainability metrics with international standards, using the help section of the Sustainability Highlights Dashboard.

Given the user accesses the help section, when they search for alignment guidelines with sustainability standards, then the system should provide comprehensive, clear, and actionable guidelines aligned to frameworks like ISO 14001 and GRI.

The dashboard automatically integrates new sustainability metrics introduced by the user, ensuring compliance with external standards.

Given the user inputs new sustainability metrics into the platform, when they submit these metrics, then the dashboard will automatically validate and tag these metrics against relevant external standards, reflecting any compliance issues or confirmations.

Users generate a summary of sustainability achievements to present to stakeholders, focusing on compliance with established benchmarks.

Given the user requests a summary of sustainability achievements, when the summary report is produced, then it should highlight key achievements and compliance levels with both ISO 14001 and GRI benchmarks in a concise manner for effective stakeholder communication.

Custom Report Generator

The Custom Report Generator allows users to create personalized sustainability reports, focusing on specific metrics that matter most to them. This feature adds value by enabling tailored communication for internal assessments and external stakeholders, ensuring that users can effectively showcase their sustainability journey and impact.

Requirements

Dynamic Metric Selection

"As a sustainability manager, I want to select specific metrics for my reports so that I can tailor them to what matters most to my stakeholders and demonstrate our impact effectively."

Description

The Dynamic Metric Selection requirement allows users to choose from various sustainability metrics when generating reports. Users can selectively include metrics based on their relevance to specific stakeholders or internal assessments, thereby enhancing the focus and effectiveness of the reports. This flexibility ensures users can tailor their reports to highlight significant data trends, improving communication regarding their sustainability efforts and fostering targeted insights. The integration of this feature into FreshConnect will enhance the overall usability of the platform by enabling a customized reporting experience that caters to unique user needs and preferences.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects metrics based on stakeholder requirements when generating a sustainability report for a grant application.

Given the user is on the Custom Report Generator page, when they access the available sustainability metrics, then they should be able to filter metrics by stakeholder relevance and select the appropriate ones for the report.

User generates a report including only selected metrics to present at a quarterly business review meeting.

Given the user has selected specific sustainability metrics, when they click on 'Generate Report', then the report should include only the selected metrics and show accurate data based on the latest inventory.

User needs to compare sustainability metrics from different reporting periods.

Given the user wants to compare metrics, when they select multiple reporting periods in the Custom Report Generator, then the generated report should display the comparison of metrics clearly and accurately.

User wants to save their custom metric selection for future reports.

Given the user has selected specific metrics, when they click 'Save Selection', then those metrics should be stored and easily retrievable for future report generation sessions.

User checks for the ability to retract metric selections before finalizing the report.

Given the user is in the Custom Report Generator, when they click on 'Edit Metrics', then they should be able to add or remove metrics from their selection without loss of previously selected choices until the report is generated.

User seeks help understanding which metrics are most relevant to their sustainability goals.

Given the user is unsure about metric relevance, when they click on a 'Help' icon next to each metric, then a tooltip should appear providing a brief description and significance of that metric.

User examines the integrity and accuracy of data pulled for the selected metrics in the generated report.

Given the report has been generated, when the user reviews the metrics displayed, then all metric data should match the source data in the system accurately without discrepancies.

Automated Data Aggregation

"As a report analyst, I want the system to automatically gather data for my sustainability reports so that I can save time and ensure accuracy in my reporting process."

Description

The Automated Data Aggregation requirement enables the Custom Report Generator to pull and compile relevant sustainability data across various sources within the FreshConnect ecosystem. This feature is crucial as it reduces the time and effort required for users to gather data manually. By automatically integrating data from inventory levels, logistics operations, and procurement activities, users can ensure that their sustainability reports are comprehensive and accurate, reflecting the true operational impacts. This automation not only saves time but also enhances the reliability of the generated reports, providing users with great confidence in the information presented.

Acceptance Criteria

User Requesting to Generate a Sustainability Report Using the Custom Report Generator After Data Aggregation is Enabled

Given the Automated Data Aggregation has been implemented, when the user selects the Custom Report Generator and chooses specific sustainability metrics, then the system should automatically pull and compile data from all relevant sources within the FreshConnect ecosystem to generate the report.

User Validating the Accuracy of the Generated Sustainability Report

Given a report has been generated using the Custom Report Generator, when the user reviews the report, then the data included should accurately reflect the most recent inventory levels, logistics operations, and procurement activities without any discrepancies.

User Scheduling Reports to be Automatically Generated and Delivered via Email

Given the Automated Data Aggregation is functioning, when the user schedules a sustainability report to be auto-generated weekly, then the system should successfully compile the data and send the report to the user's designated email address on the scheduled date.

System Performance During Data Aggregation and Report Generation

Given multiple users are attempting to generate reports simultaneously, when reports are requested, then the system should respond within 5 seconds without performance degradation or data retrieval errors.

User Configuring Data Sources for Custom Report Generation

Given the user has access to the settings of the Custom Report Generator, when the user configures various data sources for aggregation, then the system should allow updates, and the new sources must be seamlessly incorporated without requiring manual input each time a report is generated.

User Accessing Historical Data for Sustainability Reporting

Given the Automated Data Aggregation is implemented, when the user requests a sustainability report for a historical period, then the system should retrieve and compile data accurately for that specified period without data loss.

Customizable Report Templates

"As a user, I want to create and save customized report templates so that I can produce consistent and professional reports that align with my organization’s brand."

Description

The Customizable Report Templates requirement allows users to design and save templates for their sustainability reports. Users can create custom layouts, choose preferred visualizations, and set standard formats for their reports to maintain consistency across different reports. This feature enhances the user experience by offering flexibility in presentation and ensuring that reports align with organizational branding and messaging guidelines. With this customization capability, users can streamline the reporting process, reduce repetitive tasks, and create professional-looking reports that effectively communicate their sustainability metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Custom Report Generator and selects the option to create a new report template for their sustainability report.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, when they select 'Create New Template', then they should be directed to a template design interface where they can customize layout and visualizations.

User applies custom visualizations to their report template reflecting their specific sustainability metrics.

Given the user is in the template design interface, when they choose specific metrics and apply visual components, then the selected visualizations should correctly display that data in an understandable format.

User saves their customized report template and retrieves it for future use.

Given the user has designed a report template, when they click 'Save Template', then the template should be stored successfully and available in the 'My Templates' section for later retrieval.

User modifies an existing report template and views changes in real-time.

Given the user has an existing template open in the design interface, when they make changes to layout or visualizations, then those changes should reflect in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

User generates a sustainability report using a customized template and exports it in preferred formats.

Given the user has completed their report using the custom template, when they click 'Generate Report', then the system should create the report and offer options to export it in PDF and Excel formats.

User shares their generated sustainability report with external stakeholders directly from the application.

Given the user has generated a report, when they select 'Share Report', then they should be able to send it via email directly from FreshConnect with a confirmation of successful sending.

User compares multiple customized templates and chooses the best one for a specific audience.

Given the user has multiple templates, when they access the comparison feature, then they should be able to see a side-by-side view of the templates and select the one that best fits their communication need.

Interactive Data Visualization Tools

"As a visual communicator, I want to use interactive charts in my reports so that I can present data in a more engaging way and better convey our sustainability efforts."

Description

The Interactive Data Visualization Tools requirement introduces graphical elements such as charts, graphs, and interactive dashboards to the Custom Report Generator. This feature empowers users to visualize data trends and insights dynamically, improving engagement with the reports. Users can manipulate visual elements to explore different data perspectives, fostering better understanding and analysis of sustainability metrics. By integrating these tools, FreshConnect will elevate the value of the reports, transforming static information into compelling visual narratives that can be presented to various audiences effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a custom report using the Interactive Data Visualization Tools to analyze sustainability metrics for a specific quarter.

Given the user has selected the desired metrics, when the user clicks on the 'Generate Report' button, then the report should include interactive charts and graphs displaying the selected data.

A user wants to drill down into specific data points on the interactive dashboard to gain deeper insights into sustainability trends.

Given the user is viewing the interactive dashboard, when the user hovers over or clicks on a data point, then detailed tooltips or pop-ups should display additional data related to that point.

The user needs to export the custom report that utilizes the Interactive Data Visualization Tools for presentation to stakeholders.

Given the user has generated a custom report, when the user selects the 'Export' option, then the report should be downloadable in PDF format with all visualizations intact and properly formatted.

The user is reviewing sustainability metrics in the Custom Report Generator and wants to modify the visual representation of the data.

Given the user has accessed the report settings, when the user selects a different graph type from the dropdown menu, then the report should refresh and display the data in the newly selected format without refreshing the entire page.

User collaborates with team members on the sustainability report using the Interactive Data Visualization Tools.

Given the user has shared the report with team members, when another team member accesses the report, then they should be able to interact with the visualizations and see real-time updates as changes are made.

The user needs to view historical data trends alongside current sustainability metrics in the report.

Given the user has selected a range of dates for the report, when the user views the generated report, then it should display both historical and current data in the interactive visualizations clearly indicating trends over time.

The user wants to switch between different dashboard layouts for optimal viewing of sustainability metrics.

Given the user is on the interactive dashboard, when the user selects different layout options, then the dashboard should dynamically adjust its display without losing any data input by the user.

Export and Share Functionality

"As a project coordinator, I want to export and share my sustainability reports quickly so that I can easily communicate our progress to stakeholders and facilitate discussions."

Description

The Export and Share Functionality requirement enables users to easily download their customized reports in various formats (e.g., PDF, Excel, etc.) and share them directly with internal teams or external stakeholders. This feature is essential for facilitating collaboration and ensuring that key findings and sustainability efforts are communicated effectively. By streamlining the sharing process, teams can ensure that their reports reach the right audience in a timely manner, thereby fostering transparency and promoting accountability regarding sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User downloads a customized sustainability report in PDF format for internal review.

Given the user has generated a customized sustainability report, when the user selects the PDF export option, then the system should download the report in PDF format without errors and the file should be accessible and openable.

User shares a customized sustainability report via email to an external stakeholder.

Given the user has generated a customized sustainability report, when the user selects the share option and inputs a valid email address, then the system should send the report to the specified email and display a confirmation message to the user.

User downloads a customized sustainability report in Excel format for data analysis.

Given the user has generated a customized sustainability report, when the user selects the Excel export option, then the system should download the report in Excel format without data loss and the file should be accessible and openable.

User selects multiple report formats for downloading at once.

Given the user has generated a customized sustainability report, when the user selects both PDF and Excel export options simultaneously, then the system should download both formats correctly and without errors, allowing the user to access both files immediately after download.

User receives error notification while attempting to share a report with an invalid email address.

Given the user has generated a customized sustainability report, when the user enters an invalid email address and attempts to share the report, then the system should display an appropriate error message indicating the email address is invalid and not proceed with the sharing action.

User accesses their download history for previous reports.

Given the user has previously downloaded multiple sustainability reports, when the user navigates to the download history section, then the system should display a list of all previously downloaded reports with their respective formats and download dates.

User cancels the sharing process before submission.

Given the user has initiated the process to share a customized sustainability report, when the user clicks the cancel button, then the system should discard any entered email addresses and prevent the report from being sent, also displaying a confirmation message indicating the cancellation.

Peer Recognition System

The Peer Recognition System encourages users to acknowledge and celebrate the sustainability efforts of others within the platform. This feature fosters a community of support and motivation as users share successes, exchange best practices, and promote a culture of sustainability in the food distribution sector.

Requirements

Recognition Submission Form

"As a user, I want to submit recognitions for my peers so that I can celebrate their sustainability efforts and motivate others in the community."

Description

The Recognition Submission Form allows users to submit acknowledgments for their peers who have made notable sustainability efforts. This form should be easily accessible within the platform, enabling users to provide details about the recognition, such as the name of the person being recognized, a description of their sustainability efforts, and any relevant tags. This requirement ensures that the recognition process is streamlined and that users can easily celebrate each other's achievements, fostering a supportive community. It will integrate with existing user profiles to validate recognition claims and create a visible recognition feed for all users.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Recognition Submission Form from their dashboard to submit a recognition for a peer after attending a sustainability workshop together.

Given the user is on their dashboard, when they click on the 'Submit Recognition' button, then the Recognition Submission Form should open successfully without errors.

User fills out the Recognition Submission Form, including the name, description, and tags for their peer's sustainability efforts.

Given the Recognition Submission Form is open, when the user enters all required fields and clicks 'Submit,' then a confirmation message should appear indicating the recognition has been submitted successfully.

User attempts to submit a recognition without completing all required fields in the Recognition Submission Form.

Given the user has left the name or description field blank, when they click 'Submit,' then an error message should appear next to the missing field indicating it is required.

Recognition submissions should be visible in the communal recognition feed for all users shortly after being submitted.

Given a recognition has been successfully submitted by a user, when any other user views the recognition feed, then the new recognition should appear in the feed within 5 minutes.

Existing user profiles are utilized to verify the recognition claims submitted through the Recognition Submission Form.

Given the user submitting the recognition and the peer being recognized are both in the system, when the submission is processed, then the recognition should be linked to the peer's profile automatically without manual entry.

User wants to quickly access the recognition feed to see recently submitted recognitions by their peers.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the 'Recognition Feed' section, then they should see a list of the most recent recognitions along with the details of each entry.

Recognition Feed

"As a user, I want to view a feed of recognitions so that I can see the efforts of my peers and feel inspired to contribute my own."

Description

The Recognition Feed is a dynamic display showing recent recognitions submitted by users within the platform. This feed will serve as a source of inspiration and encourage additional participation from users. It should highlight the recognized individual's name, their contributions, and the user who submitted the recognition. Additionally, the feed should allow for reactions (like, comment) from other users, promoting engagement and interaction within the community. This requirement enhances the sense of community by making recognitions visible and providing users with regular updates about others' sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Recognition Feed on the FreshConnect platform to see recent sustainability recognitions made by their peers.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the Recognition Feed, then they should see a list of the most recent recognition entries, including the name of the recognized individual, their contribution, and the name of the user who submitted the recognition. The feed must refresh automatically every minute to reflect new entries.

A user reacts to a recognition in the feed to show appreciation for their peer's sustainability efforts.

Given a recognition entry in the feed, when the user clicks the 'like' button, then the like count for that recognition should increase by one and the user should see a visual indicator confirming their action (e.g., a highlighted 'like' button).

Users comment on a recognition in the Recognition Feed to share their insights or congratulations.

Given an active recognition entry in the Recognition Feed, when a user types a comment in the comment section and submits it, then the comment should appear under the respective recognition entry, along with the user's name and timestamp, and the comment count should update accordingly.

Users are notified when they receive recognition from their peers to enhance user engagement.

Given a user has received a new recognition submission, when they log into the FreshConnect platform, then they should receive a notification in their notification center, detailing the recognition and providing a direct link to view the related entry in the Recognition Feed.

The Recognition Feed maintains a history of recognitions to allow users to revisit past entries.

Given the user is viewing the Recognition Feed, when they scroll down, then they should be able to load and view at least the last 50 recognition entries without error, ensuring all data is fully visible and formatted consistently.

New recognitions are submitted by users to contribute to the Recognition Feed.

Given a user is on the recognition submission page, when they fill in the required fields (recognized individual's name, contribution, and submit-button click), then the entry should be successfully submitted and appear in the Recognition Feed within 30 seconds, while maintaining the integrity of the displayed information.

Users can filter the Recognition Feed based on categories to find specific types of recognitions.

Given the user is viewing the Recognition Feed, when they select a filter from the dropdown menu (e.g., 'Sustainability Practices', 'Community Engagement'), then the feed should refresh to show only recognitions that match the selected category, maintaining the clarity and usability of the interface.

Notification System

"As a user, I want to receive notifications when I am recognized by my peers so that I feel appreciated and motivated to continue my sustainability efforts."

Description

The Notification System will alert users when they receive a recognition from a peer, as well as when someone they recognize receives acknowledgment for their efforts. This feature should include push notifications and in-app alerts, ensuring that users are promptly informed and feel appreciated. The notifications will also promote user engagement by encouraging them to participate more actively in the recognition program. The notifications can be customized based on user preferences, providing an option for users to enable or disable specific alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a peer recognition alert through the app after a colleague acknowledges their sustainable practice.

Given the user has been recognized by a peer, when the recognition event occurs, then the user should receive an in-app alert and a push notification informing them of the recognition.

User is notified when a peer they recently recognized receives acknowledgment for their efforts.

Given the user has recently recognized a peer, when that peer receives recognition from another user, then the user should receive a notification regarding the acknowledgment of their peer.

User wants to customize the notification settings for receiving alerts about peer recognitions.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, when they toggle specific notification preferences, then the system should save their preferences and reflect them in future notifications received.

User checks the notification history to view all peer recognitions they have received and given.

Given the user navigates to the notification history section, when they view their notifications, then they should see a complete history of all peer recognitions they have received and given, organized by date.

User receives a reminder notification to encourage participation in the peer recognition system after a period of inactivity.

Given the user has not participated in the peer recognition system for a defined period, when the reminder is triggered, then the user should receive a push notification encouraging them to engage in the recognition program.

User wants to turn off push notifications for peer recognition alerts but keep in-app alerts enabled.

Given the user modifies their notification preferences, when they disable push notifications for peer recognition, then they should still receive in-app alerts while push notifications are turned off.

User experiences notification delays and wants to check the system status for any issues.

Given the user checks the notification status, when they access the system status feature, then they should receive up-to-date information about any ongoing issues affecting notifications.

Recognition Analytics Dashboard

"As a user, I want to access an analytics dashboard so that I can understand the impact of my contributions and the overall engagement of the community in sustainability efforts."

Description

The Recognition Analytics Dashboard allows users to visualize the impact of the peer recognition program. It provides insights into the number of recognitions submitted, trends over time, and the most recognized individuals within the community. This dashboard should include charts and graphs that present data in an easily digestible format, empowering users to see how recognition efforts are fostering a culture of sustainability. This requirement is vital for evaluating the effectiveness of the recognition system and making necessary adjustments to enhance user engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Recognition Analytics Dashboard to view the total number of recognitions submitted over the past month.

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect platform, When the user navigates to the Recognition Analytics Dashboard, Then the dashboard displays a total count of recognitions submitted for the current month.

User views trends in peer recognition over the last six months on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Recognition Analytics Dashboard, When the user selects the 'Trends' section, Then the dashboard displays a line graph representing the monthly recognition submissions over the last six months.

User identifies the most recognized individual within the community through the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Recognition Analytics Dashboard, When the user navigates to the 'Most Recognized' section, Then the dashboard displays a list of users sorted by the number of recognitions received, with the top individual highlighted.

User views the dashboard data in a visually appealing format suitable for presentations.

Given the user is viewing the Recognition Analytics Dashboard, When the user selects the export option, Then the data is exported as a PDF or image file that reflects the current dashboard appearance.

User filters recognition data by specific time periods and categories.

Given the user is on the Recognition Analytics Dashboard, When the user applies a filter for a specific time period and category of recognition, Then the dashboard updates to show the filtered data accurately.

User receives a summary report of recognition activities from the dashboard on a monthly basis.

Given the user has enabled notifications within their settings, When the end of the month occurs, Then the user receives an email summarizing the recognition activities for that month, including key metrics from the dashboard.

Integration with User Profiles

"As a user, I want my recognitions to be displayed on my profile so that I can showcase my contributions to sustainability and see how others perceive my efforts."

Description

The Integration with User Profiles ensures that each recognition submitted through the Peer Recognition System is linked to the corresponding user profile. This feature will allow users to view their recognition history and see how many times they have been recognized by their peers. It will also populate their profile with badges or achievements based on the number of recognitions received, promoting a gamified approach to sustainability efforts within the community. This integration enhances user motivation and connects recognition results with personal profiles.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a recognition through the Peer Recognition System for a colleague's sustainability efforts.

Given a user is logged into their profile, when they submit a recognition for a colleague, then the recognition is linked to both the submitter's and the recipient's user profiles, and is stored in their recognition history.

User navigates to their profile to view their recognition history.

Given a user is logged into their profile, when they click on the 'Recognition History' section, then they should see all recognitions they have submitted and received, along with corresponding timestamps.

Badges are automatically assigned to users based on the recognitions they receive.

Given a user has received recognitions, when the number of recognitions meets the predefined criteria for a badge, then the corresponding badge is automatically added to the user's profile.

System displays the total count of recognitions a user has received.

Given a user is logged into their profile, then the profile should display the total count of all recognitions received clearly on their dashboard.

User receives a notification when they earn a new badge due to recognitions.

Given a user receives a new badge, then they should receive a notification in the system alerting them of the new achievement and its significance.

User can filter their recognition history by date or type.

Given a user is viewing their recognition history, when they select date or type filters, then the displayed history should update to reflect the selected criteria accurately.

System allows users to view the top recognized peers in the community.

Given a user accesses the community recognition leaderboard, then they should see a list of the top 10 most recognized peers along with their recognition counts.

Seasonal Demand Forecasting

Seasonal Demand Forecasting uses advanced algorithms to analyze historical sales data and predict future demand for specific products throughout the year. This feature enables Farm Owners to plant strategically and Retail Buyers to stock accordingly, ensuring that the right products are available at the right time, reducing wastage and improving sales.

Requirements

Historical Sales Data Integration

"As a Farm Owner, I want my historical sales data to be integrated into the platform so that I can get accurate demand forecasts based on past performance, helping me decide how much to plant each season."

Description

The Historical Sales Data Integration requirement involves creating a robust framework to collect, store, and analyze historical sales data from various sources such as point-of-sale systems and supplier records. This integration is crucial for developing accurate forecasting models, ensuring that the Seasonal Demand Forecasting feature has access to reliable and relevant data for its predictions. By enabling seamless data flow into the system, this requirement will enhance the platform’s predictive capabilities, reduce errors in stock management, and improve overall inventory planning for both farm owners and retail buyers.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of historical sales data from various point-of-sale systems and supplier records into the FreshConnect platform.

Given that the historical sales data is available from multiple sources, when the data integration process is initiated, then the system should successfully collect and store the data without errors.

Validation of accuracy in the imported historical sales data.

Given that the historical sales data has been integrated, when a comparison is made with the source data, then at least 95% of the records should match accurately.

Analysis of the integrated historical sales data to generate forecasting reports for farm owners and retail buyers.

Given that the historical sales data is integrated, when the forecasting model is run for specific products, then the model should generate accurate demand forecasts for at least 80% of the products based on past sales trends.

User access and permissions settings for managing historical sales data integration.

Given that a user with admin privileges accesses the settings, when they configure the permissions for data integration, then the settings should restrict access to data modification based on assigned user roles.

Testing the performance of the system when processing large volumes of historical sales data.

Given a dataset containing at least 100,000 records of historical sales data, when the system processes this data, then the processing time should not exceed 5 minutes.

Ensuring error logs are generated for any issues encountered during the historical sales data integration process.

Given that there is an error during data integration, when the error occurs, then the system should log the error with a timestamp and description of the issue encountered.

Real-Time Analytics Dashboard

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to access a real-time analytics dashboard so that I can quickly identify trends in product demand and adjust my stock levels proactively, minimizing wastage."

Description

The Real-Time Analytics Dashboard will provide users with an interactive interface that displays key metrics, trends, and insights generated from the Seasonal Demand Forecasting feature. This dashboard will allow users to visualize changes in product demand, enabling Farm Owners and Retail Buyers to make informed decisions promptly. Additionally, the dashboard will integrate visual tools such as graphs and heat maps to present data in an easily digestible format, thus enhancing user experience and operational efficiency. Its functionality is essential for users to react swiftly to trends and adjust their strategies accordingly.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard to view seasonal demand trends before planting crops.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, When they navigate to the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, Then they should see a graphical representation of seasonal demand trends for each product over the past year.

Retail Buyers analyze the dashboard to make stocking decisions based on real-time data.

Given the Retail Buyer is on the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, When they select a specific product, Then the dashboard must display a heat map showing inventory levels and demand forecasts for that product across different seasons.

Farm Owners monitor the dashboard to adjust planting schedules based on demand insights.

Given the Farm Owner has accessed the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, When they click on the 'Forecast Insights' tab, Then they should see recommendations for planting and crop management based on real-time forecasts and historical data trends.

User customizes the dashboard layout to prioritize specific metrics for their business needs.

Given the user is on the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, When they drag and drop the widget displaying sales metrics, Then the dashboard layout must save their preference for future sessions.

Users receive alerts for significant changes in demand for priority products.

Given that a product experiences a demand spike or drop, When the change exceeds a pre-defined threshold, Then the dashboard should send a notification alerting the user of the change.

Users access the dashboard on mobile devices to view key metrics on the go.

Given the user logs into FreshConnect via a mobile device, When they navigate to the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, Then they should be able to see key metrics in a mobile-optimized format.

Users' ability to generate reports from the dashboard based on historical data.

Given the user is on the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard, When they select the 'Generate Report' option for a specified time frame, Then the system must generate and download a report displaying demand trends and metrics for that period.

Automated Notification System

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to receive automated notifications about changes in product demand so that I can restock items in a timely manner and prevent stockouts."

Description

The Automated Notification System requirement involves developing a notification mechanism that alerts users about significant changes in demand patterns, upcoming seasonal trends, and inventory alerts based on the Seasonal Demand Forecasting data. This system will be integrated with user preferences, allowing Farm Owners and Retail Buyers to receive notifications via email or in-app messages. The goal is to ensure that users are always informed and can take real-time action to optimize their operations, reducing potential losses and maximizing sales opportunities.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owner receives an automated email notification about an increase in demand for tomatoes, indicating that they should prepare for planting.

Given the Seasonal Demand Forecasting data indicates a 20% increase in tomato demand, when a relevant threshold is met, then an automated email notification is sent to the Farm Owner's registered email address within 15 minutes.

Retail Buyer checks the in-app notification center for alerts concerning upcoming seasonal trends that affect their inventory.

Given the Seasonal Demand Forecasting system predicts a demand surge for organic strawberries in the next two months, when the prediction is updated, then an in-app notification appears in the Retail Buyer's notification center within 30 minutes.

A Farm Owner receives a notification regarding low inventory of a specific product based on predictive analytics.

Given that the predicted demand exceeds the current inventory levels for zucchini, when the inventory drops below the threshold defined in user preferences, then an automated notification is sent to the Farm Owner via email and in-app alert.

Retail Buyer configures their notification preferences for receiving alerts on seasonal trends and inventory levels.

Given the Retail Buyer navigates to the notification settings, when they select the frequency (daily, weekly) and type of alerts (email, in-app), then their preferences are saved successfully and reflected in the notification system immediately.

Farm Owner receives alerts about significant demand pattern changes after unexpected weather events.

Given the seasonal data analysis incorporates the impact of a specified weather event, when a significant change in demand patterns is detected, then an automated alert is generated and sent to the Farm Owner within one hour of the event being logged.

Retail Buyer responds to an in-app alert and reviews the suggested stock adjustments based on demand forecasting.

Given an in-app alert suggests that the Retail Buyer increase stock for asparagus due to a predicted rise in demand, when the Retail Buyer views the notification, then they can see the suggested quantities and rationale behind the recommendation, and they can confirm or adjust the stock levels directly in the app.

Farm Owner monitors overall notification history for trends in demand alerts they have received.

Given the Farm Owner navigates to the notifications history section, when they select the time range (last 30 days), then they should see a comprehensive list of all notifications received, categorized by type (demand increase, low inventory) with timestamps.

Data Validation and Error Handling

"As a Farm Owner, I want assurance that the data used for forecasts is validated and error-free so that I can trust the forecasts and make informed planting decisions without risk."

Description

The Data Validation and Error Handling requirement specifies the creation of protocols for validating incoming sales data and managing errors gracefully within the Seasonal Demand Forecasting feature. This requirement is vital to ensure the integrity and accuracy of the forecasting models. It involves setting up checks for data completeness, accuracy, and consistency, as well as defining workflows for handling data discrepancies. By ensuring high-quality data input, this requirement will directly enhance the reliability of the forecasts and, consequently, the operational decisions based on them.

Acceptance Criteria

Receiving Incoming Sales Data for Seasonal Demand Forecasting

Given that sales data is received from retail buyers, when the data is processed, then the system should verify the completeness of the data, ensuring no required fields are missing.

Checking for Data Accuracy in Sales Records

Given that the sales data is stored in the system, when an accuracy check is initiated, then the system should validate that the data is within acceptable thresholds defined by the business rules.

Handling Incomplete or Inaccurate Sales Data

Given that incomplete or inaccurate sales data is detected, when the error handling process is triggered, then the system should notify the data entry personnel and log the issue for review.

Consistent Data Formatting for Forecasting Input

Given sales data is input into the forecasting system, when the data is validated for formatting, then all entries should conform to specified data format standards (e.g., date formats, numeric values).

User Notification for Data Discrepancies

Given that data discrepancies are identified, when the discrepancies are confirmed, then the system should send an automated notification to relevant users detailing the issues.

Generating Reports on Data Integrity Issues

Given that data validation processes are in place, when a report is generated, then it should accurately reflect all detected integrity issues and the status of resolution for each one.

Monitoring Acceptance Rate of Incoming Data Streams

Given that data is continually received, when the system analyzes the acceptance rate, then it should produce metrics showing the percentage of accepted versus rejected data streams over a specified time frame.

User Feedback Integration

"As a user of FreshConnect, I want to provide feedback on the demand forecasting feature so that my insights can contribute to the product's improvement and enhance my overall experience."

Description

The User Feedback Integration involves developing a feedback mechanism that allows users to provide insights and experiences related to the Seasonal Demand Forecasting feature. This requirement is crucial for ensuring that the feature evolves based on user experiences and needs. The feedback will be analyzed to identify trends in user satisfaction, areas needing improvement, and potential new features, allowing FreshConnect to adapt and refine its offerings continuously and align with user expectations.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on the Seasonal Demand Forecasting feature after using it for a full cycle of planting and harvesting.

Given a user has access to the Seasonal Demand Forecasting feature, when they provide feedback via the integrated feedback mechanism, then the feedback data is recorded in the database and the user receives confirmation of submission.

Farm Owner reviews trends in user feedback regarding the Seasonal Demand Forecasting feature over the past year.

Given the user feedback has been collected and stored, when a Farm Owner requests a report on feedback trends, then the report includes metrics such as satisfaction levels, common suggestions, and areas for improvement, displayed visually for clarity.

Retail Buyer utilizes feedback data to adjust stock levels in response to user insights on demand patterns predicted by the Seasonal Demand Forecasting feature.

Given the Retail Buyer accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, when they examine feedback related to specific products, then they can adjust their stock levels accordingly based on the analyzed data presented in actionable formats.

Developers incorporate user feedback into updates for the Seasonal Demand Forecasting feature.

Given feedback has been analyzed, when the development team reviews feedback sessions, then at least three actionable changes or enhancements are identified and scheduled for the next development cycle based on user insights.

System administrators monitor for successful feedback integration and data accuracy.

Given the feedback mechanism is operational, when the system administrator runs a health check on the feedback database, then the system logs show no errors and data integrity checks pass without discrepancies.

Users receive timely updates about changes made to the Seasonal Demand Forecasting feature based on their feedback.

Given feedback has been implemented, when users access the update section, then they see a summary of changes made based on their feedback within two weeks of the feedback submission.

Collaborative Calendar Tool

The Collaborative Calendar Tool allows Farm Owners and Retail Buyers to share planting and stocking schedules within a visual calendar interface. This feature promotes teamwork by providing a centralized platform for managing timelines, deadlines, and seasonal events, enhancing communication and coordination between stakeholders.

Requirements

Shared Planting Calendar

"As a Farm Owner, I want to be able to share my planting schedule with Retail Buyers so that they can better plan their orders and manage their inventory effectively."

Description

The Shared Planting Calendar requirement enables Farm Owners to enter and share their planting schedules within the Collaborative Calendar Tool. This functionality is vital as it streamlines coordination with Retail Buyers, helping them to anticipate stock availability better. By integrating this shared view, the calendar fosters a proactive approach to inventory management, reducing the risk of stockouts or overstock situations, thereby contributing to operational efficiency and better planning outcomes for both parties.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owners can enter planting schedules into the Shared Planting Calendar during a designated planning period each season, allowing them to communicate their planting intentions to Retail Buyers in advance.

Given a Farm Owner has access to the Shared Planting Calendar, when they enter their planting schedule for the upcoming season, then the schedule is saved and visible to all associated Retail Buyers.

Retail Buyers receive notifications regarding new entries or updates made to the planting schedules by Farm Owners, enabling timely adjustments to their stocking plans.

Given that a Farm Owner updates the planting schedule, when the update is saved, then all Retail Buyers associated with that farm receive an automatic notification about the changes.

Both Farm Owners and Retail Buyers can view the Shared Planting Calendar to compare their schedules and ensure alignment on planting and stocking dates.

Given a user is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they access the Shared Planting Calendar, then they can see both their own schedule and the schedules shared by others in a user-friendly visual format.

Farm Owners can edit their existing planting schedules throughout the season to reflect any changes due to weather, crop selection, or other factors, ensuring Retail Buyers have the most current information.

Given a Farm Owner has an existing planting schedule in the Shared Planting Calendar, when they edit and save that schedule, then the updated schedule is reflected in real-time for all Retail Buyers.

The Shared Planting Calendar allows users to filter and sort planting schedules by different criteria such as crop type, planting date, or farm location, enhancing usability for both Farm Owners and Retail Buyers.

Given a user is viewing the Shared Planting Calendar, when they apply filters to the calendar based on specific criteria, then only the relevant planting schedules are displayed according to the selected filters.

Farm Owners can remove outdated or irrelevant planting schedules from the Shared Planting Calendar, maintaining its accuracy and relevance for all users.

Given a Farm Owner identifies an outdated planting schedule in the Shared Planting Calendar, when they delete the schedule, then it is permanently removed and no longer visible to Retail Buyers.

The Shared Planting Calendar interface is responsive and accessible across various devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), ensuring all users can manage their schedules effectively.

Given a user accesses the Shared Planting Calendar from any device, when they interact with the calendar, then the interface remains functional, visually consistent, and easy to navigate regardless of the device used.

Real-Time Updates

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to receive real-time updates when the planting schedules change so that I can adjust my orders promptly and avoid discrepancies."

Description

The Real-Time Updates requirement ensures that any changes made to the planting or stocking schedules are instantly reflected on the Collaborative Calendar Tool. This feature is crucial for maintaining up-to-date information, allowing all stakeholders to react promptly to any shifts in timelines. The capability to push notifications for these updates enhances communication and minimizes the chances of misalignment between Farm Owners and Retail Buyers, ultimately leading to more informed decision-making and timely logistical adjustments.

Acceptance Criteria

Instant Updates to Calendar Upon Schedule Changes

Given a Farm Owner modifies the planting schedule, when the change is saved, then the Collaborative Calendar Tool should instantly reflect the updated planting schedule for all users.

Notification of Changes to Stakeholders

Given a Retail Buyer receives a notification, when the planting or stocking schedules are updated, then all designated stakeholders should receive a push notification with details of the change.

Real-Time Sync Across Devices

Given multiple users access the Collaborative Calendar Tool, when one user makes a change to the calendar, then all other users on different devices should see the change reflected in less than 5 seconds.

Error Handling for Failed Updates

Given a user attempts to update the schedule, when the update fails due to a network issue, then an error message should be displayed, and the calendar should not show any partial updates.

Historical Data Access for Schedule Changes

Given a user views the Collaborative Calendar Tool, when they click on a specific date, then they should be able to see a history of changes made to the planting or stocking schedules on that date.

User Role Permissions for Schedule Updates

Given a user with 'View Only' access, when they try to make a change to the calendar, then they should see a message indicating that they do not have permissions to make changes to the schedule.

Visual Indicators for Updated Schedule Events

Given an updated planting or stocking event in the calendar, when the event is modified, then the event should be visually highlighted to indicate it has been changed since the last view.

Event Reminders and Notifications

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to receive reminders for upcoming planting and stocking events so that I can ensure I have adequate inventory in place to meet market demand."

Description

The Event Reminders and Notifications requirement provides automated alerts for significant dates such as planting deadlines, harvest times, and major cargo loading dates. This feature supports effective time management for Farm Owners and Retail Buyers, ensuring that all parties are aware of critical events that could impact stock levels and sales strategies. By integrating these reminders within the calendar tool, FreshConnect enhances the user experience and fosters greater accountability and preparation across the board.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owners and Retail Buyers receive automatic reminders for scheduled tasks such as planting and harvest dates whenever they log into the FreshConnect platform.

Given a scheduled event is approaching, when the user logs in, then an automated notification is displayed showing the upcoming event and its deadline.

Users can customize the timing and frequency of event reminders based on their preferences, ensuring personalized notifications.

Given a user modifies their notification settings, when they set a reminder for a specific event, then the system should send reminders according to their specified preferences (e.g., 1 day before, 1 week before).

Notifications for critical events are sent via email and mobile push notifications to enhance visibility and ensure timely awareness.

Given a scheduled event is imminent, when notifications are triggered, then an email and a mobile push notification are sent to all relevant users effectively.

The calendar tool displays upcoming events clearly on the shared calendar, promoting accountability among team members.

Given a reminder is set for an event, when accessed by any authorized user, then the event appears on the shared calendar with the correct date and time.

Users can mark reminders as acknowledged once they have seen the notification, allowing tracking of which reminders have been viewed.

Given a user views a notification, when they mark it as acknowledged, then the system updates the status of the notification accordingly and logs this action.

Farm Owners and Retail Buyers have the ability to view a history of past notifications for reference and accountability.

Given a user accesses the notification history, when they request to view past notifications, then the system displays a chronological list of all previously sent notifications, including dates and events.

The system should handle potential overlaps in event reminders by prioritizing them based on significance or urgency.

Given multiple events are scheduled at the same time, when reminders are triggered, then the system prioritizes and categorizes notifications based on event type and urgency for effective communication.

Seasonal Forecasting Integration

"As a Farm Owner, I want to access seasonal forecasts directly within the calendar tool so that I can make data-driven decisions about planting times and expected yields."

Description

The Seasonal Forecasting Integration requirement involves linking the Collaborative Calendar Tool with predictive analytics features of FreshConnect. This integration helps forecast potential yield and stock levels based on planting schedules and historical data. By merging these insights within the calendar, stakeholders can make more informed decisions regarding planting and stocking, facilitating smoother operations and reducing waste by adjusting to expected supply fluctuations ahead of time.

Acceptance Criteria

Users are able to view seasonal yield forecasts in the Collaborative Calendar Tool to adjust their planting and stocking schedules accordingly.

Given a user accesses the Collaborative Calendar Tool, when they view a date with a planting schedule, then the system should display the predicted yield based on historical data and current forecasts.

Farm Owners can share their planting schedules with Retail Buyers through the Collaborative Calendar Tool.

Given a Farm Owner has scheduled a planting event, when they share this event with Retail Buyers, then the Retail Buyers should receive a notification and see the event on their calendar.

Retail Buyers can adjust their stocking levels based on predictions provided in the Collaborative Calendar Tool.

Given the predicted stock levels are displayed on the calendar, when a Retail Buyer reviews this information, then they should be able to adjust their orders accordingly with an option to confirm changes.

The integration continuously updates seasonal forecasts based on new planting data entered by users.

Given new planting data is entered, when the system processes this data, then the seasonal forecasts should be recalibrated and reflected in the Collaborative Calendar Tool within 24 hours.

Users can visualize supply fluctuations on the Collaborative Calendar Tool to make informed decisions.

Given the predictive analytics data is integrated into the calendar, when users view their schedules, then they should see visual indicators (e.g., colors or icons) that highlight expected supply fluctuations for upcoming dates.

System administrators can monitor and report on the effectiveness of the Seasonal Forecasting Integration.

Given system administrators access the backend, when they generate a report from the integration tool, then they should see metrics on forecast accuracy and user engagement with the calendar features.

User Permissions Management

"As a Farm Owner, I want to manage who can access my planting schedule so that I can protect sensitive information while still collaborating effectively with Retail Buyers."

Description

The User Permissions Management requirement allows for customizable access settings within the Collaborative Calendar Tool. This feature is essential for maintaining control over who can view, edit, or comment on specific calendar entries. By enabling Farm Owners and Retail Buyers to set permissions, FreshConnect ensures that sensitive operational data is protected while encouraging open communication and collaboration where appropriate. This functionality is instrumental in maintaining trust and accountability among users within the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Assignment for Calendar Access

Given a Farm Owner is logged in, when they select a calendar entry, then they should be able to assign view, edit, or comment permissions to specific Retail Buyers.

Permission Validation on Calendar Entry

Given a Retail Buyer has permissions set by a Farm Owner, when they access a calendar entry, then they should only see the details they have permission to view.

Editing Permissions for Calendar Entries

Given a Farm Owner is logged in, when they change the permissions on a calendar entry, then the updated permissions should reflect immediately for all users linked to that entry.

Notification of Permission Changes

Given a permission change has been made by a Farm Owner, when the change is saved, then all affected Retail Buyers should receive a notification about the updated permissions.

Accessing Restricted Calendar Entries

Given a Retail Buyer attempts to access a calendar entry without the necessary permissions, then they should receive an access denial message explaining their permission status.

Managing Batch Permissions for Multiple Entries

Given a Farm Owner wishes to set permissions for multiple calendar entries at once, when they select the batch permission option, then they should be able to apply the same permission level to all selected entries in one action.

Audit Log of Permission Changes

Given that permission changes occur within the Collaborative Calendar Tool, when a change is made, then an entry should be recorded in the audit log detailing who made the change, what the change was, and when it occurred.

Market Trend Insights

Market Trend Insights provide users with real-time data on industry trends, seasonal preferences, and customer buying behaviors. This feature empowers Farm Owners and Retail Buyers to make informed decisions about what products to plant and stock, helping them stay ahead of market demands and preferences.

Requirements

Real-Time Data Analysis

"As a Retail Buyer, I want access to real-time data on market trends so that I can adjust my stock levels proactively and meet customer demand effectively."

Description

The Real-Time Data Analysis requirement encompasses the capability to collect and process large volumes of data regarding market trends, seasonal preferences, and customer buying patterns instantaneously. This feature will facilitate dynamic updates to the displayed trends on the platform, thereby ensuring that Farm Owners and Retail Buyers have access to the most current and relevant data. The implementation will involve establishing connections to external databases and analytics tools, as well as optimizing data processing algorithms to maintain performance. The expected outcome is to provide users with actionable insights that directly influence their inventory and planting decisions, ultimately leading to increased sales and reduced waste.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owners access the Market Trend Insights feature to analyze data regarding seasonal produce demand for the upcoming planting season, aiming to make data-driven decisions on which crops to plant.

Given that the Farm Owner is logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the Market Trend Insights section, then the platform should display real-time data on seasonal demand for various crops for the next three months.

Retail Buyers use the Market Trend Insights feature to assess current customer buying behaviors and preferences to optimize their stock levels and minimize waste.

Given that the Retail Buyer is on the FreshConnect platform, when they view Market Trend Insights, then they should see updated analytics on customer buying patterns within the last month, including suggestions for top-selling products.

Farm Owners and Retail Buyers receive alerts when significant market changes occur that could impact their inventory or planting decisions.

Given that a significant market change occurs, when the Market Trend Insights feature detects such change, then all relevant users should receive a notification outlining the change and recommended actions within 15 minutes.

Users filter Market Trend Insights data by geographic region to analyze local market trends specific to their area.

Given that the user is in the Market Trend Insights section, when they apply a geographic filter, then the displayed data should update to reflect trends and preferences specific to the selected region, without refresh delays exceeding 2 seconds.

Farm Owners utilize the data on Market Trend Insights to create planting schedules and optimize their crop yield based on the trends displayed.

Given that the Farm Owner is reviewing the Market Trend Insights, when they select a crop type, then they should be able to generate a planting schedule that aligns with the current market demand data.

Retail Buyers analyze the predicted sales data for the next quarter based on current trends to make informed stocking decisions.

Given that the Retail Buyer is examining the Market Trend Insights, when they view the sales prediction section, then the platform should provide an accurate forecast of sales for the next quarter based on historical data and current trends.

User-Friendly Dashboard

"As a Farm Owner, I want a user-friendly dashboard that summarizes market trends so that I can quickly review data and make informed decisions without confusion."

Description

The User-Friendly Dashboard requirement stipulates the design and implementation of an intuitive dashboard that consolidates all market trend insights into a single view. This dashboard will feature visualizations such as graphs, charts, and alerts that highlight key metrics and insights. The emphasis will be on user experience, ensuring that even non-technical users can easily navigate and interpret the information without extensive training. Integration with existing user interfaces will be necessary, along with responsive design to accommodate various screen sizes. The expected benefit includes increased user engagement and satisfaction, leading to informed decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs into the FreshConnect platform to access the User-Friendly Dashboard after being notified of new market trends affecting their product categories.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the User-Friendly Dashboard, then they should see visualizations (graphs, charts) of the latest market trend insights relevant to their business, along with alerts for significant changes.

A farm owner uses the dashboard to identify which products to prioritize for planting based on seasonal trends.

Given the user accesses the User-Friendly Dashboard, when they view the seasonal trend insights, then they should be able to filter and sort products by predicted demand for the upcoming season, with visual indicators showing high-priority items.

A retail buyer views the dashboard to plan for upcoming inventory needs based on market buying behavior.

Given the retail buyer has accessed the dashboard, when they analyze customer buying behavior metrics, then they should be able to view historical data overlaid with current trends, making it easy to identify shifts in preferences.

A user interacts with the dashboard on a mobile device to check for alerts on product performance.

Given the user is accessing the dashboard from a mobile device, when they view the dashboard, then it should be responsive, displaying all critical market insights without losing readability or functionality.

Newly released market insights are integrated seamlessly into the dashboard for user access.

Given that new market insights are published, when the user refreshes the dashboard, then they should see the updated information reflected in real-time without needing to log out and back in.

Users need to navigate through the dashboard to retrieve specific market trend data without technical support.

Given a new user is accessing the dashboard for the first time, when they are navigating the dashboard, then they should be able to locate specific market trend insights using the navigation menu within 2 minutes without external assistance.

Automated Alert System

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to receive automated alerts about market trend changes so that I can quickly adapt my purchasing strategy to maximize sales."

Description

The Automated Alert System requirement involves developing a notification system that alerts users about significant changes in market trends, such as emerging product demands or shifts in customer preferences. This will be achieved through predefined criteria set by users, allowing them to receive either weekly summaries or real-time alerts based on their preferences. The system will integrate with the existing communication tools on FreshConnect to ensure alerts are delivered via email, SMS, or push notifications on the mobile app. By keeping users informed in real-time, this feature is expected to enhance compliance with market demands and increase sales opportunities.

Acceptance Criteria

New user setup for automated alerts

Given a new user has signed up for FreshConnect, when they navigate to the automated alert settings, then they should be able to define their preferences for weekly summaries and real-time alerts easily.

Receiving weekly trend summary alerts

Given a user has opted in for weekly summaries, when the weekly summary is generated, then the user should receive an email containing the latest market trend insights every week.

Receiving real-time alerts on market changes

Given a user has opted for real-time alerts, when there is a significant shift in market trends, then the user should receive an SMS or push notification within 10 minutes of the change occurring.

Adjusting alert preferences

Given a user is logged into their FreshConnect account, when they change their alert preferences from weekly to real-time alerts, then the system should confirm the change and start delivering alerts based on the new settings immediately.

Integration with communication tools

Given that the automated alert system is fully functional, when an alert is triggered, then it should be seamlessly delivered through email, SMS, and push notifications without any delays or failures.

User feedback on alert relevance

Given that users receive automated alerts, when they are prompted to provide feedback, then at least 70% of users should report that the alerts are relevant and actionable within their operational context.

System performance during high-demand periods

Given that market trends fluctuate significantly, when there is a high volume of alerts triggered in one day, then the system should maintain 99% uptime and deliver alerts without delays.

Historical Data Analytics

"As a Farm Owner, I want to analyze historical data on past market trends so that I can better predict future planting and stocking needs."

Description

The Historical Data Analytics requirement focuses on providing users with access to historical data regarding market trends and customer behaviors. This feature allows users to analyze past data alongside current trends to identify patterns and forecast future demands accurately. Implementation will involve creating a robust data storage solution to archive historical information and developing advanced analytics algorithms to derive insights from this data. The expected outcome is to enable users to make data-driven decisions based on historical performance, enhancing their strategic planning capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owner analyzes historical data to decide which crops to plant for the upcoming growing season based on past sales trends and seasonal demands.

Given the user is a Farm Owner, when they access the Historical Data Analytics feature, then they should see a graph displaying historical sales data for the last three years segmented by crop type.

Retail Buyer reviews historical customer purchasing patterns to optimize stocking decisions for the next quarter.

Given the user is a Retail Buyer, when they select the Historical Data Analytics feature, then they should be able to filter data by date range and product category to view detailed insights on customer buying behaviors.

Data Administrator manages the storage of historical market data ensuring its integrity and accessibility for analytics.

Given the user is a Data Administrator, when they verify the historical data storage, then they should be able to confirm that all historical data is correctly archived and retrievable without loss of information.

Both Farm Owners and Retail Buyers generate a report based on historical data to present to stakeholders regarding market opportunities.

Given the user has generated a report through the Historical Data Analytics feature, when they download the report, then the document should be in PDF format and include all selected data visualizations and insights.

Users utilize predictive analytics in conjunction with historical data to forecast demand for specific products for the coming season.

Given the user is using the Historical Data Analytics with predictive analytics tools, when they input criteria for prediction, then the system should produce forecasts with a confidence level of at least 85% accuracy based on historical patterns.

Farm Owners and Retail Buyers compare historical data against current market trends to identify discrepancies and opportunities.

Given the user is accessing the Historical Data Analytics, when they initiate a comparison analysis, then they should receive a report highlighting discrepancies between historical data and current market trends, along with actionable insights.

Users want to ensure the historical data analytics tool is functioning properly and delivering accurate results.

Given the user is a QA Tester, when they execute test cases on the Historical Data Analytics tool, then all test cases should pass, confirming the accuracy and reliability of the tool.

Custom Report Generation

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to generate custom reports on market trends so that I can present data to my team in a way that aligns with our business strategy."

Description

The Custom Report Generation requirement aims to empower users to create tailored reports based on specific criteria they define, such as particular products, timeframes, or customer segments. This feature requires the development of a flexible reporting framework that supports various data visualizations and formats (e.g., PDF, Excel). Users should be able to save report templates for repeated use and easily share them with team members or stakeholders. The expected benefit includes improved decision-making capabilities as users can focus on the data points most relevant to their business needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to generate a custom report for seasonal product sales over the last three months, selecting specific products and visual representation.

Given the user is logged into FreshConnect, When they navigate to the 'Custom Report Generation' section and select the desired products and date range, Then the system should generate a report showing sales data in both PDF and Excel formats, with accurate and visually represented data.

User wishes to save a report template they have created to use for future reporting cycles.

Given the user has created a report with specific filters and settings, When the user clicks on 'Save as Template' and inputs a name for the template, Then the template should be saved successfully, allowing for selection in future report generations.

User needs to share a generated report with team members via email directly from the platform.

Given a report has been generated, When the user clicks on the 'Share' button and inputs email addresses of team members, Then the users should receive an email with a link to the report and access to download it in the chosen format.

User wants to generate a report that includes customer segment data to analyze buying behaviors.

Given the user is in the report generation area, When they select 'Customer Segment' as a filter option along with the time frame, Then the report should generate showing the specific buying behaviors of the selected customer segment, represented accurately.

User needs to apply multiple filters to generate a comprehensive custom report.

Given the user is in the 'Custom Report Generation' interface, When they select multiple filters for product categories, timeframes, and customer segments, Then the system should allow for the application of all selected filters and generate a report reflecting the combined data.

User wants to review the visual representation options (charts, graphs) before finalizing a report.

Given the user is generating a custom report, When they click on the 'Visual Representation' options, Then the user should see at least three different chart types available and be able to select one for inclusion in the final report.

Grower-Retailer Matchmaking

The Grower-Retailer Matchmaking tool connects Farm Owners with Retail Buyers based on their seasonal product offerings and demand forecasts. This feature facilitates direct collaborations and ensures that buyers have easy access to the freshest local produce, enhancing the overall efficiency of the supply chain.

Requirements

Seamless Grower-Retailer Registration

"As a farm owner, I want to easily register on the platform so that I can connect with retail buyers and increase my produce sales."

Description

This requirement facilitates the registration process for both farm owners and retail buyers on the FreshConnect platform. It allows users to create their profiles, provide necessary business information, and verify their credentials. The streamlined registration enhances user experience, reduces barriers to entry, and ensures a robust database of authentic users for matchmaking. It also integrates with existing user management systems to maintain data integrity and streamline updates.

Acceptance Criteria

Seamless registration for farm owners and retail buyers on the FreshConnect platform.

Given a new user accesses the registration page, when they fill out their business information and submit, then their account should be created and a confirmation email sent within 5 minutes.

Verification process for business credentials of registered users.

Given a farm owner submits their registration form with business documentation, when the system processes the documentation, then the user should receive approval or feedback on their verification status within 24 hours.

Integration with user management systems to maintain data integrity.

Given a user updates their profile information, when the changes are saved, then the updated data should reflect accurately in both the FreshConnect database and the connected user management system.

User experience during the registration process.

Given a user is on the registration form, when completing the required fields, then error messages should be displayed in real-time for any missing or incorrect information to ensure meaningful feedback before submission.

User account accessibility post-registration.

Given a user has completed the registration process, when they attempt to log in using their provided credentials, then they should successfully access their account without any issues.

Handling duplicate registrations for the same business.

Given a user attempts to register with an email already associated with an existing account, when they submit the registration form, then they should receive a notification indicating their email is already in use and be prompted to log in instead.

User engagement and feedback collection after successful registration.

Given a user has completed their registration, when they log in for the first time, then they should be prompted to complete a short survey about their registration experience and any immediate needs they may have.

Product Listing Management

"As a farm owner, I want to manage my product listings effectively so that I can ensure that retail buyers have accurate information about what products are available and when."

Description

This requirement enables farm owners to list their seasonal products, including details such as availability, pricing, and quantity. The tool should allow for easy updates to listings, manage stock levels, and reflect real-time changes in availability to ensure retailers have up-to-date information. This will optimize the supply chain by preventing overstocking or shortages and will also contribute to better matching between growers and retailers based on actual product offerings.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owner lists new seasonal products for the upcoming harvest season.

Given a farm owner has logged into the FreshConnect platform, When they navigate to the product listing management section and input product details including name, availability, pricing, and quantity, Then the system should save the product listing and display it correctly in the active listings for retailers.

Farm Owner updates the pricing of an existing product due to seasonal changes.

Given a farm owner has an existing product listed, When they modify the pricing field and submit the changes, Then the updated pricing should reflect in real-time on the product listing viewed by retailers and confirm with a success message.

Retail Buyer views the current product listings from various farm owners.

Given a retail buyer accesses the FreshConnect platform, When they navigate to the product listings page, Then they should see an updated list of available products including their current availability, pricing, and quantities provided by the farm owners.

System automatically updates the stock level after a sale has been processed.

Given a product has been marked for sale, When the sale transaction is completed, Then the system should automatically reduce the available stock level for that product and notify the farm owner of the updated quantity.

Farm Owner receives a notification for low stock levels on a listed product.

Given a farm owner has set up low stock notifications, When the stock level of any existing product falls below the threshold defined by the owner, Then the system should trigger an alert notification to the farm owner via email or in-app message.

System logs changes made to product listings for auditing purposes.

Given a farm owner makes any changes to their product listing, When the change is saved, Then the system should create a log entry that includes the product ID, change type, previous value, new value, and timestamp for auditing.

Farm Owner can remove a product listing that is no longer available.

Given a farm owner has an existing product listing, When they choose to remove that listing and confirm the action, Then the product should be deleted from active listings and no longer visible to retail buyers.

Demand Forecast Integration

"As a farm owner, I want to access demand forecasting data so that I can plan my production better and ensure that I meet the needs of retail buyers without overproducing."

Description

This requirement integrates demand forecasting data into the FreshConnect platform. By utilizing historical sales data and market trends, the system will provide insights into expected product demand for specific seasons. This forecasting tool will aid farm owners in planning their crop production and aligning it with retailer needs, ultimately leading to optimized supply chain efficiency and reduced waste.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Demand Forecast Data into User Dashboard

Given the farm owner has logged into the FreshConnect platform, When they navigate to the dashboard, Then they should see a section displaying the integrated demand forecasts for the upcoming season, based on historical sales data.

Accuracy of Demand Forecasts Based on Historical Data

Given that historical sales data has been input into the system, When the demand forecast feature is utilized, Then at least 80% of the forecasted demand should align with actual sales from the previous comparable seasons.

User Interface for Forecasting Data

Given the farm owner is accessing the demand forecasting tool, When they view the forecasting data, Then the user interface should allow them to filter the data by season, crop type, and retailer, ensuring all relevant information is easily accessible.

Alerts for Crop Planning Based on Demand Forecasts

Given that a demand forecast indicates a high demand for a specific product, When the farm owner reviews their dashboard, Then they should receive an automated alert suggesting adjustments to crop planning accordingly.

Reporting Capabilities for Demand Trends

Given that the demand forecasting tool is operational, When the farm owner generates a report, Then the report should include insights on demand trends over at least the last three years to assist in long-term planning.

Feedback Mechanism for Continuous Improvement

Given that farm owners have utilized the demand forecasting data, When they submit feedback through the system, Then they should receive a confirmation response and their input should be logged for future analysis and improvements.

Integration Testing with External Market Data Sources

Given that the FreshConnect platform has access to external market data, When the integration is tested, Then the system should successfully pull and display relevant market trends alongside internal sales data without any discrepancies.

Real-Time Matchmaking Algorithm

"As a retail buyer, I want to receive relevant matches for local producers based on my requirements so that I can have easy access to fresh products and foster local partnerships."

Description

This requirement encompasses the development of a sophisticated matchmaking algorithm that connects farm owners with retail buyers based on various variables, including geographic proximity, product availability, and seasonal demand. This feature will enhance the efficiency of the supply chain by promoting direct collaborations and will help retailers obtain fresh local produce quickly. Implementing this algorithm requires advanced data analytics capabilities and will significantly improve user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

The matchmaking algorithm connects a local farm owner with a retail buyer seeking seasonal produce during the peak harvest period.

Given that the farm owner has set their available products and the retail buyer has specified their product demand, when the algorithm runs, then it should successfully match at least one farm owner with the appropriate retail buyer based on location and availability, within 5 seconds.

A retail buyer is looking for organic tomatoes from farms within a 50-mile radius and with immediate availability.

Given that the retail buyer inputs their demand for organic tomatoes, when the matchmaking algorithm is executed, then it should return a list of at least three farm owners who meet the criteria of being within the specified radius and having the product available immediately.

Farm owners review their matchmaking results for their seasonal offerings and demand forecasts from retail buyers.

Given that farm owners can view their matchmaking results, when they access the matchmaking dashboard, then they should see a user-friendly interface displaying matched retail buyers, along with product demand details and geographical information.

Retail buyers receive notifications about new matches based on their saved product preferences.

Given that a retail buyer has saved specific product preferences, when a new match occurs, then they should receive an automated notification via email and within the application, detailing the match and how to contact the farm owner.

The algorithm is tested with various scenarios to ensure accuracy and efficiency in matchmaking.

Given multiple test cases with known outcomes, when the matchmaking algorithm processes these cases, then at least 90% of the matches should correctly reflect the expected outcomes based on the input variables, with results generated in under 10 seconds.

Farm owners update their inventory in real-time, affecting the matchmaking results for retail buyers.

Given that a farm owner updates their available products in the system, when the matchmaking algorithm runs subsequently, then it should reflect these updates in real-time, ensuring accurate matches are displayed to retail buyers immediately.

Retail buyers can filter their search results to find farm owners based on specific product categories and availability dates.

Given that a retail buyer accesses the filtering options in the matchmaking interface, when they apply filters for product categories and availability dates, then the list of matched farm owners should only include those who meet the filtering criteria selected by the buyer.

Communication and Collaboration Tools

"As a retail buyer, I want to communicate easily with farm owners directly through the platform so that I can clarify product details and finalize orders efficiently."

Description

This requirement outlines tools that enable effective communication between farm owners and retail buyers. It includes features like messaging, notifications for new matches, and scheduling meetings. By incorporating collaborative tools, the platform will enhance relationship-building among users, streamline negotiations, and ensure smoother transaction processes. Integrating these tools will promote transparency and trust within the local food network.

Acceptance Criteria

Grower sends a message to a retailer about available seasonal produce.

Given the Grower is logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the 'Messaging' section and select a retailer, then they should be able to send a text message that the retailer receives instantly.

Retailer receives a notification of a new grower match based on their product preferences.

Given the Retailer has saved their product preferences, when a new matching Grower is found, then the Retailer should receive an instant notification that is visible in their notifications panel.

Grower schedules a meeting with a retailer to discuss a new product line.

Given the Grower is on the retailer's profile page, when they select a date and time from the scheduling tool and send a meeting request, then the Retailer should receive the request and have the option to accept or decline it through the platform.

Retailer provides feedback on a recent transaction with a grower.

Given the Retailer has completed a transaction, when they navigate to the 'Feedback' section and submit their review, then the feedback should be stored and displayed in the Grower's profile for future reference.

Growers and Retailers engage in a negotiation through the messaging tool.

Given both the Grower and Retailer are in an active chat, when they exchange messages regarding pricing and terms of a deal, then the messaging history should be accessible for both parties at all times for reference.

Real-time updates on inventory for growers are communicated to interested retailers.

Given the Grower updates their inventory status, when they confirm the changes, then all matched Retailers should receive an automatic notification with the updated inventory details.

Growers can view retail buyer preferences before initiating communication.

Given the Grower is exploring potential Retailer matches, when they click on a Retailer's profile, then they should be able to view any specified preferences the Retailer has listed.

Feedback and Rating System

"As a retail buyer, I want to leave feedback on my purchase experience with farm owners so that other buyers can benefit from my insights when making their decisions."

Description

This requirement implements a feedback and rating system for both farm owners and retail buyers. This feature allows users to leave reviews based on their experiences, enhancing the platform's credibility and helping users make informed decisions. The system should be easy to use, promote transparency, and encourage good practices among participants, ultimately leading to a healthier marketplace.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owner leaving feedback after a successful transaction with a Retail Buyer

Given the Farm Owner has completed a transaction with a Retail Buyer, when they navigate to the Feedback section, then they should be able to leave a rating between 1-5 stars and a written review that is stored in the database and displayed publicly on the Retail Buyer's profile.

Retail Buyer submitting a review after receiving products from a Farm Owner

Given the Retail Buyer has received their order from the Farm Owner, when they access the Feedback section, then they should be able to submit a rating and review which is linked to the corresponding order transaction and displayed on the Farm Owner's profile.

Displaying average ratings and reviews on user profiles

Given that both Farm Owners and Retail Buyers have submitted reviews, when a user views another user’s profile, then they should see an average rating calculated from all submitted reviews and a list of the most recent reviews.

Farm Owner responding to Retail Buyer feedback

Given a Retail Buyer has left a feedback comment on a Farm Owner's profile, when the Farm Owner views their profile, then they should see an option to respond to that comment which will be publicly visible under the review.

Filtering feedback based on star ratings

Given users are viewing a Farm Owner or Retail Buyer profile, when they interact with the feedback section, then they should be able to filter reviews by star ratings (1-5) and view the corresponding reviews based on their selection.

Implementing a report feature for inappropriate reviews

Given any user is viewing a review, when they click on the report button, then they should receive a prompt to confirm the report and the review should be flagged for moderator review without being publicly displayed until resolved.

Notifying users of new reviews or feedback

Given a user receives a new review on their profile, when they log into FreshConnect, then they should see a notification indicating they have received new feedback and have the option to view it directly.

Custom Alerts for Planting Times

Custom Alerts for Planting Times notify users when it’s time to plant or restock specific seasonal products based on real-time data and forecasts. This feature helps Farm Owners and Retail Buyers synchronize their actions, ensuring optimal timing for planting and stocking, which can lead to increased freshness and quality.

Requirements

Real-time Weather Integration

"As a Farm Owner, I want to receive planting alerts based on real-time weather data so that I can optimize my planting schedule and ensure the best conditions for my crops."

Description

This requirement involves integrating real-time weather data into the FreshConnect platform to inform users about weather conditions affecting planting schedules. This feature will consider factors such as temperature, rainfall, and frost predictions to provide accurate alerts. By leveraging predictive analytics, this integration will enhance the accuracy of the custom alerts for planting times, ensuring that users make timely and informed decisions about planting or restocking seasonal products, ultimately increasing their operational efficiency and product quality.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives timely planting alerts based on real-time weather data for specific crops.

Given a user selects crops for which they want planting alerts, when the real-time weather data indicates optimal planting conditions, then the user receives a push notification alerting them to plant.

Users can customize alert thresholds based on specific weather conditions for their planting needs.

Given a user accesses the alert settings, when they set specific temperature and rainfall thresholds, then the alerts are configured to activate only when those conditions are met.

Integration with third-party weather APIs to ensure accuracy and reliability of weather data.

Given the FreshConnect platform is integrated with a third-party weather API, when the API provides updated weather data, then the platform successfully displays the current weather information without errors.

Performance testing during peak seasons to ensure real-time updates do not lag.

Given the testing environment simulates peak usage, when users query for real-time weather data, then the system responds within a predefined response time of 2 seconds or less.

Users can view a historical log of weather data influencing their planting decisions.

Given a user accesses the planting history section, when they select a specific date range, then the system displays a detailed log of weather conditions that were recorded during that time.

Alerts are integrated with inventory management to suggest restock based on weather conditions.

Given a user receives a planting alert for a specific product, when the weather data indicates unfavorable planting conditions, then the system suggests a corresponding restock alert.

User engagement metrics for the custom alerts feature are tracked and reported.

Given the alerts are being sent to users, when a user views their alert history, then the system logs user engagement metrics such as open rates and actions taken following each alert.

User Customization Options

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to customize my planting alerts for different crops so that I can focus on the products most relevant to my business and ensure I am stocked appropriately."

Description

This requirement enables users to customize their alert preferences for planting times. Users can set parameters for what constitutes a 'normal' planting season based on their specific crops and local conditions. The customization options will allow users to choose alert frequency, types of notifications they wish to receive (SMS, email, app notifications), and specific crops to watch closely. This functionality will empower users to tailor the FreshConnect platform to better suit their needs and improve engagement with the tool, leading to better decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Alert Preferences for Planting Times

Given a user navigates to the customization options for alerts, when they select specific crops and set alert frequencies, then the system must save their preferences and display a confirmation message.

User Receives Alerts via Selected Notification Method

Given a user has set their notification preferences to SMS, when it is time to plant a selected crop, then the user should receive an SMS alert at the specified time.

User Modifies Existing Alert Settings

Given a user wants to update their alert settings, when they change the alert frequency and save the changes, then the system should reflect the updated preferences within the alert settings.

User Tests Custom Alert Notification

Given a user has set up a custom alert for a specific planting season, when the season arrives, then the user should receive a test notification as confirmation of their alert setup before real notifications start.

User Views All Customized Alert Settings

Given a user navigates to the alert settings page, when they view their configured alerts, then they should see a detailed list of all crops, frequencies, and notification methods currently set.

User Receives Alerts for Non-Selected Crops

Given a user has only selected certain crops for alerts, when it is time to plant a non-selected crop, then the system must not send any notifications regarding that crop.

Historical Data Analysis Tool

"As a Farm Owner, I want to access historical planting trends and data so that I can make better decisions for my planting schedule based on past performance."

Description

This feature will provide users with access to historical planting data and trends for seasonal products within FreshConnect. By analyzing previous plant times, yield quantities, and market conditions, this tool will help users make informed decisions when setting their planting times. The insights derived from historical data will complement the real-time alerts by providing context around why certain planting times are optimal, enhancing overall user understanding of planting strategies and logistical planning.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owners use the Historical Data Analysis Tool to view planting times for tomatoes over the last five years, enabling them to make informed planting decisions.

Given the user accesses the Historical Data Analysis Tool, when they select tomatoes, then the system should display planting times and yield quantities for each of the last five years.

Retail Buyers want to analyze market conditions related to seasonal products to adjust their ordering schedules.

Given the user selects seasonal products for the upcoming quarter, when they request historical market conditions, then the system should present a report detailing previous market trends and their correlation to planting times and yield quantities.

Farm Owners need to understand how weather patterns have affected planting decisions in the past to prepare for the upcoming season.

Given the user selects the weather impact analysis feature, when they enter a specific crop and timeframe, then the system should provide a summary of weather patterns and their effects on planting decisions for that crop during the specified timeframe.

Users require insights into optimal planting times based on historical data to create alerts for upcoming seasons.

Given the user activates custom alerts, when they select crops and define parameters, then the system should generate alerts based on historical optimal planting times derived from the data analysis tool.

Users want to compare current planting strategies with historical performance data to optimize yields.

Given the user utilizes the comparison tool, when they input current planting strategies, then the system should provide feedback on how these strategies align with historical performance data and suggest adjustments for increased yield potential.

Farm Owners are using the tool to predict planting outcomes based on historical data during a strategy session.

Given the user accesses the Historical Data Analysis Tool during a strategy session, when they analyze the historical data, then they should be able to visualize data trends through graphs and charts to facilitate discussions.

Collaboration Tools for Teams

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to collaborate with Farm Owners through shared alerts and notes so that we can synchronize our actions and improve the supply chain process."

Description

This requirement involves implementing collaboration features within FreshConnect that allow various stakeholders, such as Farm Owners and Retail Buyers, to share planting schedules, alerts, and notes. The tool will enable multiple users to interact on the platform, leading to improved communication and coordination of planting and product stocking. The goal is to create a shared workspace where users can coordinate efforts and enhance the efficiency of operations, resulting in better product availability and freshness.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owners can create and share their planting schedules with Retail Buyers via the FreshConnect platform.

Given a Farm Owner has a planting schedule, when they share it with a Retail Buyer, then the Retail Buyer receives a notification and can view the schedule in their dashboard.

Retail Buyers can set up custom alerts based on planting schedules received from Farm Owners.

Given a Retail Buyer has received a planting schedule, when they set up a custom alert for specific planting dates, then they should receive the alert via email and in-app notification on the day of planting.

Collaboration tools allow users to leave comments on shared planting schedules for better communication.

Given a shared planting schedule, when a user leaves a comment on the schedule, then the comment should be visible to all users who have access to the schedule, and notifications should be sent to users about the new comment.

Farm Owners can view historical planting schedules and alerts to refine future planting strategies.

Given a Farm Owner has access to historical data, when they navigate to the historical planting schedules page, then they should see a list of past schedules along with performance metrics, such as yield quantity and quality feedback.

Users can collaborate in real-time on planting schedules and make updates that are reflected immediately for all stakeholders.

Given multiple users are viewing a shared planting schedule, when one user updates the schedule, then all other users should see the changes in real-time without refreshing the page.

The system must maintain user permissions to ensure only authorized users can view and edit certain schedules.

Given a user tries to access a planting schedule, when the user does not have permission, then they should receive an 'Access Denied' message and not be able to view the schedule.

The platform includes a feedback mechanism for users to report issues or suggest improvements to the collaboration tools.

Given a user wants to provide feedback on the collaboration tools, when they submit their feedback through the designated form, then the feedback should be logged in the system and an acknowledgment should be sent to the user.

Mobile App Notification System

"As a Farm Owner, I want to receive planting notifications on my mobile device so that I can respond quickly to critical planting updates while on the go."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing a mobile app notification system that sends alerts for planting times directly to users' smartphones. It will incorporate push notifications to alert users immediately, providing convenience and ensuring timely access to critical information no matter where they are. This implementation will enhance user engagement and responsiveness, enabling users to take action promptly according to their planting schedules and improving the effectiveness of the custom alerts feature.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a push notification for planting time based on specified seasonal products.

Given the user has opted in for notifications, When the optimal planting time is reached for any seasonal product, Then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile app within 5 minutes.

User can customize their notification preferences for different products.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, When they select specific products to receive alerts for and save their preferences, Then the user should see a confirmation message and only receive alerts for the selected products.

User receives alerts with relevant weather and farming data accompanying the planting notification.

Given a planting alert is triggered, When the push notification is sent, Then the notification must include relevant weather conditions and farming data (e.g., temperature, humidity) specific to the user's location.

User can snooze or dismiss notifications directly from the mobile app.

Given a planting time notification has been received, When the user swipes to snooze or dismiss the notification, Then the notification should either reappear after a set time period or be permanently removed from the alert list.

Users can view a history of past notifications in the mobile app.

Given the user navigates to the notification history section, When they select the history option, Then they should see a chronological list of past notifications including timestamps and products notified.

Users are able to receive alerts even when the app is closed.

Given the user has closed the FreshConnect mobile app, When the optimal planting time is reached, Then the user should still receive push notifications on their smartphone regardless of app status.

Performance Analytics Dashboard

The Performance Analytics Dashboard provides visual representations of sales trends, product availability, and inventory turnover rates over time. This feature enables users to assess the effectiveness of their planting and stocking strategies, allowing for informed adjustments in future seasons to optimize performance.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

"As a distributor, I want to see real-time updates on my inventory and sales data so that I can make informed decisions quickly and respond to market changes effectively."

Description

The Real-time Data Integration requirement focuses on establishing connections with multiple data sources to pull real-time data into the Performance Analytics Dashboard. This functionality is essential for providing users with up-to-date insights into sales trends, product availability, and inventory turnover rates. By integrating real-time data, users can make timely decisions based on current market conditions and operational metrics, ultimately enhancing their strategic planning and responsiveness to fluctuations in supply and demand.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Performance Analytics Dashboard to assess sales trends after integrating real-time data from various sources such as sales databases and inventory management systems.

Given that real-time data integration is complete, when the user refreshes the Performance Analytics Dashboard, then the displayed sales trends should reflect the latest data without delay.

A user utilizes the Performance Analytics Dashboard to monitor product availability as new stock arrives throughout the day.

Given the real-time data integration is operational, when new inventory data is entered, then the dashboard should update the product availability metrics within 5 minutes.

The Performance Analytics Dashboard is used to evaluate inventory turnover rates at the end of each business day to guide future stocking strategies.

Given that real-time data from the inventory system is integrated, when the day ends, then the dashboard must display accurate inventory turnover rates for the day, consistent with the latest data inputs.

A user wants to make informed decisions regarding planting strategies based on current market conditions reflected in the analytics dashboard.

Given the real-time data integration is functioning, when the user accesses the Performance Analytics Dashboard, then the dashboard should show up-to-date insights and analytics relevant to planting strategies based on the latest sales trends and availability.

The user collaborates with partners to discuss product availability using the performance dashboard insights derived from integrated real-time data.

Given the dashboard is displaying real-time data, when a partner accesses the dashboard, then they should see the same updated metrics and insights as the primary user, with no discrepancies between their views.

A user wants to analyze the impact of recent market changes on their sales performance via the dashboard's predictive analytics tool.

Given that the real-time data integration is active, when the user navigates to the predictive analytics section, then it should present projections based on the most current and past sales trends up to the current timestamp.

Customizable Dashboard Views

"As a farm manager, I want to customize my dashboard view to focus on metrics that are most relevant to my planting strategies so that I can optimize my performance and effectiveness throughout the season."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Views requirement allows users to personalize their Performance Analytics Dashboard according to their specific needs and preferences. Users can select which metrics they want to display, arrange widgets, and save their configurations for future use. This feature enhances the user experience by ensuring that individuals see the most relevant data at a glance, facilitating focused analysis and decision-making. Additionally, this customization aids in aligning the dashboard with individual user roles and goals within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects preferred metrics and saves them on the Performance Analytics Dashboard.

Given the user is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when the user customizes their dashboard by selecting metrics and saves the settings, then the selected metrics should be displayed on the dashboard upon the next login session.

User arranges and rearranges dashboard widgets to optimize visibility.

Given the user is viewing the Performance Analytics Dashboard, when the user drags and drops widgets to rearrange them, then the new arrangement should be saved and reflected in future sessions without resetting to the default arrangement.

User accesses the dashboard from multiple devices and expects consistent views.

Given the user has customized their dashboard on one device, when the user accesses the dashboard from another device, then the same dashboard configuration with the selected metrics and widget arrangement should be displayed.

User updates their settings within the dashboard customization options.

Given the user has previously customized their dashboard, when the user updates any metric selection or widget arrangement, then the changes should be saved and reflected in the dashboard upon subsequent accesses.

User role-based access to different dashboard configurations.

Given the user is logged in with a specific role, when the user accesses the Performance Analytics Dashboard, then the dashboard should reflect the metrics and widgets relevant to that user’s role and permissions, without access to irrelevant data.

User receives feedback when attempting to customize an invalid metric.

Given the user is on the customization page, when the user attempts to select a metric that is not applicable, then the user should receive an error message indicating the metric is invalid and cannot be added to the dashboard.

User logs activity on dashboard usage for future analysis.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, when the user makes changes to the dashboard layout or selected metrics, then the system should log these activities along with the timestamp for future analysis and audit purposes.

Historical Data Analysis

"As a logistics coordinator, I want to analyze historical sales data so that I can understand trends and plan more effectively for future seasons."

Description

The Historical Data Analysis requirement involves incorporating features for users to analyze historical sales and inventory data over time. Users will have access to tools that allow them to identify trends, compare seasons, and assess the impact of past strategies on current performance. This functionality is crucial for developing informed planting and stocking strategies that maximize efficiency and minimize waste. It enhances the decision-making process by providing context and insights derived from historical performance metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses Historical Data Analysis tools to evaluate sales data from the previous three seasons to determine trends in product performance and availability.

Given the user is on the Performance Analytics Dashboard, when they select the Historical Data Analysis tool, then they should be able to view sales data for the last three seasons in graphical format with clear indicators of trends and performance metrics.

User compares inventory turnover rates between two different seasons to assess the impact of their past stocking strategies.

Given the user is on the Historical Data Analysis page, when they select two seasons to compare, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of inventory turnover rates including percentage differences.

User generates a report based on historical inventory data to inform future planting strategies designed to maximize yield and reduce waste.

Given that the user selects the report generation option, when they input their desired parameters for data inclusion, then the system should generate a downloadable report that includes all relevant historical data points and insights.

User utilizes the Historical Data Analysis feature to identify at least three actionable insights derived from past sales performance.

Given the user has analyzed the historical data, when they complete the analysis, then the system should provide a summary section highlighting at least three actionable insights based on the detected trends and performance metrics.

User accesses help documentation to understand how to use the Historical Data Analysis tools effectively.

Given the user is on the Performance Analytics Dashboard, when they click on the help icon, then they should see a detailed guide on using Historical Data Analysis tools including examples and FAQs.

User receives alerts for significant trends from the Historical Data Analysis that could impact future strategies.

Given that the user has configured their analysis settings, when a significant trend is detected, then the system should send an alert notification to the user with a summary of the trend and its potential impact.

User shares their findings from the Historical Data Analysis with team members for collaborative strategy development.

Given the user has completed their analysis, when they select the share option, then the system should allow them to send an email with a summary of their findings and data visualizations to pre-defined team members.

Automated Reporting

"As a sales director, I want to receive automated weekly reports showing key performance indicators so that I can keep track of progress and communicate effectively with my team."

Description

The Automated Reporting requirement ensures that users can generate customized reports based on the data visualized on the Performance Analytics Dashboard. Users will have the capability to schedule reports, select preferred metrics, and share them with stakeholders automatically. This feature streamlines communication and ensures that all relevant parties are kept informed on performance metrics without manual intervention. Reporting automation promotes efficiency and accountability within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a weekly sales report to be automatically generated and sent to stakeholders every Monday at 9 AM.

Given the user has selected the sales metrics and chosen the schedule for report generation, when the specified time arrives, then the report should be generated and sent to the specified email addresses without manual intervention.

User customizes a report by selecting specific metrics such as product availability and inventory turnover rates for the previous month.

Given the user has access to the Performance Analytics Dashboard, when the user selects the metrics they want in the report, then the system will generate a report reflecting only the chosen metrics.

User shares the scheduled report with multiple stakeholders and ensures they receive it at the correct time.

Given that the user has set up multiple stakeholders' email addresses for the report distribution, when the report is generated, then each stakeholder should receive their report in their inbox without errors or omissions.

User modifies the schedule of the report from weekly to bi-weekly and saves the changes.

Given the user has changed the report frequency, when they save the changes, then the report should be scheduled to generate on the new bi-weekly timeline without affecting previous schedules.

User views the report in the Performance Analytics Dashboard after it has been generated and shared automatically.

Given that the report has been generated, when the user navigates to the reports section, then they should be able to see the latest automated report with all the correct data reflected as per the scheduled settings.

User experiences an error while trying to schedule a report due to invalid email addresses.

Given that the user enters an invalid email address, when they attempt to schedule the report, then they should receive an error message indicating the issue with the email format before the report is scheduled.

User wants to cancel a previously scheduled automated report.

Given the report is currently scheduled, when the user selects the option to cancel the report, then the report should be removed from the scheduled tasks and confirmation of cancellation should be displayed to the user.

Predictive Analytics Features

"As an operations analyst, I want to use predictive analytics to forecast future inventory needs based on sales trends so that I can reduce excess stock and improve overall efficiency."

Description

The Predictive Analytics Features requirement integrates machine learning algorithms to analyze current and historical data to forecast future sales trends and inventory needs. This capability empowers users by providing actionable insights that help in strategic decision-making. With predictive analytics, users can anticipate market demands, optimize their inventory levels, and enhance their overall operational efficiency. It plays a pivotal role in minimizing waste and improving profit margins by aligning supply with anticipated demand.

Acceptance Criteria

Predictive Sales Trend Analysis for Seasonal Inventory Management

Given the user accesses the Performance Analytics Dashboard, When they select the Predictive Analytics feature, Then the dashboard displays forecasted sales trends for the next three months based on historical data with a minimum accuracy of 85%.

Inventory Optimization Based on Predictive Analytics

Given the user inputs current stock levels and market conditions, When they run the predictive analytics report, Then the system recommends optimal inventory levels for each product SKU that reduce excess stock by at least 20% and minimize stockouts during peak demand periods.

User Training on Predictive Analytics Features

Given the implementation of the Predictive Analytics Features, When new users complete the training program, Then at least 90% of participants are able to successfully interpret predictive analytics reports and apply insights to inventory decisions in a practical scenario.

Real-Time Notifications for Market Demand Changes

Given the predictive analytics system is live, When there is a significant shift in market demand based on real-time data, Then the system sends automated notifications to users, allowing them to adjust inventory levels within 24 hours.

Integration with Existing Inventory Management Systems

Given the Predictive Analytics Features are implemented, When users sync their existing inventory management systems with FreshConnect, Then the predictive analytics tool should seamlessly integrate and update forecasts without data discrepancies in at least 95% of cases.

Feedback Loop Integration

Feedback Loop Integration enables Farm Owners and Retail Buyers to share insights and experiences related to seasonal products post-harvest. This feature fosters a collaborative environment by allowing users to learn from each harvest cycle, fine-tuning their future planning and improving the alignment of supply with actual market demands.

Requirements

User Feedback Collection

"As a Farm Owner, I want to provide feedback on my harvested products so that I can share insights and improve future harvest planning with my retail partners."

Description

The User Feedback Collection requirement is designed to facilitate the gathering of insights and experiences from Farm Owners and Retail Buyers regarding seasonal products post-harvest. This requirement includes functionality for users to easily submit feedback through an intuitive interface, including ratings, comments, and suggestions. The collected data will be aggregated and analyzed to create trends and patterns over time, providing valuable insights that can guide future planning and inventory decisions. This integration within FreshConnect not only helps in improving product offerings but also enhances the collaboration among users, ultimately aligning supply with actual market demand more effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User Feedback Submission Process for Farm Owners

Given a Farm Owner is logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the Feedback Loop Integration section, then they should see an interface to submit feedback including fields for rating, comments, and suggestions.

User Feedback Submission Process for Retail Buyers

Given a Retail Buyer is logged into FreshConnect, when they access the Feedback Loop Integration feature, then they should be able to submit feedback post-harvest concerning seasonal products with options for ratings and detailed comments.

Feedback Aggregation and Trend Analysis

Given feedback has been submitted by both Farm Owners and Retail Buyers, when the data is collected, then the system should automatically aggregate the feedback and identify trends based on user input over time.

User Notifications for Feedback Acknowledgment

Given a user has submitted feedback, when the submission is successful, then the system should send a confirmation notification to the user via email and within the FreshConnect platform.

Admin Review of User Feedback Reports

Given the feedback has been aggregated, when an admin requests a report, then the system should generate a detailed feedback report indicating user ratings, comments, and identified trends.

Feedback Interface Responsiveness on Mobile Devices

Given a user accesses the Feedback Loop Integration on a mobile device, when the user interface loads, then it should be fully responsive and functional, enabling feedback submission without layout issues.

Error Handling for Feedback Submission

Given a user submits feedback, when an error occurs during submission (e.g., network failure), then the system should display an error message and allow the user to retry submitting their feedback.

Automated Feedback Analysis

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to see an analysis of the feedback from Farm Owners so that I can understand product performance and consumer satisfaction."

Description

Automated Feedback Analysis is a requirement that involves the development of algorithms and tools to analyze the feedback submitted by users. This will include sentiment analysis to determine general user satisfaction and the identification of common themes or issues. By automating this process, FreshConnect can provide Farm Owners and Retail Buyers with actionable insights without manual effort, saving time and resources. The analysis results will be displayed through dashboards and reports, allowing stakeholders to make informed decisions and adjustments to their practices in real-time.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owners submit post-harvest feedback on seasonal products through the FreshConnect platform, detailing their satisfaction levels and observations about product quality and market alignment.

Given a Farm Owner has provided feedback on a seasonal product, when the feedback is submitted, then the system should successfully store the feedback and trigger the analysis algorithms without any errors.

Retail Buyers access the feedback section after completing their orders; they want to share insights regarding their purchasing experience and product performance to enhance future orders.

Given a Retail Buyer has completed their order, when they submit their feedback, then the platform should acknowledge the submission and display a confirmation message immediately while recording the feedback for analysis.

Both Farm Owners and Retail Buyers check the dashboard for sentiment analysis results after several feedback submissions; they want to review overall satisfaction trends over time.

Given that multiple feedback submissions have been made, when users access the dashboard, then the system should display an updated sentiment analysis report showcasing satisfaction trends and common themes identified in the feedback.

The FreshConnect team wants to identify common issues raised in the feedback to inform their support team for future improvements and adjustments in the platform.

Given that feedback analysis algorithms have processed the feedback, when the analysis is complete, then the system should generate a report highlighting the top three common issues or themes with detailed descriptions.

Farm Owners and Retail Buyers receive notifications through the platform about significant changes in sentiment based on recent feedback data, prompting them to review current practices.

Given that there is a change in sentiment analysis results indicating a decline in satisfaction, when the analysis is notified, then the system should send an alert to all relevant users on the platform regarding the change and recommend a review session.

Farm Owners review the system-generated dashboards that visualize their feedback trends over several harvest cycles to plan their future strategies effectively.

Given that at least two harvest cycles of feedback have been analyzed, when a Farm Owner accesses the dashboard, then they should be able to view a visual representation of feedback trends including graphs and key metrics.

Collaborative Planning Tools

"As a Farm Owner, I want to collaborate with Retail Buyers on planning future harvests so that we can ensure a better fit between supply and demand."

Description

The Collaborative Planning Tools requirement focuses on creating a set of features that allow Farm Owners and Retail Buyers to work together when planning for future harvests and product offerings. This will include integrated calendars, shared documents, and communication channels that make it easier for users to coordinate their efforts and synchronize their planning processes. The aim is to create a seamless collaboration experience that enhances the alignment between supply capabilities and market needs, ensuring that decisions are based on real-time data and collective insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owners schedule a seasonal planning meeting with Retail Buyers using the Integrated Calendar feature.

Given that a Farm Owner and a Retail Buyer have access to the Integrated Calendar, When the Farm Owner creates a new event and invites the Retail Buyer, Then the Retail Buyer must receive a notification of the event and see it on their calendar.

Farm Owners share a document with Retail Buyers that outlines potential product offerings for the upcoming season.

Given that a shared document is created by a Farm Owner, When the document is shared with selected Retail Buyers, Then all invited Retail Buyers should have access to edit and comment on the document in real-time.

Retail Buyers provide feedback on the document shared by Farm Owners about product offerings.

Given that a shared document is open for a Retail Buyer, When the Retail Buyer adds comments and suggestions on the document, Then those comments should be visible to the Farm Owner in real-time.

Farm Owners and Retail Buyers communicate through the integrated communication channel to discuss planning details.

Given that a communication channel is established between a Farm Owner and a Retail Buyer, When either party sends a message through the channel, Then the other party must receive the message instantly and be able to respond.

Farm Owners and Retail Buyers review the previous season’s product performance data collaboratively.

Given that previous season's data is available, When a Farm Owner and Retail Buyer access the data through the Collaborative Planning Tool, Then they should be able to view and discuss the insights together in a joint session.

Farm Owners check the availability of specific products against the Retail Buyers' demand forecasts.

Given that both the product availability and demand forecasts are inputted into the system, When a Farm Owner checks the availability for a specific product, Then the system must provide a clear summary of stock levels versus forecasted demand.

Farm Owners and Retail Buyers synchronize their harvest schedules based on collective insights from past collaborations.

Given that both parties have access to historical data, When a synchronization process is initiated, Then the system must generate a proposed harvest schedule that aligns both parties’ capabilities and needs.

Feedback Loop Notifications

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to receive notifications about new feedback on products so that I can stay updated and react quickly to changes in consumer sentiment."

Description

The Feedback Loop Notifications requirement involves creating a notification system that alerts users when new feedback is submitted about their products. This ensures that Farm Owners and Retail Buyers remain engaged with the feedback process and can respond quickly to insights and trends. The notifications can be customized based on user preferences, ensuring they receive alerts in a timely manner. This feature promotes proactive interaction with the feedback loop, helping users to make adjustments as needed and contributing to continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owners receive notifications about new feedback submissions concerning their products post-harvest.

Given a Farm Owner has set notification preferences, when new feedback is submitted, then the Farm Owner receives an email and in-app notification alerting them of the new feedback.

Retail Buyers receive alerts when feedback is submitted regarding seasonal products they have purchased.

Given a Retail Buyer has opted in for notifications, when feedback related to their purchased products is submitted, then they receive a push notification and an email summarizing the feedback received.

Users can customize their notification preferences for receiving feedback alerts.

Given a user is in the notification settings, when they adjust their preferences for receiving feedback alerts, then those preferences can be saved and will dictate the feedback alerts they receive moving forward.

Farm Owners can access a summary of all feedback received for their products within the platform.

Given a Farm Owner accesses their dashboard, when they view the feedback section, then they can see all past feedback the user has provided along with timestamps for each entry.

Retail Buyers can quickly respond to feedback notifications directly from the alert.

Given a Retail Buyer receives a feedback notification, when they click the notification, then they are redirected to the feedback page where they can respond to the feedback directly.

The system logs all notification interactions for auditing purposes.

Given a user interacts with a feedback notification, when the interaction occurs, then the system logs the interaction with user ID and timestamp for future reference.

Users can review and edit past feedback submissions.

Given a user navigates to their submitted feedback history, when they select a feedback entry, then they have the option to edit or delete their feedback submission within a specified time frame.

Integration with Inventory Management

"As a Farm Owner, I want my inventory levels to be adjusted based on feedback so that I can reduce waste and increase efficiency in my operations."

Description

The Integration with Inventory Management requirement ensures that feedback insights can directly influence inventory decisions. This feature involves linking the feedback loop with the existing inventory management system to adjust stock levels based on the insights gathered from seasonal product feedback. By doing this, FreshConnect can optimize inventory turnover and reduce waste due to overproduction or misalignment with consumer preferences. This integration will empower users to streamline their operations and ensure they have the right products available at the right time.

Acceptance Criteria

Farm Owner submits seasonal product feedback after harvest to adjust inventory levels for the next cycle.

Given that the Farm Owner has submitted feedback on seasonal product performance, When the feedback is processed by the inventory management system, Then the stock levels for those products should automatically adjust based on the insights from the feedback provided.

Retail Buyer accesses real-time updates on inventory levels after feedback adjustments.

Given that feedback adjustments have been made in the inventory management system, When the Retail Buyer checks the inventory levels for seasonal products, Then the displayed stock levels should reflect the most recent adjustments influenced by the feedback.

Users analyze how feedback impacts inventory turnover rates after integration implementation.

Given that the integration has been implemented, When the user reviews inventory turnover reports for seasonal products, Then the reports should show a measurable decrease in overstock situations compared to previous cycles, indicating improved alignment with consumer preferences.

Farm Owners and Retail Buyers utilize the feedback loop to communicate product demand effectively.

Given that both Farm Owners and Retail Buyers are using the feedback loop, When either party submits product demand insights, Then the other party should receive notifications and updates regarding those insights, fostering clear communication about consumer preferences.

System generates alerts for inventory levels that require re-evaluation based on feedback.

Given that feedback is submitted regarding overproduction of a product, When the inventory management system processes this feedback, Then alerts should be generated for products approaching overstock levels, prompting re-evaluation of future orders.

Integration of feedback affects the predictive analytics model for future harvest planning.

Given that the inventory management system is integrated with feedback insights, When the predictive analytics model generates future harvest plans, Then the plans should incorporate the feedback received to optimize supply based on actual demand.

Training sessions for users on how to effectively utilize feedback in inventory management.

Given that the Feedback Loop Integration feature is launched, When training sessions are conducted, Then all participants should demonstrate a clear understanding of how to incorporate feedback insights into inventory management practices, evidenced by a post-training assessment reflecting at least 80% competency.

Feedback Insights Dashboard

The Feedback Insights Dashboard aggregates and visualizes ratings and comments from Retail Buyers in real-time. This feature enables distributors to analyze their performance and identify areas for improvement, enhancing transparency while fostering a culture of accountability. Retail Buyers benefit from seeing a distributor’s track record and making informed decisions based on collective experiences.

Requirements

Real-time Feedback Aggregation

"As a distributor, I want to see real-time feedback from Retail Buyers so that I can quickly identify and address any issues that may arise with my service and enhance buyer satisfaction."

Description

The Real-time Feedback Aggregation requirement involves the collection and synthesis of ratings and comments from Retail Buyers as soon as they are submitted. This feature will ensure that the Feedback Insights Dashboard reflects the most current and relevant data available, empowering distributors to monitor their performance dynamically. By providing immediate insights into buyer sentiments and feedback, this functionality will help to identify trends, address issues promptly, and foster continuous improvement within the distribution process.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer submits feedback on a recent order through the FreshConnect platform.

Given a Retail Buyer has submitted feedback, When the feedback is entered into the system, Then the feedback should be reflected in the Feedback Insights Dashboard within 1 minute.

A distributor checks the Feedback Insights Dashboard to analyze real-time feedback from several Retail Buyers.

Given the Feedback Insights Dashboard is accessed, When it displays feedback data, Then the data should include all feedback delivered in the last 24 hours and present it in a user-friendly format.

Feedback aggregation occurs immediately following a Retail Buyer rating submission.

Given a Retail Buyer submits a rating of 4 out of 5 stars, When the rating is processed, Then the average rating shown on the dashboard should update without requiring a page refresh.

A distributor identifies trends from aggregated feedback over a week.

Given that feedback is collected over a week, When analysed, Then the dashboard should visually represent trends in buyer sentiment using graphs or charts, including any fluctuations in ratings or common comments.

Retail Buyers view a summary of their past feedback submissions.

Given a Retail Buyer accesses their feedback history, When they navigate to the history section, Then they should see a chronological list of all their submitted feedback and ratings with respective dates.

Notifications are triggered for distributors upon receiving negative feedback.

Given that a rating lower than 3 stars is submitted by a Retail Buyer, When that feedback is logged, Then the distributor should receive an automated notification within 5 minutes summarizing the feedback.

System performance measures during peak usage times for feedback submissions.

Given peak business hours, When multiple Retail Buyers submit feedback simultaneously, Then the system should maintain at least a 95% success rate for feedback submission without errors or delays.

Visual Performance Metrics

"As a distributor, I want to view visual performance metrics so that I can easily interpret feedback data and make informed decisions to enhance my operations."

Description

The Visual Performance Metrics requirement focuses on creating intuitive visual representations of the feedback data collected from Retail Buyers. This will involve developing charts, graphs, and dashboards that not only showcase overall ratings but also delineate comments by key themes, allowing for comprehensive performance analysis at a glance. Enhanced visualizations will enable distributors to pinpoint strengths and weaknesses more effectively, supporting strategic decision-making and prioritizing improvements.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer views the Feedback Insights Dashboard to evaluate multiple distributors based on real-time feedback data.

Given the Retail Buyer is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they access the Feedback Insights Dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation of ratings for each distributor, including line charts for trends over time and pie charts for rating distribution.

A distributor analyzes the performance metrics on the Feedback Insights Dashboard to identify strengths and weaknesses in feedback rating themes.

Given a distributor accesses the Feedback Insights Dashboard, when they hover over specific data points, then they should see tooltips displaying detailed comments categorized by positive, negative, and neutral themes.

A Retail Buyer filters the visual performance metrics to focus on a specific distributor's feedback history.

Given the Retail Buyer is viewing the Feedback Insights Dashboard, when they apply the filter for a specific distributor, then only the feedback data related to that distributor should be displayed in all visualizations.

Distributors receive a notification alert when new feedback is submitted by Retail Buyers through the Dashboard.

Given a new feedback submission occurs, when the distributor accesses their Feedback Insights Dashboard, then they should see a notification indicating the number of new comments received since their last login.

The system generates a comprehensive report from the Visual Performance Metrics for a specified time period.

Given a distributor selects a date range for analysis, when they request a report, then the system should generate a downloadable PDF report containing all key visual metrics and a summary of comments received during that period.

Retail Buyers share feedback on a specific distributor which is immediately reflected in the dashboard upon submission.

Given the Retail Buyer submits feedback via the rating form, when they refresh the Feedback Insights Dashboard, then the new feedback should be instantly visible in the corresponding graphs and comments section without delay.

Customizable Feedback Reports

"As a distributor, I want the ability to create customizable feedback reports so that I can focus on the specific areas that need improvement and track changes over time."

Description

The Customizable Feedback Reports requirement will enable distributors to generate tailored reports based on feedback metrics that matter most to them. This feature will allow users to select specific parameters, timeframes, and types of feedback, ensuring that reports are relevant and actionable. By equipping distributors with the ability to customize their reports, they can focus their efforts on the specific areas of improvement that will drive business growth and optimize performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Distributors need to generate a feedback report that highlights the performance metrics from the previous quarter, specifically focusing on ratings and comments related to delivery times and product quality.

Given the distributor is on the Feedback Insights Dashboard, When they select the reporting parameters for 'Delivery Times' and 'Product Quality' with a date range of 'Last Quarter', Then the system should generate a report displaying aggregated ratings and comments for those criteria only.

A distributor wants to create a report that details feedback received from Retail Buyers with a specific focus on the last month’s feedback regarding customer service interactions.

Given the distributor selects 'Customer Service' as the feedback type and sets the timeframe to 'Last Month', When they request the report, Then the report should include only the relevant ratings and comments collected during that timeframe.

A distributor assesses overall feedback trends by generating a comprehensive report for the entire year to identify any seasonal variations in feedback related to product availability.

Given the distributor selects 'Product Availability' as the feedback category and chooses the complete year as the timeframe, When they initiate the report generation, Then the resulting report must analyze and display trends in ratings and comments for each quarter of that year.

A distributor decides to use the dashboard to create a customizable report focusing on feedback that mentions the responsiveness of their service team over the past two months.

Given the distributor filters for feedback mentioning 'Responsiveness' and selects a date range for 'Last Two Months', When they generate the report, Then the system should compile all relevant feedback entries and display them accordingly.

A distributor aims to customize a feedback report based on a mix of multiple feedback categories, including 'Product Quality', 'Customer Service', and 'Delivery Performance' across the last three months.

Given the distributor chooses multiple categories for the report and sets the timeframe to 'Last Three Months', When they submit the request, Then the dashboard should successfully generate a report combining data from all selected categories within the given period.

Automated Alerts for Negative Feedback

"As a distributor, I want to receive automated alerts when I receive negative feedback so that I can address the issues swiftly and maintain positive relationships with my buyers."

Description

The Automated Alerts for Negative Feedback requirement will set up a notification system that alerts distributors immediately when negative feedback is submitted by Retail Buyers. This automation ensures that issues can be addressed posthaste, minimizing potential damage to relationships with buyers. With timely alerts, distributors can take proactive steps to resolve issues before they escalate, fostering better communication and accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer submits negative feedback on a distributed product through FreshConnect.

Given a Retail Buyer has submitted negative feedback, when the feedback is recorded in the system, then the distributor should receive an alert notification within 5 minutes.

Distributor receives notification of negative feedback to their dashboard.

Given a negative feedback alert has been triggered, when the distributor logs into the Feedback Insights Dashboard, then they should see a pop-up notification detailing the feedback received.

Distributor evaluates the impact of negative feedback on their performance metrics.

Given the negative feedback notification is accessed by the distributor, when they review the associated performance metrics, then the dashboard should reflect changes in the ratings and comments section dynamically based on the latest feedback.

Distributor resolves an issue that led to negative feedback and provides a response to the Retail Buyer.

Given the distributor has addressed the issue regarding the negative feedback, when they submit a response through the dashboard, then the Retail Buyer should receive that response within 24 hours of the feedback being submitted.

System logs all negative feedback notifications and resolutions for auditing purposes.

Given a negative feedback alert has been triggered and acted upon, when the distributor resolves the issue, then the system should log all notifications and responses for future auditing without any data loss.

Retail Buyer confirms resolution of the issue from the distributor’s feedback response.

Given the Retail Buyer receives a resolution from the distributor, when they provide a follow-up rating, then the feedback must reflect either an improvement or ongoing concern, which updates the overall distributor's score accordingly.

Feedback History Tracking

"As a distributor, I want to track the history of feedback received so that I can analyze trends over time and evaluate the effectiveness of changes made to my service."

Description

The Feedback History Tracking requirement involves maintaining a historical record of all feedback provided by Retail Buyers over time. This feature will allow distributors to review past feedback patterns, analyze changes in buyer sentiment, and assess the impact of implemented improvements. By understanding historical trends, distributors can make informed decisions about future strategies and better align their services with buyer expectations.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer views their Feedback Insights Dashboard to evaluate distributor performance over the past year.

Given the Retail Buyer is logged into their account, when they access their Feedback Insights Dashboard, then they should see a complete historical record of feedback provided over the past year, including ratings and comments.

Distributor analyzes feedback trends over a six-month period to identify areas for improvement.

Given the Distributor selects a six-month timeframe on the Feedback Insights Dashboard, when the historical feedback data is displayed, then they should be able to visualize average ratings and categorize comments to identify trends and potential areas for improvement.

Retail Buyer wants to compare feedback from different distributors.

Given the Retail Buyer accesses the Feedback Insights Dashboard, when they select multiple distributors for comparison, then the dashboard should display side-by-side historical feedback metrics, including average ratings and common themes from comments.

Distributor implements changes based on feedback and checks for improvement in subsequent ratings.

Given the Distributor has made changes based on past feedback, when they review the new ratings and comments on the Feedback Insights Dashboard after the changes have been implemented, then they should see a measurable increase in average ratings from previous periods.

Retail Buyer leaves feedback on a recent order, and the system logs this feedback.

Given the Retail Buyer has received their order, when they submit feedback through the Feedback Insights Dashboard, then the system should successfully log this feedback and make it available in the historical feedback records.

Distributor receives an alert when feedback falls below a certain threshold.

Given the Distributor has set up notification criteria within the Feedback Insights Dashboard, when the average feedback rating drops below the specified threshold, then the system should automatically send an alert to the distributor.

Retail Buyer wants to retrieve feedback history for a specific product.

Given the Retail Buyer opens the Feedback Insights Dashboard, when they filter feedback by a specific product, then they should see all historical feedback related to that product, including both ratings and comments.

Rating Verification System

The Rating Verification System ensures that all feedback submitted is from verified Retail Buyers who have engaged in transactions. This feature bolsters the credibility of ratings, resulting in authentic insights into distributor performance. For Retail Buyers, this instills confidence when selecting distributors based on reliable reviews.

Requirements

Buyer Verification Process

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to ensure that the ratings I read are from verified users so that I can make informed decisions when choosing distributors."

Description

The Buyer Verification Process ensures that only verified Retail Buyers can submit ratings and feedback on distributors. This process includes an initial validation step where each Retail Buyer must authenticate their identity and proof of purchase before they can leave a review. This requirement is critical for maintaining the integrity of the feedback system, as it mitigates the risk of false reviews and enhances the trustworthiness of the ratings displayed. Ultimately, this will lead to more accurate evaluations of distributor performance and improve the decision-making process for potential Retail Buyers.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer submits a rating after completing a transaction with a distributor.

Given a Retail Buyer with verified identity and proof of purchase, when they submit a rating, then the system accepts the rating and displays it on the distributor's profile.

System checks and verifies the identity of a Retail Buyer before allowing the submission of a rating.

Given a Retail Buyer attempting to submit a rating, when they provide their identity verification details, then the system must successfully validate their identity based on existing records before allowing submission.

Feedback submission is logged and timestamped for auditing purposes.

Given a successful rating submission by a verified Retail Buyer, when the rating is recorded, then the system logs the submission with the corresponding timestamp for auditing.

Retail Buyer attempts to submit a rating without proof of purchase.

Given a Retail Buyer who does not have valid proof of purchase, when they attempt to submit a rating, then the system denies the submission and prompts the user to provide proof of purchase.

System sends confirmation to the Retail Buyer after successful rating submission.

Given a Retail Buyer has successfully submitted their rating, when the submission is complete, then the system sends a confirmation notification to the Retail Buyer's registered email address.

Admin verifies and monitors submitted ratings for compliance and accuracy.

Given an admin user reviews ratings from Retail Buyers, when they check the submitted ratings, then the system should enable the admin to see verified and unverified ratings with an option to investigate suspicious entries.

Automatic Review Flagging

"As a system administrator, I want to identify and flag potentially fraudulent reviews automatically so that the integrity of the ratings system is maintained."

Description

The Automatic Review Flagging system will utilize machine learning algorithms to identify suspicious or potentially fraudulent reviews submitted to the platform. The system will analyze patterns, keywords, and user behavior to detect unusual activities, such as multiple reviews from the same IP address or rapid submission of ratings. Implementing this feature is vital for protecting the platform's credibility and ensuring that only legitimate reviews are displayed, thereby enhancing user trust and the overall reliability of feedback.

Acceptance Criteria

Review Submission by Retail Buyer with Suspicious Activity

Given a Retail Buyer submits multiple reviews from the same IP address within a short time period, when the system analyzes the reviews, then it should flag these reviews as suspicious and notify the moderation team.

Keyword Detection for Fraudulent Reviews

Given a Retail Buyer submits a review containing pre-defined suspicious keywords, when the review is submitted, then the system should automatically flag the review for manual review by the moderation team.

Analysis of Historical Review Patterns

Given the system reviews historical transaction data and review submissions, when it detects a pattern of rapid submissions from a particular user or IP address that deviates from normal behavior, then it should flag the account for further investigation.

User Behavior Monitoring for Incoming Ratings

Given a Retail Buyer rates multiple distributors in quick succession, when the system analyzes the timing and frequency of the ratings, then it should flag the submissions as potentially fraudulent if they exceed a specified threshold.

Notification of Review Flagging Outcome

Given a review is flagged by the automatic system, when the moderation team reviews the flagged ratings, then the outcome (approved, rejected, or needs further review) should be logged, and the user should be notified of the decision.

System Performance during Review Flagging

Given many users are submitting reviews during peak hours, when the review submission load increases, then the system should maintain a processing time of under 3 seconds for flagging reviews, ensuring all submissions are analyzed in real-time.

Audit Trail for Flagged Reviews

Given reviews are flagged by the system, when the moderation team accesses the flagged reviews, then an audit trail should be available that includes details such as the reason for flagging, time of submission, and user information.

Reviewer Insights Dashboard

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to see detailed information about the reviewers of distributors so that I can gauge the credibility of the ratings."

Description

The Reviewer Insights Dashboard is an analytical tool designed to provide Retail Buyers with further context about the reviewers of each distributor. This dashboard will display metrics including reviewer purchase history, frequency of reviews, and overall reviewer ratings, offering deeper insights into the validity of ratings. This requirement enhances transparency and allows Retail Buyers to assess not just the distributor’s performance based on ratings but also the credibility of the reviewers, fostering confidence in the marketplace.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer accesses the Reviewer Insights Dashboard to evaluate a distributor's ratings and reviews before making a purchasing decision.

Given a Retail Buyer logged into FreshConnect, when they navigate to the Reviewer Insights Dashboard, then they should see metrics including reviewer purchase history, frequency of reviews, and overall reviewer ratings listed for each distributor.

A Retail Buyer filters the metrics on the Reviewer Insights Dashboard to assess the credibility of reviewers based on their review activity.

Given a Retail Buyer is on the Reviewer Insights Dashboard, when they apply filters for reviewer purchase history and frequency of reviews, then the dashboard should update to display distributors only with reviewers that meet those filter criteria.

Retail Buyer views the Reviewer Insights Dashboard and identifies a distributor with a high number of reviews from verified purchasers.

Given that the Reviewer Insights Dashboard is displayed, when a Retail Buyer reviews the metrics for a distributor, then they should see the number of reviews from verified Retail Buyers prominently indicated next to the distributor's rating score.

Retail Buyer analyzes the trends in reviewer ratings over time using the Reviewer Insights Dashboard to make informed decisions.

Given a Retail Buyer on the Reviewer Insights Dashboard, when they click on a specific distributor's average rating, then they should be able to view a trend graph indicating the changes in ratings over the last 12 months.

A Retail Buyer shares the insights from the Reviewer Insights Dashboard with their team to discuss potential vendor partnerships.

Given a Retail Buyer is viewing the Reviewer Insights Dashboard, when they click the 'Share Insights' button, then an email template should open with the insights and metrics automatically populated for easy sharing.

Retail Buyer navigates back to the main dashboard after reviewing the insights on the Reviewer Insights Dashboard.

Given a Retail Buyer is on the Reviewer Insights Dashboard, when they click the 'Back to Dashboard' button, then they should be redirected to the main dashboard of FreshConnect without losing any session data.

Feedback Loop for Ratings

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to provide context to my ratings so that other buyers can understand the reasoning behind my feedback."

Description

The Feedback Loop for Ratings feature allows Retail Buyers to provide context to their ratings by adding comments or elaborating on their experience with the distributor. This feedback thread will also enable other Retail Buyers to ask follow-up questions or seek clarifications on specific reviews. Implementing this functionality adds a layer of accountability for reviewers, encouraging meaningful feedback and fostering community discussion, which can enhance the quality of insights available to others.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyers want to submit a rating along with a comment after purchasing from a distributor. They navigate to the distributor's profile page and locate the ratings section to provide feedback. Once they submit their rating and comment, they should see a confirmation message indicating the feedback was successfully posted.

Given a Retail Buyer is logged in, When they submit a rating of 1 to 5 stars and a comment, Then the system should display a confirmation message and the rating should appear in the rating section of the distributor's profile.

A Retail Buyer views a distributor's profile and wants to read existing ratings and comments from other buyers. They see a list of ratings and can click on any comment to view details. They should also have the option to ask follow-up questions related to specific comments.

Given a Retail Buyer is on a distributor's profile page, When they click on a comment, Then the system should expand the comment to show the full text and display options for asking questions about that specific comment.

A Retail Buyer wishes to respond to a comment left by another buyer about their experience with a distributor. They should be able to enter their response and submit it, which should then be displayed under the original comment for others to see.

Given a Retail Buyer is viewing another buyer's comment, When they submit a response, Then the response should be displayed beneath the original comment with a timestamp and the responder's name.

After submitting feedback, a Retail Buyer wants to ensure their rating is coming from a verified purchase. They check the ratings section of their account statistics to see confirmation that their feedback was verified.

Given a Retail Buyer has submitted a rating, When they view their feedback history, Then the system should indicate that the rating is from a verified transaction.

A Retail Buyer wants to flag a rating or comment that they believe is inappropriate or irrelevant. They should be able to use a flagging feature to report this feedback to the administrators.

Given a Retail Buyer is reading a comment, When they select the 'Report' option, Then the system should prompt them to provide a reason for flagging, which should then be submitted for review by the moderation team.

The Feedback Loop feature allows Retail Buyers to engage with the comments and clarify nuances about ratings. They want to see how many follow-up questions have been asked on a specific comment to understand buyer engagement.

Given a comment has follow-up questions, When a Retail Buyer views that comment, Then the system should display the number of follow-up questions asked along with a link to view all related questions.

Supplier Response Capability

"As a distributor, I want to respond to feedback left by Retail Buyers so that I can clarify my perspective and engage with my clients directly."

Description

The Supplier Response Capability allows distributors to publicly respond to reviews left by Retail Buyers. This feature gives distributors the opportunity to clarify misunderstandings, address concerns, or express gratitude for positive feedback. By allowing a two-way conversation around ratings, this requirement promotes transparency and accountability, enabling distributors to engage constructively with their customers and improve their services based on feedback received.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer submits a review on a distributor's profile after a successful transaction, prompting the distributor to craft a response to the review visibility on the platform.

Given a submitted review from a Retail Buyer, when the distributor accesses the review section, then they must see an option to respond to the review within 24 hours.

Distributors want to reply to feedback on their reviews effectively, ensuring their response can clarify misunderstandings raised in the review.

Given a review has a misunderstanding, when the distributor submits a response, then it must appear under the original review and notify the Retail Buyer via email.

A Retail Buyer reads a review with a distributor's response before making a purchasing decision, ensuring transparency in the feedback process.

Given a Retail Buyer views a distributor's profile, when they look at the reviews section, then they must see both the reviews and the corresponding distributor responses within the same view.

Distributors engage in conversations with Retail Buyers through the response functionality, aiming to build rapport and trust.

Given a distributor has responded to a review, when a Retail Buyer clicks 'Reply' on the distributor's response, then they must be able to submit a follow-up comment that appears under the original review.

The platform must track and display the responses of distributors to reviews, ensuring accountability and verification of engagement.

Given a review and a distributor response exist, when reported on the distributor’s profile, then it must show the total number of responses made by the distributor for transparency.

Retail Buyers receive notifications when distributors respond to their reviews, enhancing communication and engagement.

Given a Retail Buyer receives a response from a distributor, when they check their email, then they must receive a notification about the response within 2 hours of its submission.

Distributors review their past responses to understand trends and improve future feedback handling.

Given a distributor accesses their profile, when they navigate to the 'Responses' section, then they must be able to view all past responses made to reviews, sortable by date and review rating.

Custom Review Prompts

Custom Review Prompts guide Retail Buyers in providing detailed, constructive feedback based on specific criteria such as product quality, delivery timeliness, and communication. This feature not only increases the quantity and quality of feedback but also helps distributors understand their strengths and weaknesses. By providing more structured feedback, Retail Buyers can affect change more effectively.

Requirements

Structured Feedback Templates

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to use structured feedback templates so that I can provide detailed and constructive reviews to distributors quickly and easily, improving the quality of communication and ultimately the products I receive."

Description

Introduce structured feedback templates that guide Retail Buyers in providing feedback on specific criteria. Each template will cover areas such as product quality, delivery timeliness, and communication effectiveness. This requirement will streamline the feedback process, ensuring that reviews are comprehensive and actionable. The implementation will involve creating customizable templates that distributors can tailor to their needs, ultimately driving higher quality and more detailed feedback to help improve services and products. This feature aims to enhance the relationship between Retail Buyers and distributors by facilitating constructive criticism and recognition of strengths, fostering a culture of continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer is accessing the Custom Review Prompts feature to provide feedback on delivered products after a recent order.

Given the Retail Buyer has accessed the structured feedback template, when they select the product quality section, then they should be able to input a rating from 1 to 5 and add comments for clarification.

Distributors are reviewing feedback submitted through the structured feedback templates to evaluate their performance.

Given the distributor has received feedback for their products, when they filter the feedback by delivery timeliness, then all comments and ratings associated with delivery should be displayed clearly in a structured format.

The Retail Buyer is customizing the structured feedback template to include additional criteria relevant to their evaluation needs.

Given the Retail Buyer is on the template customization page, when they add a new criteria field and save it, then the new field should appear as part of the feedback form for future use.

A Retail Buyer submits feedback using the structured feedback templates after evaluating a shipment.

Given the Retail Buyer has filled out all required fields in the structured feedback template, when they click the 'Submit' button, then a confirmation message should appear, and the feedback should be recorded in the system.

The admin user is testing the functionality of the feedback templates prior to rollout.

Given the admin is reviewing the final version of the templates, when they check each section for completeness and usability, then all sections should be functional, intuitive, and ready for user testing.

Retail Buyers use the feedback templates during a seasonal evaluation period to assess multiple shipments.

Given the Retail Buyer has access to multiple feedback templates, when they select a template for a specific shipment, then they should be able to review past feedback to compare and analyze trends over time.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

"As a distributor, I want to view an analytics dashboard of the feedback received so that I can identify trends and make informed decisions about improvements needed in my product offerings and services."

Description

Develop a feedback analytics dashboard that aggregates and visualizes customer feedback data. This dashboard will enable distributors to view trends in review scores, identify recurring issues, and assess areas for improvement over time. By leveraging predictive analytics, the dashboard will also offer insights on potential future feedback based on historical data. This implementation will enhance distributors' capability to react proactively to buyer feedback, helping them enhance their services and products in a targeted manner while also improving buyer satisfaction by addressing their needs more effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Trends in Review Scores Over Time

Given a distributor accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, when they select a specific time period, then the dashboard displays a line graph showing the review scores trend for that period with a clear indication of average scores.

Identifying Recurring Issues from Customer Feedback

Given a distributor views the feedback analytics dashboard, when they access the feedback heat map, then the dashboard highlights the top three recurring issues customers have reported with clear descriptions and frequency counts.

Analyzing Predictive Feedback Analytics

Given a distributor is on the feedback analytics dashboard, when they select the predictive analytics feature, then the dashboard presents graphical representations of predicted future feedback trends based on historical data.

Downloading Feedback Reports

Given a distributor is on the feedback analytics dashboard, when they choose to download a report, then they receive a CSV file containing all customer feedback data for the selected time period and filters.

Filtering Feedback by Specific Criteria

Given a distributor is on the feedback analytics dashboard, when they apply filters for product quality and delivery timeliness, then the dashboard adjusts to show only feedback that meets those criteria.

Tracking Buyer Satisfaction Over Time

Given a distributor accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, when they look at the buyer satisfaction score chart, then the chart displays the average satisfaction scores for all products over the last 12 months with clear annotations for peaks and drops.

Setting Alerts for Negative Feedback Trends

Given a distributor is using the feedback analytics dashboard, when they configure an alert for average review scores falling below a specific threshold, then the system sends an email notification when that threshold is crossed.

Real-time Notification System

"As a distributor, I want to receive real-time notifications for new reviews so that I can respond promptly to feedback and engage effectively with Retail Buyers, showing that their opinions matter."

Description

Implement a real-time notification system to alert distributors when a Retail Buyer submits a new review. This requirement will ensure that distributors are immediately aware of feedback, allowing them to respond quickly to concerns or compliments. By encouraging timely responses, this system aims to improve customer satisfaction and demonstrate a commitment to service. The notifications can also include reminders for follow-up actions based on the feedback received, which will help nurture relationships and maintain open lines of communication with buyers.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification upon new review submission by Retail Buyer

Given a Retail Buyer submits a new review, when the review is submitted, then the distributor receives a real-time notification via the platform and email.

Notification includes feedback details

Given a new review notification is received by the distributor, when the notification is opened, then it displays the key details of the review including product quality, delivery timeliness, and communication ratings.

Timeliness of notification delivery

Given a review is submitted by a Retail Buyer, when the submission occurs, then the distributor must receive the notification within 5 minutes of the submission.

Follow-up reminders based on feedback

Given feedback that requires follow-up action from the distributor, when a notification is received, then it includes a reminder for the required follow-up actions with aligned deadlines.

Notification acknowledgments from distributors

Given a notification received about a new review, when the distributor acknowledges the notification, then the system marks the review as acknowledged and updates the status in the distributor's dashboard.

Analytics on notification effectiveness

Given multiple notifications sent to distributors, when analyzing the data, then the system must report the percentage of reviews acknowledged within 24 hours, aiming for at least 80% acknowledgment rate.

Feedback Integration with Order System

"As a distributor, I want feedback linked to specific orders in our system so that I can analyze customer feedback in the context of their purchasing history and make informed decisions about inventory and product offerings."

Description

Create an integration between the feedback system and the order processing system to ensure that feedback on specific orders can be easily tracked and referenced. This requirement will facilitate a clearer connection between buyer feedback and inventory management, helping distributors understand which orders are receiving negative feedback and why. The implementation will allow for data-driven decision-making related to product ordering and potential adjustments, enabling distributors to optimize their supply chains in response to customer feedback efficiently.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer submits feedback for an order they received.

Given a Retail Buyer accesses the feedback system, when they select an order to provide feedback on, then they should see a list of predefined feedback prompts related to product quality, delivery timeliness, and communication.

Distributor reviews feedback linked to a specific order.

Given that feedback has been submitted on a specific order, when the distributor accesses the order in the order processing system, then they should be able to view associated feedback comments and ratings clearly displayed alongside the order details.

Generating a report based on feedback responses.

Given that multiple feedback entries have been submitted, when a distributor requests a report on feedback metrics, then the system should generate a report summarizing average scores for product quality and delivery timeliness for the past month.

Responding to negative feedback.

Given that a distributor identifies negative feedback associated with an order, when they take action to address the feedback, then they should be able to log their response in the system and update the order status.

Integrating feedback data with inventory management.

Given that feedback on an order is received, when a distributor analyzes inventory levels, then the system should flag products associated with repeated negative feedback as needing review for potential restocking or adjustments.

Feedback prompts customization by administrators.

Given that an administrator wants to adjust feedback prompts, when they access the feedback settings, then they should be able to add, remove, or modify prompts available for Retail Buyers to select.

Mobile Access to Feedback System

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to access the feedback system from my mobile device so that I can review and respond to feedback quickly while I'm out of the office, maintaining effective communication with distributors."

Description

Enable mobile access to the feedback system, allowing Retail Buyers and distributors to view and respond to reviews on the go. This requirement will leverage responsive design to ensure that both desktop and mobile users can easily navigate and utilize the feedback system. By providing mobile access, the aim is to enhance real-time communication and ensure that feedback can be managed anytime, anywhere, which is critical for busy Retail Buyers and distributors. This functionality will ultimately support a more agile and adaptable business model, enabling immediate responses to customer interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer accesses the feedback system on their mobile device during a delivery to review recent feedback on product quality and delivery timeliness.

Given a Retail Buyer is logged into the FreshConnect mobile app, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to view a list of reviews, including product quality and delivery timeliness, formatted for mobile display.

Distributor receives a notification on their mobile device about a new review and wants to respond immediately.

Given a distributor has enabled push notifications, when a new review is submitted, then they should receive an instant push notification on their mobile device with a direct link to the review.

Retail Buyer wants to provide feedback on a product while attending a trade show and needs the mobile system to function offline.

Given a Retail Buyer is at a trade show with no internet access, when they attempt to provide feedback using the FreshConnect mobile app, then they should be able to enter feedback which syncs automatically when they regain internet connectivity.

Distributor reviews overall feedback trends over the past month on their tablet while traveling.

Given a distributor is logged into the FreshConnect mobile app, when they access the analytics section of the feedback system, then they should see a summary of feedback trends, including average ratings and comments, displayed in a clear and concise format suitable for tablet use.

Retail Buyer edits a feedback comment after initially submitting it through the mobile app.

Given a Retail Buyer has submitted feedback on a product, when they access their feedback history on the mobile app and choose to edit their comment, then they should be able to modify their feedback and see the updated version reflected in the system.

Distributor searches for specific feedback using keywords on their mobile device.

Given a distributor is in the feedback section of the FreshConnect mobile app, when they enter specific keywords into the search bar, then they should be able to filter and view all relevant reviews that contain those keywords.

Anonymous Feedback Option

The Anonymous Feedback Option allows Retail Buyers to submit ratings and comments without revealing their identity. This feature encourages honest and candid feedback, thereby fostering a safe space for users to express their opinions freely. Distributors can gain insights on their services while Retail Buyers feel secure in sharing their experiences.

Requirements

Anonymous Feedback Submission

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to submit feedback anonymously so that I can express my honest opinions about distributor services without the fear of retribution."

Description

The Anonymous Feedback Submission requirement enables Retail Buyers to provide ratings and comments without revealing their identities. This feature is essential for encouraging transparent and honest feedback, which is crucial for improving distributor services. The implementation will involve creating a user-friendly interface that allows easy access to the feedback option, ensuring that submissions are securely processed and stored while maintaining anonymity. This ensures the trust of Retail Buyers, leading to a richer pool of insights for distributors, which can ultimately drive service enhancements and better customer satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer accesses the feedback submission page after completing an order and wants to provide anonymous feedback about the distributor's service.

Given the Retail Buyer is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they navigate to the feedback submission page, then they should find a user-friendly interface that allows them to enter a rating (1-5 stars) and comments without entering personal information.

A Retail Buyer submits feedback and expects that their identity remains anonymous and secure throughout the process.

Given the Retail Buyer submits their feedback through the feedback submission form, when the feedback is processed, then their identity should not be stored or associated with their feedback in any database, ensuring complete anonymity.

Distributors want to review the feedback submitted by Retail Buyers to improve their service.

Given the distributor accesses the feedback report section, when they look at the feedback data, then they should see the ratings and comments without any personal identifiers of the Retail Buyers, along with the average rating displayed.

A Retail Buyer tries to submit feedback without providing a rating, expecting the system to prompt them to do so.

Given the Retail Buyer is on the feedback submission form, when they attempt to submit their feedback without selecting a rating, then they should receive a validation message prompting them to select a rating before submission.

Several Retail Buyers submit feedback simultaneously to ensure the system can handle multiple anonymous submissions without errors.

Given multiple Retail Buyers are on the feedback submission page at the same time, when they all try to submit their feedback, then the system should process each submission successfully without error or delay, maintaining system performance.

The administrator wants to ensure that only qualified users can access the feedback submission feature.

Given that user roles are defined in the FreshConnect system, when a user who is not a Retail Buyer attempts to access the feedback submission form, then they should receive an access denied message.

A Retail Buyer wants to edit their submitted feedback before the specified time frame has elapsed.

Given the Retail Buyer has already submitted feedback, when they access their feedback submission within the allowed time frame, then they should see an option to edit their feedback and resubmit it successfully.

Feedback Display System

"As a Distributor, I want to view aggregated feedback from Retail Buyers so that I can identify areas for improvement and enhance service quality based on real customer insights."

Description

The Feedback Display System requirement outlines the mechanism for displaying the anonymous feedback provided by Retail Buyers to distributors. This system will aggregate and present feedback in an organized manner, allowing distributors to easily analyze ratings and comments. The feedback display should be intuitive and allow for filtering based on different parameters such as date, rating, and category of service. This integration will enable distributors to quickly identify areas for improvement and address concerns raised by their customers, ultimately leading to enhanced service quality and client loyalty.

Acceptance Criteria

Displaying Anonymous Feedback Ratings and Comments for Distributors

Given a distributor accesses the feedback display system, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should see an organized list of anonymous ratings and comments from Retail Buyers displayed in order of submission date.

Filtering Feedback by Date Range

Given a distributor is viewing the feedback list, when they apply a date filter, then the system should only display feedback entries submitted within the selected date range.

Filtering Feedback by Rating

Given a distributor is viewing the feedback list, when they select a filter for a specific rating (e.g., 1 to 5 stars), then the system should only display feedback entries that match the selected rating criteria.

Displaying Feedback Categories

Given a distributor is viewing the feedback list, when they look at the details of each entry, then they should see clear indicators of the service category to which each piece of feedback relates (e.g., delivery, quality, customer service).

Aggregating Ratings for Overall Performance Insights

Given that multiple feedback entries exist for a distributor, when the feedback display system generates an aggregate score, then it should accurately calculate the average rating based on all received feedback and display it prominently on the feedback page.

Real-time Updates for New Feedback Submissions

Given a distributor is actively viewing the feedback display page, when a new piece of anonymous feedback is submitted, then the system should automatically refresh to include the new feedback without requiring a manual page refresh.

Feedback Review Notifications

"As a Distributor, I want to receive notifications about new anonymous feedback so that I can respond promptly to customer concerns and improve my services as needed."

Description

The Feedback Review Notifications requirement will implement a notification system that alerts distributors whenever new feedback is submitted by Retail Buyers. This feature is designed to keep distributors informed in real-time about customer experiences and sentiments, fostering a responsive approach to feedback management. Notifications can be delivered through the platform's dashboard and can also include email alerts. This proactive approach encourages distributors to act on feedback swiftly, ensuring that they remain aligned with customer expectations and can enhance satisfaction levels effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer submits feedback via the Anonymous Feedback Option after a recent order.

Given a Retail Buyer is logged in, when they submit feedback, then the system sends a notification to the respective distributor within 5 minutes.

Distributor checks the platform's dashboard for recent feedback notifications.

Given a distributor is logged in and on the dashboard, when new feedback has been received, then the dashboard displays a notification badge indicating new feedback.

Distributor receives email notifications for new feedback submissions after opting into email alerts.

Given a distributor has enabled email notifications, when new feedback is submitted, then the distributor receives an email alert within 5 minutes of submission.

Distributor views feedback notification details on the platform.

Given a distributor clicks on the notification, when the feedback details are displayed, then the feedback includes the rating and comments submitted by the Retail Buyer.

Distributor manages feedback notifications preferences on their settings page.

Given a distributor is on the settings page, when they update their feedback notification preferences, then the system saves the changes and reflects them in future notifications.

Retail Buyer can confirm their feedback submission was successful.

Given a Retail Buyer submits feedback, when the submission is complete, then they receive a confirmation message on the platform indicating their feedback has been recorded successfully.

Monitoring system for tracking notification delivery status.

Given a new notification is sent, when the distributor has not opened the notification within 24 hours, then the system logs this status for tracking response rates.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

"As a Distributor, I want to access a feedback analytics dashboard so that I can visualize customer sentiments and identify trends over time to enhance my service strategy."

Description

The Feedback Analytics Dashboard requirement focuses on creating a specialized dashboard that provides deep insights derived from the feedback collected from Retail Buyers. This dashboard will leverage data visualization techniques to display trends, averages, and sentiment analysis of the received feedback. By aggregating data over time, distributors will gain a clearer understanding of customer satisfaction and pain points, enabling them to make informed decisions about their service strategies. This feature will be a powerful tool for strategic planning and operational improvements based on user feedback.

Acceptance Criteria

Anonymous Feedback Submission Process

Given a Retail Buyer navigates to the feedback section, when they submit feedback anonymously, then the feedback must be recorded without linking it to their identity, and the system confirms successful submission.

Dashboard Data Visualization

Given the Feedback Analytics Dashboard is accessed, when data is displayed, then it must show at least three types of visualizations (e.g., bar graphs, pie charts, line graphs) depicting feedback trends and customer satisfaction metrics over time.

Sentiment Analysis Accuracy

Given feedback has been collected, when the dashboard performs sentiment analysis, then it must categorize feedback accurately with at least 85% accuracy in determining positive, negative, or neutral sentiments.

Feedback Trends Over Time

Given feedback data over a selected period, when a user filters the data by time frame, then the dashboard must display a clear trend analysis illustrating increases or decreases in feedback ratings accurately.

Comments and Ratings Aggregation

Given multiple feedback submissions, when the dashboard aggregates data, then it must display the average rating and the total number of comments clearly for any selected time frame.

User Role Access Control

Given a user is logged into the system, when they attempt to access feedback analytics, then the dashboard must restrict access based on their user role (e.g., distributor vs admin) according to predefined permissions.

Real-Time Data Updates

Given new feedback is submitted through the Anonymous Feedback Option, when the distributor accesses the dashboard, then the new data must reflect in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

Anonymous User Support

"As a Retail Buyer, I want to have access to support related to anonymous feedback submissions so that I can resolve any issues or concerns I have while maintaining my anonymity."

Description

The Anonymous User Support requirement establishes a support mechanism for Retail Buyers who may have questions or need assistance related to the anonymous feedback feature. It will provide a dedicated help section, FAQs, and potential contact options that maintain the user's anonymity. This support will ensure users feel secure and empowered to utilize the anonymous feedback feature, enhancing their overall experience with the platform and increasing the likelihood of feedback submissions.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer accesses the Anonymous Feedback Option from the FreshConnect platform to submit their feedback after completing a recent purchase.

Given the Retail Buyer is on the feedback submission page, when they click on the ‘Submit Anonymous Feedback’ button, then their feedback should be recorded without any identifiers linked to their account.

Retail Buyer tries to find assistance regarding the Anonymous Feedback Option feature on the FreshConnect platform.

Given the Retail Buyer navigates to the help section, when they search for information related to anonymous feedback, then they should see clear FAQs addressing their questions and concerns without revealing personal information.

Retail Buyer submits feedback through the Anonymous Feedback Option for the first time and wishes to understand the support process if issues arise.

Given the Retail Buyer submits their feedback, when they check the confirmation page, then they should find information on how to contact support without compromising their anonymity, including a dedicated email or contact form that assures privacy.

Retail Buyer reviews the FAQ section on the site to understand how to submit anonymous feedback and what support is available.

Given the Retail Buyer is on the FAQ page, when they look for topics regarding anonymous feedback, then they should find detailed, easy-to-understand answers addressing how to use the feature and related support resources.

Retail Buyer attempts to contact support for help related to the Anonymous Feedback Option without revealing their identity.

Given the Retail Buyer accesses the support contact page, when they choose to submit an inquiry, then they must be presented with an option to remain anonymous while providing their question about the feedback feature.

Retail Buyers regularly use the Anonymous Feedback Option and provide ratings and comments during user surveys.

Given the platform has received multiple feedback submissions, when analyzed, then the feedback should display a format that categorizes ratings and comments without revealing any personal details of the feedback providers.

Feedback Response Feature

The Feedback Response Feature allows distributors to publicly respond to ratings and comments left by Retail Buyers. This interaction promotes engagement and demonstrates a commitment to customer satisfaction. For Retail Buyers, seeing a distributor's responsiveness can enhance trust and show that their feedback is valued.

Requirements

Public Feedback Response

"As a distributor, I want to publicly respond to ratings and comments from Retail Buyers so that I can demonstrate my commitment to customer satisfaction and build trust with potential customers."

Description

The Public Feedback Response requirement enables distributors to actively engage with Retail Buyers by responding to their ratings and comments on the FreshConnect platform. This feature aims to foster a transparent communication channel between distributors and Retail Buyers, thereby enhancing trust and satisfaction. By allowing distributors to publicly acknowledge and address feedback, it not only builds a positive reputation but also demonstrates a commitment to customer service. The implementation of this requirement will include a user-friendly interface for posting responses, notifications for new feedback, and a structured way to categorize and manage comments. This will ultimately help in improving customer relationships and increasing retention rates.

Acceptance Criteria

A Retail Buyer leaves a comment on a recent order, expressing both criticism and praise for the distributor's service. The distributor wants to respond to this comment publicly to acknowledge the feedback and provide a thoughtful response.

Given a public comment from a Retail Buyer, when the distributor accesses the feedback section, then the distributor should be able to see the comment and write a response that gets displayed immediately.

A distributor wishes to categorize responses to comments for better organization and easier navigation on their profile page. They want to ensure they can sort and filter feedback based on categories they've predefined.

Given that a distributor has predefined categories for comments, when they post a response to a Retail Buyer’s feedback, then they must be able to assign a category to the response which can be viewed in a categorized manner by all users.

A Retail Buyer receives a notification that their feedback has received a response from the distributor, enhancing engagement and interaction on the platform. The Beer Buyer expects a prompt and professional acknowledgment.

Given the presence of new feedback from a distributor, when the distributor posts a response, then the Retail Buyer should receive a notification within the platform and via email immediately after the response is posted.

The distributor wants to monitor the engagement metrics of their responses to feedback from Retail Buyers, understanding how their engagement impacts customer sentiment.

Given a series of feedback responses from a distributor, when they check their engagement analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics including response rate, average feedback rating before and after responses, and overall sentiment analysis.

A distributor is reviewing their past responses to previous feedback to ensure continuity in dialogue with Retail Buyers and to maintain a professional appearance in their interactions.

Given that a distributor has an archive of their past responses, when they access the feedback history section, then they should be able to view, edit or delete any previous responses made to Retail Buyers.

The distributor wants to ensure that their response feature complies with platform guidelines to promote respectful communication and minimize conflicts.

Given the feedback response feature, when a distributor types their response, then the response must adhere to the established guidelines providing appropriate content moderation prior to posting.

Response Moderation Tool

"As an administrator, I want a moderation tool to oversee distributor responses to Retail Buyer feedback, so that I can ensure all interactions remain professional and appropriate, fostering a positive community environment."

Description

The Response Moderation Tool is designed to ensure that all public responses from distributors adhere to community guidelines and maintain a professional tone. This requirement includes functionalities for flagging inappropriate responses, workflows for reviewing flagged content, and tools for administrators to edit or remove responses as deemed necessary. The implementation of this tool will help maintain the integrity of the feedback space, ensuring that interactions remain respectful and constructive while protecting the platform's reputation.

Acceptance Criteria

Flagging Inappropriate Responses by Retail Buyers

Given a Retail Buyer views a public distributor response, when the buyer clicks on the 'flag' option, then the response should be marked as flagged, and an appropriate notification should confirm successful flagging.

Administrator Review Workflow for Flagged Responses

Given a flagged response is submitted for review, when an administrator accesses the moderation panel, then they should see a list of flagged responses with options to approve, edit, or remove each response.

Editing Flagged Responses by Administrators

Given an administrator decides to edit a flagged response, when they select the 'edit' option, then the system should allow them to modify the text and submit for review, maintaining a log of changes made.

Removing Inappropriate Responses from the Platform

Given an administrator identifies an inappropriate response, when they select the 'remove' option, then the response should be deleted from the public view, and the distributor should be notified of the removal.

Maintaining Professional Tone in Responses

Given a distributor submits a response to a Retail Buyer's feedback, when the response is reviewed, then it must not contain any offensive language or violate community guidelines before approval for public display.

User Notification of Flagging Outcome

Given a Retail Buyer has flagged a response, when the review is concluded, then the buyer should receive a notification detailing the outcome of the moderation process (approved, edited, or removed).

Reporting Metrics for Moderated Responses

Given the Response Moderation Tool is in use, when an administrator generates a report, then it should include statistics on the number of flagged responses, actions taken, and response times for moderation.

Response Analytics Dashboard

"As a distributor, I want access to an analytics dashboard that tracks my responses to feedback, so that I can analyze my interaction effectiveness and improve my customer engagement strategies."

Description

The Response Analytics Dashboard provides distributors with insights into the feedback they receive from Retail Buyers, including metrics on response times, sentiment analysis, and trends in feedback topics. This feature will empower distributors to understand how effectively they are engaging with their customers and identify areas for improvement. The dashboard will integrate with existing analytics tools and provide visualizations to track their response performance over time, thus enabling data-driven decisions to enhance customer relations.

Acceptance Criteria

Distributors access the Response Analytics Dashboard after receiving feedback from Retail Buyers to review sentiment analysis and response metrics.

Given a distributor has received feedback from Retail Buyers, when they access the Response Analytics Dashboard, then they should see visualizations of response times, sentiment analysis scores, and trending feedback topics within 3 seconds of loading the page.

Distributors filter feedback data by date ranges to analyze their response performance over specific periods.

Given a distributor wants to analyze feedback from the past month, when they set the date filter to the last 30 days, then the dashboard should only display data and metrics relevant to that specific date range and update within 2 seconds.

The dashboard provides insights on the effectiveness of responses to Retail Buyers over time.

Given a distributor regularly interacts with Retail Buyers, when they check the dashboard after a month, then they should be able to see a comprehensive report that includes percentage improvement in response times and customer sentiment when compared to the previous month.

Distributors review the overall summary of their feedback engagement performance.

Given a distributor accesses their engagement metrics, when they view the overall performance summary, then it should include a dashboard visualization summarizing total feedback received, average response times, and overall sentiment rating, all updated in real-time.

Distributors receive alerts for negative sentiment feedback to act promptly.

Given a distributor receives negative sentiment feedback from Retail Buyers, when this feedback is entered into the system, then an alert should be generated and displayed on the dashboard within 1 minute to prompt immediate action.

The Response Analytics Dashboard integrates seamlessly with existing analytics tools utilized by distributors.

Given the Response Analytics Dashboard is implemented, when a distributor uses their existing analytics tools, then they should be able to view data from the Response Analytics Dashboard without requiring additional logins or processes, ensuring smooth data flow and access.

Real-time Notification System

"As a distributor, I want to receive real-time notifications for new feedback from Retail Buyers, so that I can respond quickly and demonstrate that I value their input."

Description

The Real-time Notification System alerts distributors when they receive new ratings or comments from Retail Buyers, allowing for timely responses. This feature aims to ensure that distributors can engage quickly and effectively, which is critical for maintaining customer satisfaction. Notifications will be available through various channels such as email, SMS, and in-app alerts, providing flexibility for users to respond promptly irrespective of their location. This implementation will significantly improve response times and enhance user interaction on the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

New rating notification for a distributor receiving a 5-star rating from a Retail Buyer.

Given that a Retail Buyer has submitted a 5-star rating, when the rating is processed, then the distributor should receive a notification via email, SMS, and in-app alert within 5 minutes of the rating submission.

New comment notification for a distributor receiving feedback from a Retail Buyer.

Given that a Retail Buyer has left a comment on a previous order, when the comment is submitted, then the distributor should receive a notification via email, SMS, and in-app alert immediately after submission.

Multiple notifications for a distributor receiving several ratings and comments in a single day.

Given that a distributor receives multiple ratings and comments from Retail Buyers within the same day, when these are processed, then the distributor should receive a consolidated notification summary each hour that lists all new ratings and comments received.

Verification of notification delivery channels for a distributor.

Given that a distributor has selected their preferred notification channels, when a new rating or comment is received, then notifications should be sent out through the chosen channels without failure or delay within the specified timeframe.

User interface interaction for viewing notifications in the app.

Given that a distributor has received new notifications, when they log into the FreshConnect app, then they should see a dedicated 'Notifications' section that displays all recent ratings and comments, allowing them to respond directly from the app.

Testing the responsiveness of notifications across different devices.

Given that the Real-time Notification System is in place, when a new rating or comment is received, then notifications should be tested and confirmed to be received on at least three different devices (e.g., desktop, tablet, smartphone) within 5 minutes of triggering.

User Profile Visibility Settings

"As a distributor, I want to control my profile and response visibility settings, so that I can manage my public image and protect my privacy when interacting with Retail Buyers."

Description

The User Profile Visibility Settings allow distributors to customize how their profiles appear to Retail Buyers and manage the visibility of their responses to feedback. This feature includes options for public, private, and limited visibility, giving distributors control over their interactions and how they are perceived by customers. Implementing this setting caters to user privacy concerns and enhances their ability to manage their online reputation effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Distributors adjust their profile visibility settings to make their feedback responses only visible to themselves and select internal team members, ensuring their external presence remains controlled.

Given the distributor is logged into their account, When they navigate to the user profile visibility settings and select 'Private', Then their feedback responses should only be accessible by them and internal team members designated as viewers.

A distributor wants to publicly respond to a Retail Buyer’s feedback, but only to display that interaction to select buyers; they set the visibility to 'Limited' for this response.

Given the distributor sets the visibility of their feedback response to 'Limited', When a Retail Buyer who is part of the selected group views the distributor's profile, Then they should be able to see the distributor's response, while other buyers should not have access to it.

Distributors want to see how their visibility settings affect their public profile during their interactions with Retail Buyers.

Given the distributor has configured their profile visibility settings, When they preview their public profile, Then they should see the results of their visibility settings as per their configurations—public, private, or limited—and confirm the accuracy of these settings.

A distributor needs to revert their profile visibility settings to default after changing them temporarily during a promotion.

Given the distributor has altered their profile visibility settings, When they select 'Reset to Default', Then their visibility settings should revert to the standard visibility previously established at the time of account creation.

Retail Buyers only see feedback responses from distributors who have opted for public visibility settings, ensuring trust is built through openness.

Given there are distributors with varying visibility settings, When a Retail Buyer views feedback on a distributor's profile, Then they should only see responses from those distributors who have set their visibility to 'Public' while responses from others are not displayed.

Distributors want to ensure their privacy by limiting the visibility of their feedback to only themselves.

Given the distributor has set their feedback response visibility to 'Private', When they check their profile, Then they should not see any publicly visible feedback, confirming their privacy settings work as intended.

Rating Analytics Reports

The Rating Analytics Reports provide distributors with detailed analysis of their ratings over time, highlighting trends, recurring issues, and positive feedback. This feature aids businesses in strategizing improvements and understanding customer expectations. Retail Buyers benefit indirectly by engaging with distributors who are responsive to feedback and constantly improving their services.

Requirements

Historical Rating Trends

"As a distributor, I want to view historical trends of my ratings so that I can identify areas for improvement and better align my services with customer expectations."

Description

The Historical Rating Trends requirement involves developing a comprehensive analytics dashboard that displays the historical ratings and feedback data over a specified period. It will provide visual representations of the ratings, highlighting significant trends, seasonal patterns, and shifts in customer perceptions. This feature will empower distributors to monitor their performance continuously, recognize areas needing improvement, and solidify their strategies based on actual data trends. Integration with existing databases for real-time updates is essential, and the output should include exportable reports for offline analysis, thus enhancing the distributors' capacity for strategic decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Distribution Performance Review Meeting

Given the Historical Rating Trends dashboard is accessible, when a distributor logs in and selects the 'Performance Review' option, then they should see visual representations of their historical ratings data for the last 12 months, including line graphs and bar charts indicating trends.

Monthly Customer Feedback Sync-Up

Given the Historical Rating Trends dashboard is fetching real-time data, when a distributor generates a report on customer feedback for the last month, then the report should include at least three key insights based on positive feedback and recurring issues highlighted in the ratings.

Quarterly Strategy Document

Given that the Historical Rating Trends report has been generated, when the distributor exports the report, then it should be in a .csv format, and include detailed data points with the ability to filter by date ranges and rating categories.

Annual Trend Analysis

Given multiple years of historical data are available, when a distributor selects a custom date range that spans multiple years, then the dashboard should provide comparative analytics, allowing the user to see performance differences year-over-year visually.

Real-Time Notification of Rating Changes

Given the Historical Rating Trends dashboard is integrated with the distributor's current systems, when a new rating is submitted by a customer, then the dashboard should update in real-time and notify the distributor via an alert on the platform.

Detailed Rating Breakdown Analysis

Given the Historical Rating Trends dashboard displays aggregated ratings, when a distributor clicks on a specific rating category, then the dashboard should show a breakdown of associated feedback comments and their frequency.

Feedback Categorization Engine

"As a distributor, I want to categorize customer feedback automatically so that I can quickly identify recurring issues and optimize my services accordingly."

Description

The Feedback Categorization Engine will analyze customer feedback to categorize positive, negative, and neutral responses automatically. Using natural language processing (NLP) techniques, it will extract key themes and recurring issues from the feedback, allowing for targeted improvement strategies. This requirement aims to streamline the feedback analysis process, enabling distributors to focus on actionable insights that can enhance customer satisfaction and retention. The automated categorization will integrate seamlessly with the existing rating analytics feature, improving efficiency and delivering more valuable insights to the users.

Acceptance Criteria

Feedback Categorization for User Reviews

Given a dataset of customer feedback, when the Feedback Categorization Engine processes it, then the engine should accurately categorize at least 90% of feedback into positive, negative, or neutral categories based on the sentiment analysis.

Theme Extraction from Customer Feedback

Given a collection of customer reviews with various themes, when the categorization engine is applied, then it should successfully extract and list the top 5 key themes from the feedback received, which are then displayed in the rating analytics report.

Integration with Rating Analytics Reports

Given that the feedback categorization engine is operational, when users access the Rating Analytics Reports, then the categorized feedback should be reflected in the reports, displaying trends over time and showing changes in ratings based on feedback categories.

Identification of Recurring Issues

Given a set of customer feedback over a specified period, when the categorization engine is utilized, then it should identify and highlight at least 3 recurring issues in negative feedback, providing clear suggestions for improvement in the reports.

Real-time Feedback Analysis

Given a live stream of customer feedback, when new feedback entries are submitted, then the Feedback Categorization Engine should categorize the latest feedback in less than 5 seconds, ensuring timely updates to the distributor's insights.

User Access and Role Permissions

Given various user roles (admin, distributor, retail buyer), when each role accesses the Feedback Categorization Engine, then the engine should only display relevant feedback insights according to user permissions, ensuring data segregation and security.

Performance Metrics for Feedback Processing

Given the average volume of incoming feedback per day, when the categorization engine processes feedback, then it should maintain a processing accuracy rate of at least 95% and a processing speed of less than 10 seconds per feedback entry under peak load conditions.

Real-time Alert System

"As a distributor, I want to receive real-time alerts about changes in my ratings so that I can respond quickly to customer feedback and maintain high service levels."

Description

The Real-time Alert System requirement entails implementing notifications and alerts that inform distributors about significant changes in their rating metrics. This feature will enable distributors to react promptly to any fluctuations, whether positive or negative, ensuring they can address issues as they arise or capitalize on positive feedback. Alerts will be customizable, allowing users to set thresholds for notifications based on significant changes in ratings or feedback volume, thus integrating seamlessly into their operational processes and ensuring proactive engagement with their customers.

Acceptance Criteria

Distributors receive real-time alerts when their overall rating drops below a defined threshold.

Given the distributor has set a threshold for alerts, when their overall rating drops below this threshold, then an alert notification is sent immediately via email and in-app notification.

Distributors can customize alerts based on the volume of feedback they receive.

Given the distributor accesses the alert settings, when they set a specific number of feedback entries, then they should receive alerts when that number of feedback entries is reached, regardless of the rating itself.

Distributors are notified about positive rating changes to reinforce effective practices.

Given the distributor has configured alert settings for positive feedback, when their rating improves by a specified percentage, then an alert is sent confirming this positive change.

Distributors track alert history to review past notifications.

Given the distributor accesses the alert history, when they view the notification log, then they should see a list of all past alerts along with timestamps and relevant metrics.

Retail buyers observe the responsiveness of distributors through rating alerts.

Given a retail buyer views the distributor's profile, when they check the rating metrics section, then they should see an updated display indicating how proactively the distributor has responded to rating changes over time.

The real-time alert system integrates smoothly with existing operational workflows.

Given the distributor has activated the real-time alert system, when they receive a notification, then they should be able to access relevant actions or features directly from the alert without navigating away from their current workflow.

Distributors test the alert system in a simulated environment before going live.

Given the distributor is in a testing phase, when they trigger test scenarios for both positive and negative ratings, then the alert system should respond accurately and promptly as per the set configurations within the testing environment.

Performance Improvement Tracker

The Performance Improvement Tracker allows distributors to monitor their ratings, analyze feedback trends, and set improvement goals over time. This feature gears towards continuous development, ensuring distributors enhance their services based on Retail Buyer feedback. Retail Buyers will appreciate engaging with distributors who show clear progress and dedication to improvement.

Requirements

Feedback Analysis Dashboard

"As a distributor, I want to access a dashboard that visualizes my performance ratings and feedback trends so that I can identify areas for improvement and enhance my service based on Retail Buyer insights."

Description

The Feedback Analysis Dashboard will provide distributors with a comprehensive visual representation of their performance ratings and feedback from Retail Buyers. This dashboard will allow for tracking rating changes over time, identifying trends in feedback, and highlighting specific areas that require improvement. By offering detailed analytics, distributors can make informed decisions on where to focus their efforts for service enhancement. This requirement is essential for fostering a culture of continuous improvement, aligning with user expectations, and ensuring better overall service delivery.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Performance Ratings Over Time

Given a distributor accesses the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they select a date range for performance ratings, then the dashboard displays a line graph showing the rating changes over the selected period.

Identifying Feedback Trends

Given the distributor views the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they analyze the feedback data, then the system generates a summary report highlighting at least 3 significant trends based on aggregated feedback from Retail Buyers.

Highlighting Areas for Improvement

Given a distributor is using the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they review the specific feedback comments section, then the dashboard highlights at least 5 areas that require improvement based on Retail Buyer feedback.

Setting Improvement Goals

Given a distributor reviews their performance ratings on the dashboard, when they select a rating that shows a decline, then they can set a measurable improvement goal that is tracked on the dashboard.

Downloading Performance Reports

Given a distributor has accessed the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they click the download report button, then the system generates a PDF report containing their performance ratings and feedback for the selected period.

Real-time Data Updating

Given a distributor is using the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when new feedback is submitted by Retail Buyers, then the dashboard reflects this new feedback and updates relevant metrics within 5 minutes.

User-friendly Interface Evaluation

Given a new user accesses the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they navigate through the dashboard for the first time, then they can find and understand the performance ratings and feedback trends without additional assistance within 3 minutes.

Goal Setting Module

"As a distributor, I want to set and track my improvement goals so that I can stay accountable and make necessary adjustments to enhance my service based on feedback from Retail Buyers."

Description

The Goal Setting Module will allow distributors to set, track, and manage improvement goals based on feedback from Retail Buyers. This feature will enable users to define specific, measurable objectives, monitor their progress, and adjust strategies as needed to achieve these goals. By introducing a structured approach to goal setting, distributors will improve accountability, drive engagement, and demonstrate commitment to enhancing service quality over time. The module also integrates motivational prompts and reminders to keep users focused on their objectives, contributing to better performance outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Distributors want to set a new improvement goal based on feedback received from Retail Buyers after a recent order fulfillment.

Given a distributor is logged in, when they navigate to the Goal Setting Module and enter a specific improvement goal with measurable outcomes, then the system should save the goal and display it on the distributor's dashboard.

A distributor needs to review their progress on previously set goals to understand their improvement trends based on Retail Buyer feedback.

Given a distributor has set improvement goals, when they access the Goal Setting Module, then they should be able to view a progress report that shows the current status of each goal with visual indicators (e.g., percentage completion).

Distributors want to receive reminders about their set improvement goals to stay on track for achieving them.

Given a distributor has set an improvement goal, when the specified reminder time is reached, then the system should send a notification to the distributor, prompting them to review their goal progress.

A distributor wants to adjust an existing goal based on new feedback from Retail Buyers to ensure it remains relevant and achievable.

Given a distributor is viewing their lists of improvement goals, when they select a goal and modify its details (objective or target metrics), then the system should update the goal and reflect the changes in the progress report.

Retail Buyers want to see the progress made by distributors on their improvement goals to assess their dedication to enhancing service quality.

Given a Retail Buyer accesses the performance improvement reports, when they view a distributor's profile, then they should see a summary of the distributor's improvement goals and their current progress status.

The system should motivate distributors by suggesting new goals based on past performance and industry benchmarks.

Given a distributor has completed their performance review, when they access the Goal Setting Module, then the system should provide personalized suggestions for new improvement goals based on historical data and market trends.

Real-Time Performance Notifications

"As a distributor, I want to receive real-time notifications about changes in my performance ratings so that I can quickly respond to feedback and maintain strong relationships with Retail Buyers."

Description

The Real-Time Performance Notifications feature will send alerts to distributors when significant changes occur in their performance ratings or feedback. This capability will allow for timely responses to any negative trends, enabling distributors to proactively address issues before they escalate. By providing immediate insights through notifications via email or in-app messaging, distributors can remain agile and responsive to Retail Buyer needs, cultivating better relationships and service satisfaction. This functionality integrates with the existing communication tools within FreshConnect to ensure seamless updates and alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

Distributor receives a notification when their performance rating drops below a specified threshold during the monthly review period.

Given the distributor's performance rating data is available, when the rating falls below the threshold, then an immediate notification is sent to the distributor's email and in-app messaging system.

Distributor gets alerted of positive feedback trends from Retail Buyers over a designated time frame.

Given feedback data is analyzed weekly, when positive feedback exceeds a predefined percentage, then the distributor should receive an alert through email and in-app notification.

Notification system sends alerts for any feedback comments categorized as critical or negative by the Retail Buyers.

Given that feedback comments are tagged, when a critical comment is logged, then the distributor receives an instantaneous alert on both email and within the FreshConnect app.

Distributors can customize notification settings based on specific performance metrics they want to monitor.

Given that a distributor accesses notification preferences, when they select specific metrics to monitor, then their choices are saved and notifications are correctly tailored according to those settings.

Distributors should be able to view a history of notifications related to their performance changes.

Given a distributor has accessed the notification history section, when they request to view past notifications, then all relevant notifications are displayed chronologically, including the date and performance change details.

The notification system must integrate seamlessly with existing communication tools already used by the distributor.

Given the distributor's existing communication tools, when the notification is triggered, then it is delivered through those tools without errors or delays.

Benchmarking Statistics

"As a distributor, I want to compare my performance metrics against industry benchmarks so that I can identify areas for growth and enhance my service offerings in alignment with best practices."

Description

The Benchmarking Statistics requirement will enable distributors to compare their performance metrics against industry standards and competitor data. This feature will provide insights into how distributors are performing relative to their peers, allowing them to identify strengths and weaknesses. By fostering a competitive spirit and providing clear benchmarks, distributors can drive performance improvements and encourage high standards of service delivery. The statistics will be available in an easily digestible format, offering actionable insights that can guide strategic decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

Distributors accessing Benchmarking Statistics to evaluate their current performance against industry standards during a quarterly performance review meeting.

Given a distributor is logged into the FreshConnect platform, when they navigate to the Benchmarking Statistics section, then they should see their performance metrics compared against industry averages, with clear visual indicators for strengths and weaknesses.

Retail Buyers reviewing Distributor performance metrics through the Benchmarking Statistics feature to assess service reliability before placing an order.

Given a Retail Buyer is viewing a distributor's profile, when they access the Benchmarking Statistics, then the Retail Buyer should see a summary of the distributor’s ratings and performance metrics over the last six months, including feedback trends.

Distributors setting specific improvement goals based on insights provided by Benchmarking Statistics after identifying areas for enhancement.

Given a distributor identifies a performance weakness in the Benchmarking Statistics, when they select a specific metric to improve, then they should be able to set a measurable goal that can be tracked over time within the Performance Improvement Tracker.

Distributors generating reports based on Benchmarking Statistics to share with stakeholders during strategy meetings.

Given a distributor has accessed the Benchmarking Statistics, when they select the option to generate a report, then a downloadable PDF report should be created containing their performance metrics, industry comparisons, and actionable insights.

Administrators reviewing the accuracy of the Benchmarking Statistics data to ensure reliability for end-users.

Given the admin is reviewing the data behind the Benchmarking Statistics, when they access the data sources, then they should see reports on data accuracy, including the timestamp, source, and any discrepancies noted, ensuring the data is current and reliable.

Distributors receiving alerts about significant changes in competitor performance metrics via the Benchmarking Statistics feature.

Given a distributor is subscribing to performance alerts, when a competitor’s performance metric exceeds a distributor's by a predefined threshold, then the distributor should receive a notification within the platform indicating the change in competitive landscape.

User Feedback Loop

"As a distributor, I want to collect feedback from Retail Buyers after each transaction so that I can continuously improve my services based on their experiences and needs."

Description

The User Feedback Loop will facilitate continuous feedback collection from Retail Buyers regarding the services of distributors. This feature will allow users to solicit and analyze feedback post-interaction or transaction, ensuring that the voice of the customer is integrated into performance assessments. The insights gathered will feed back into the Performance Improvement Tracker, providing a dynamic and responsive improvement plan tailored to user needs. This requirement enhances engagement and fosters a more customer-centric approach to service improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Retail Buyer provides feedback after completing a transaction with a distributor on the FreshConnect platform.

Given a Retail Buyer has completed a transaction, when they are prompted for feedback, then they should be able to submit a rating and write comments within 5 minutes.

Distributor accesses and analyzes feedback trends received from Retail Buyers through the Performance Improvement Tracker.

Given that feedback has been collected from multiple Retail Buyers, when the distributor accesses the Performance Improvement Tracker, then they should see an aggregated view of ratings and comments over time with filters for different periods.

A Retail Buyer receives notifications about a distributor's progress based on their feedback contributions.

Given a Retail Buyer has previously submitted feedback on a distributor, when the distributor makes improvements and updates their performance, then the Retail Buyer should receive a notification highlighting these changes within 24 hours.

Feedback sent by Retail Buyers is successfully integrated into the Performance Improvement Tracker.

Given feedback has been submitted by Retail Buyers, when it is processed, then the feedback should update relevant performance metrics within 1 hour, accurately reflecting the new data in the Performance Improvement Tracker.

Distributors set and update their improvement goals based on the feedback received from Retail Buyers.

Given that a distributor has analyzed feedback trends, when they set improvement goals in the Performance Improvement Tracker, then those goals should be trackable and editable by the distributor at any time.

The User Feedback Loop provides a clear and responsive communication channel for Retail Buyers to interact with distributors based on feedback.

Given feedback submissions from Retail Buyers, when the distributor reviews feedback, then a response option should be available to acknowledge the feedback or request further information directly from the Retail Buyer.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

Local Business Innovator

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Food Distribution Innovator

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Eco-Conscious Chef

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

Carbon Impact Visualizer

Requirements

Interactive Carbon Emission Graphs

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Comparative Supply Chain Analysis

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Customizable Reporting Tools

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Real-Time Emission Tracking

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User-Friendly Dashboard

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Educational Resources Integration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Emission Reduction Goals

Requirements

Set Emission Targets

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Track Emission Progress

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Generate Emission Reports

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Create Actionable Insights

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User Collaboration Tools

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Sustainability Benchmarking

Requirements

Carbon Footprint Calculation

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Industry Standard Comparison

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Sustainability Reporting Dashboard

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User Feedback Mechanism

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Education and Best Practices Resource Center